<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:googleplay="http://www.google.com/schemas/play-podcasts/1.0" xmlns:spotify="http://www.spotify.com/ns/rss" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" version="2.0">
    <channel>
        <title>Investor Meet Company - Audio Archive</title>
        <atom:link href="https://www.investormeetcompany.com/audio-archive-feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
        <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com</link>
        <description>An audio archive of all investor presentations from UK listed companies hosted on Investor Meet Company.</description>
        <pubDate>Fri, 16 Oct 2026 06:21:00 +0000</pubDate>
        <language>en</language>
        <spotify:countryOfOrigin>gb</spotify:countryOfOrigin>
        <copyright>Copyright 2024 All rights reserved.</copyright>
        <category>Business:Investing</category>
        <ttl>1440</ttl>
        <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
        <itunes:summary />
        <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
        <itunes:category text="Business">
            <itunes:category text="Investing" />
        </itunes:category>
        <itunes:owner>
            <itunes:name>Investor Meet Company</itunes:name>
            <itunes:email>developers@investormeetcompany.com</itunes:email>
        </itunes:owner>
        <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
        <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
        <itunes:new-feed-url>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/audio-archive-feed</itunes:new-feed-url>
        <itunes:image href="https://cdn-assets.investormeetcompany.com/images/audio-archive-podcast.png" />
                    <image>
                <url>https://cdn-assets.investormeetcompany.com/images/audio-archive-podcast.png</url>
                <title>Investor Meet Company - Audio Archive</title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/audio-archive-feed</link>
                <width>144</width>
                <height>144</height>
            </image>
        
                    <item>
                <title>CORA GOLD LIMITED - Investor Presentation</title>
                <itunes:title>CORA GOLD LIMITED - Investor Presentation</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1128</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Mon, 19 Oct 2026 12:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1128</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Cora Gold Limited provided an investor update on its flagship Sanankoro Gold Project in southern Mali, outlining progress on permitting, project financing, construction preparations and resource expansion. CEO Bert Monro highlighted the project's mineral resource of over 1 million ounces of gold, including approximately 530,000 ounces of reserves supporting an initial 10-year mine life. The updated feasibility study demonstrates attractive project economics, with capital expenditure of US$124 million, a 98% internal rate of return and a 0.7-year payback period at a US$3,500 gold price. Cora Gold has secured financing commitments through an approximately &pound;16 million equity fundraising and a US$120 million binding gold streaming agreement, with discussions progressing to potentially replace 50% of the stream with traditional debt financing. The company continues to advance its mining permit application following the renewal of the Sanankoro 2 exploration permit, while front-end engineering and design work is underway to accelerate the transition into construction. Meanwhile, encouraging results from the ongoing 12,000m-plus drilling programme at Sanankoro's Zone B and Selin deposits support management's confidence in further mineral resource growth and potential mine-life extensions. The presentation also highlighted the exploration potential of the Medina Foulb&eacute; project in Senegal. With funding commitments secured, positive drilling results and permitting progressing, Cora Gold remains focused on advancing Sanankoro towards construction, first gold production and long-term shareholder value creation.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Cora Gold Limited provided an investor update on its flagship Sanankoro Gold Project in southern Mali, outlining progress on permitting, project financing, construction preparations and resource expansion. CEO Bert Monro highlighted the project's mineral resource of over 1 million ounces of gold, including approximately 530,000 ounces of reserves supporting an initial 10-year mine life. The updated feasibility study demonstrates attractive project economics, with capital expenditure of US$124 million, a 98% internal rate of return and a 0.7-year payback period at a US$3,500 gold price. Cora Gold has secured financing commitments through an approximately &pound;16 million equity fundraising and a US$120 million binding gold streaming agreement, with discussions progressing to potentially replace 50% of the stream with traditional debt financing. The company continues to advance its mining permit application following the renewal of the Sanankoro 2 exploration permit, while front-end engineering and design work is underway to accelerate the transition into construction. Meanwhile, encouraging results from the ongoing 12,000m-plus drilling programme at Sanankoro's Zone B and Selin deposits support management's confidence in further mineral resource growth and potential mine-life extensions. The presentation also highlighted the exploration potential of the Medina Foulb&eacute; project in Senegal. With funding commitments secured, positive drilling results and permitting progressing, Cora Gold remains focused on advancing Sanankoro towards construction, first gold production and long-term shareholder value creation.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1792411921_btrN7uv8bhZhek5oNSimd5Pwt25zoTPq3VOzaV5V.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Cora Gold Limited provided an investor update on its flagship Sanankoro Gold Project in southern Mali, outlining progress on permitting, project financing, construction preparations and resource expansion. CEO Bert Monro highlighted the project's mineral resource of over 1 million ounces of gold, including approximately 530,000 ounces of reserves supporting an initial 10-year mine life. The updated feasibility study demonstrates attractive project economics, with capital expenditure of US$124 million, a 98% internal rate of return and a 0.7-year payback period at a US$3,500 gold price. Cora Gold has secured financing commitments through an approximately &pound;16 million equity fundraising and a US$120 million binding gold streaming agreement, with discussions progressing to potentially replace 50% of the stream with traditional debt financing. The company continues to advance its mining permit application following the renewal of the Sanankoro 2 exploration permit, while front-end engineering and design work is underway to accelerate the transition into construction. Meanwhile, encouraging results from the ongoing 12,000m-plus drilling programme at Sanankoro's Zone B and Selin deposits support management's confidence in further mineral resource growth and potential mine-life extensions. The presentation also highlighted the exploration potential of the Medina Foulb&eacute; project in Senegal. With funding commitments secured, positive drilling results and permitting progressing, Cora Gold remains focused on advancing Sanankoro towards construction, first gold production and long-term shareholder value creation.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>TRISTEL PLC - Preliminary Results</title>
                <itunes:title>TRISTEL PLC - Preliminary Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/preliminary-results-96</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Mon, 19 Oct 2026 11:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/preliminary-results-96</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Tristel PLC delivered a strong set of audited FY2026 financial results, achieving record revenue of &pound;51.1 million, up 10% year-on-year, and adjusted EBITDA of &pound;15.7 million, representing a robust 31% margin. Adjusted profit before tax increased 15% to &pound;11.7 million, while operating cash flow reached &pound;11 million and year-end cash and short-term deposits totalled &pound;16 million. The company, which specialises in high-level disinfection and proprietary chlorine dioxide chemistry, achieved growth across its medical device and surface disinfection product portfolios, supported by strong international demand and operational efficiencies. Gross profit margin improved to 82%, benefiting from bringing the manufacture of Tristel Wipes in-house, while the business remains debt-free and plans a 5% increase in its annual dividend. International expansion was a key driver of performance, with sales across the Americas increasing by 202%, supported by growing adoption of Tristel ULT for ultrasound probe disinfection and the successful launch of Tristel OPH in the US ophthalmology market. The company reported an expanding US sales pipeline, with 275 open opportunities for Tristel ULT and 304 opportunities for Tristel OPH, alongside increasing customer adoption and strategic distribution partnerships. Product innovation also supports the growth strategy, with the new Uniform hospital drain disinfection product attracting interest from 14 NHS trusts for trials following its initial UK launch. Meanwhile, the 3D digital platform, designed to improve disinfection compliance, training and audit readiness, is now used by more than 270 customers across key markets. Looking ahead, Tristel is focused on accelerating US growth, expanding penetration in existing markets, developing new products and strengthening its clinical leadership. Management remains committed to its financial targets through 2030, including at least double-digit annual revenue growth, an EBITDA margin above 25% and progressive dividend increases, supporting sustainable growth and long-term shareholder value.</span></p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Tristel PLC delivered a strong set of audited FY2026 financial results, achieving record revenue of &pound;51.1 million, up 10% year-on-year, and adjusted EBITDA of &pound;15.7 million, representing a robust 31% margin. Adjusted profit before tax increased 15% to &pound;11.7 million, while operating cash flow reached &pound;11 million and year-end cash and short-term deposits totalled &pound;16 million. The company, which specialises in high-level disinfection and proprietary chlorine dioxide chemistry, achieved growth across its medical device and surface disinfection product portfolios, supported by strong international demand and operational efficiencies. Gross profit margin improved to 82%, benefiting from bringing the manufacture of Tristel Wipes in-house, while the business remains debt-free and plans a 5% increase in its annual dividend. International expansion was a key driver of performance, with sales across the Americas increasing by 202%, supported by growing adoption of Tristel ULT for ultrasound probe disinfection and the successful launch of Tristel OPH in the US ophthalmology market. The company reported an expanding US sales pipeline, with 275 open opportunities for Tristel ULT and 304 opportunities for Tristel OPH, alongside increasing customer adoption and strategic distribution partnerships. Product innovation also supports the growth strategy, with the new Uniform hospital drain disinfection product attracting interest from 14 NHS trusts for trials following its initial UK launch. Meanwhile, the 3D digital platform, designed to improve disinfection compliance, training and audit readiness, is now used by more than 270 customers across key markets. Looking ahead, Tristel is focused on accelerating US growth, expanding penetration in existing markets, developing new products and strengthening its clinical leadership. Management remains committed to its financial targets through 2030, including at least double-digit annual revenue growth, an EBITDA margin above 25% and progressive dividend increases, supporting sustainable growth and long-term shareholder value.</span></p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1792415521_zRgwxGflUGN6w6kxEZQBKAt4sdBB4MmtvRm8xnS0.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Tristel PLC delivered a strong set of audited FY2026 financial results, achieving record revenue of &pound;51.1 million, up 10% year-on-year, and adjusted EBITDA of &pound;15.7 million, representing a robust 31% margin. Adjusted profit before tax increased 15% to &pound;11.7 million, while operating cash flow reached &pound;11 million and year-end cash and short-term deposits totalled &pound;16 million. The company, which specialises in high-level disinfection and proprietary chlorine dioxide chemistry, achieved growth across its medical device and surface disinfection product portfolios, supported by strong international demand and operational efficiencies. Gross profit margin improved to 82%, benefiting from bringing the manufacture of Tristel Wipes in-house, while the business remains debt-free and plans a 5% increase in its annual dividend. International expansion was a key driver of performance, with sales across the Americas increasing by 202%, supported by growing adoption of Tristel ULT for ultrasound probe disinfection and the successful launch of Tristel OPH in the US ophthalmology market. The company reported an expanding US sales pipeline, with 275 open opportunities for Tristel ULT and 304 opportunities for Tristel OPH, alongside increasing customer adoption and strategic distribution partnerships. Product innovation also supports the growth strategy, with the new Uniform hospital drain disinfection product attracting interest from 14 NHS trusts for trials following its initial UK launch. Meanwhile, the 3D digital platform, designed to improve disinfection compliance, training and audit readiness, is now used by more than 270 customers across key markets. Looking ahead, Tristel is focused on accelerating US growth, expanding penetration in existing markets, developing new products and strengthening its clinical leadership. Management remains committed to its financial targets through 2030, including at least double-digit annual revenue growth, an EBITDA margin above 25% and progressive dividend increases, supporting sustainable growth and long-term shareholder value.</span></p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>ITM POWER PLC - Preliminary Results for the year ended 30 April 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>ITM POWER PLC - Preliminary Results for the year ended 30 April 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/full-year-results-344</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Mon, 19 Oct 2026 09:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/full-year-results-344</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company will be hosting ITM POWER PLC - Preliminary Results for the year ended 30 April 2026, at 19th Oct 2026 at 9:00am BST.]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company will be hosting ITM POWER PLC - Preliminary Results for the year ended 30 April 2026, at 19th Oct 2026 at 9:00am BST.]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1792404721_LS0Uy94Yzep8slbIYg1yXusZQaqzmY3k5JlAkLoj.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company will be hosting ITM POWER PLC - Preliminary Results for the year ended 30 April 2026, at 19th Oct 2026 at 9:00am BST.]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>CITY NATURAL RESOURCES GROWTH AND INCOME PLC - Investor Presentation</title>
                <itunes:title>CITY NATURAL RESOURCES GROWTH AND INCOME PLC - Investor Presentation</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1130</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Fri, 16 Oct 2026 10:30:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1130</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>City Natural Resources Growth and Income PLC, managed by Tufton Investment Management, provides an investor update on portfolio performance, market outlook and growth strategy across global natural resources. The managers highlight opportunities in energy, gold, uranium and selected mining companies, focusing on undervalued assets, geopolitical risks, supply constraints and persistent inflation. The trust combines active investment management with a quarterly dividend targeting 8% of net asset value, aiming to deliver long term total returns through strategic exposure to commodities and real assets.</span></p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>City Natural Resources Growth and Income PLC, managed by Tufton Investment Management, provides an investor update on portfolio performance, market outlook and growth strategy across global natural resources. The managers highlight opportunities in energy, gold, uranium and selected mining companies, focusing on undervalued assets, geopolitical risks, supply constraints and persistent inflation. The trust combines active investment management with a quarterly dividend targeting 8% of net asset value, aiming to deliver long term total returns through strategic exposure to commodities and real assets.</span></p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1792149121_QtsXGIg4GWhjCoYfWo1FxSvBDRk1jAB4gdDmHTQN.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>City Natural Resources Growth and Income PLC, managed by Tufton Investment Management, provides an investor update on portfolio performance, market outlook and growth strategy across global natural resources. The managers highlight opportunities in energy, gold, uranium and selected mining companies, focusing on undervalued assets, geopolitical risks, supply constraints and persistent inflation. The trust combines active investment management with a quarterly dividend targeting 8% of net asset value, aiming to deliver long term total returns through strategic exposure to commodities and real assets.</span></p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>AVACTA GROUP PLC - Interim Results</title>
                <itunes:title>AVACTA GROUP PLC - Interim Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-654</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2026 16:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-654</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Avacta Group PLC presented its Interim Results and investor update, highlighting significant progress across its oncology pipeline, financial position and growth strategy. The company continues to advance its proprietary pre|CISION&reg; platform, designed to deliver tumour-targeted cancer treatments while reducing toxicity to healthy tissues. Lead next-generation candidate AVA6103, a FAP-activated exatecan peptide drug conjugate, demonstrated encouraging early clinical safety and pharmacokinetic results in its Phase 1 trial, with no neutropenia observed across the first three dosing cohorts. Management highlighted strong alignment between preclinical and clinical data, with tumour pharmacokinetic results expected in late 2026 or early 2027 and an initial efficacy readout anticipated in H1 2027. Avacta also outlined progress with AVA6000, its first-generation FAP-activated doxorubicin programme, with updated progression-free survival, safety and efficacy data in salivary gland cancer expected at ESMO 2026. Meanwhile, dual-payload candidate AVA6207 is progressing towards clinical candidate selection in Q4 2026, targeting resistance mechanisms in difficult-to-treat cancers. Financial results showed cash and short-term deposits of &pound;20.27 million at 30 June 2026, with a subsequent &pound;12.5 million oversubscribed fundraising strengthening the company's financial position. Avacta also confirmed ongoing discussions with pharmaceutical partners and plans to explore a potential NASDAQ dual listing in 2027. Looking ahead, management emphasised upcoming clinical milestones, intellectual property development, strategic partnerships and opportunities to unlock long-term shareholder value through its expanding precision oncology pipeline.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Avacta Group PLC presented its Interim Results and investor update, highlighting significant progress across its oncology pipeline, financial position and growth strategy. The company continues to advance its proprietary pre|CISION&reg; platform, designed to deliver tumour-targeted cancer treatments while reducing toxicity to healthy tissues. Lead next-generation candidate AVA6103, a FAP-activated exatecan peptide drug conjugate, demonstrated encouraging early clinical safety and pharmacokinetic results in its Phase 1 trial, with no neutropenia observed across the first three dosing cohorts. Management highlighted strong alignment between preclinical and clinical data, with tumour pharmacokinetic results expected in late 2026 or early 2027 and an initial efficacy readout anticipated in H1 2027. Avacta also outlined progress with AVA6000, its first-generation FAP-activated doxorubicin programme, with updated progression-free survival, safety and efficacy data in salivary gland cancer expected at ESMO 2026. Meanwhile, dual-payload candidate AVA6207 is progressing towards clinical candidate selection in Q4 2026, targeting resistance mechanisms in difficult-to-treat cancers. Financial results showed cash and short-term deposits of &pound;20.27 million at 30 June 2026, with a subsequent &pound;12.5 million oversubscribed fundraising strengthening the company's financial position. Avacta also confirmed ongoing discussions with pharmaceutical partners and plans to explore a potential NASDAQ dual listing in 2027. Looking ahead, management emphasised upcoming clinical milestones, intellectual property development, strategic partnerships and opportunities to unlock long-term shareholder value through its expanding precision oncology pipeline.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1792084321_hYks9MA46Tl6OgpOC82dVBN0g39GLdYP2dKcdcdF.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Avacta Group PLC presented its Interim Results and investor update, highlighting significant progress across its oncology pipeline, financial position and growth strategy. The company continues to advance its proprietary pre|CISION&reg; platform, designed to deliver tumour-targeted cancer treatments while reducing toxicity to healthy tissues. Lead next-generation candidate AVA6103, a FAP-activated exatecan peptide drug conjugate, demonstrated encouraging early clinical safety and pharmacokinetic results in its Phase 1 trial, with no neutropenia observed across the first three dosing cohorts. Management highlighted strong alignment between preclinical and clinical data, with tumour pharmacokinetic results expected in late 2026 or early 2027 and an initial efficacy readout anticipated in H1 2027. Avacta also outlined progress with AVA6000, its first-generation FAP-activated doxorubicin programme, with updated progression-free survival, safety and efficacy data in salivary gland cancer expected at ESMO 2026. Meanwhile, dual-payload candidate AVA6207 is progressing towards clinical candidate selection in Q4 2026, targeting resistance mechanisms in difficult-to-treat cancers. Financial results showed cash and short-term deposits of &pound;20.27 million at 30 June 2026, with a subsequent &pound;12.5 million oversubscribed fundraising strengthening the company's financial position. Avacta also confirmed ongoing discussions with pharmaceutical partners and plans to explore a potential NASDAQ dual listing in 2027. Looking ahead, management emphasised upcoming clinical milestones, intellectual property development, strategic partnerships and opportunities to unlock long-term shareholder value through its expanding precision oncology pipeline.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>KENMARE RESOURCES PLC - Q3 2026 Production Update</title>
                <itunes:title>KENMARE RESOURCES PLC - Q3 2026 Production Update</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/q3-2026-production-update</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2026 14:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/q3-2026-production-update</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Kenmare is planning to announce its Q3 2026 Production Update on 15 October 2026. Management will host a webcast at 2pm UK time on the day to discuss the announcement.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kenmare is planning to announce its Q3 2026 Production Update on 15 October 2026. Management will host a webcast at 2pm UK time on the day to discuss the announcement.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1792073521_C4jJGOrVYV2wxCSRhLla7yhGjPZqosH7SdATSpaP.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Kenmare is planning to announce its Q3 2026 Production Update on 15 October 2026. Management will host a webcast at 2pm UK time on the day to discuss the announcement.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>SERAPHIM SPACE INVESTMENT TRUST PLC - Full Year results for the twelve-month period ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>SERAPHIM SPACE INVESTMENT TRUST PLC - Full Year results for the twelve-month period ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/full-year-results-342</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2026 11:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/full-year-results-342</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Seraphim Space Investment Trust PLC (LSE: SSIT) presented its full-year financial results for the 12 months ended 30 June 2026, reporting exceptional portfolio growth and strong shareholder returns amid accelerating investment in the global space technology sector. NAV per ordinary share total return reached 102.9%, while share price total return increased by 119.4%. Net assets rose 150.6% to &pound;704.4 million, with the investment portfolio's fair value increasing to &pound;605.5 million. Management highlighted the outstanding performance of ICEYE, its largest holding, which accounted for 53.9% of NAV and contributed significantly to portfolio valuation gains, supported by major defence contracts, revenue growth and strong EBITDA performance. Other key investments, including Xona, Tomorrow.io, Pixxel, Skylo and HawkEye 360, demonstrated commercial progress, technological innovation and expanding market opportunities. The trust also raised &pound;137 million through a C share issuance, strengthening its balance sheet and providing renewed capital to pursue high-conviction investments across satellite communications, defence, navigation, weather intelligence and space infrastructure. Private companies within the top 10 holdings delivered 237% fair-value-weighted revenue growth, while 96% of the portfolio was fully funded or had at least 12 months of funding runway. Management addressed portfolio concentration, disciplined C share deployment and its long-term growth strategy, emphasising opportunities arising from increasing geopolitical demand, sovereign space capabilities and institutional investment in space technology. Looking ahead, Seraphim remains focused on portfolio diversification, strategic capital allocation and capturing long-term value as the global space economy continues to expand.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Seraphim Space Investment Trust PLC (LSE: SSIT) presented its full-year financial results for the 12 months ended 30 June 2026, reporting exceptional portfolio growth and strong shareholder returns amid accelerating investment in the global space technology sector. NAV per ordinary share total return reached 102.9%, while share price total return increased by 119.4%. Net assets rose 150.6% to &pound;704.4 million, with the investment portfolio's fair value increasing to &pound;605.5 million. Management highlighted the outstanding performance of ICEYE, its largest holding, which accounted for 53.9% of NAV and contributed significantly to portfolio valuation gains, supported by major defence contracts, revenue growth and strong EBITDA performance. Other key investments, including Xona, Tomorrow.io, Pixxel, Skylo and HawkEye 360, demonstrated commercial progress, technological innovation and expanding market opportunities. The trust also raised &pound;137 million through a C share issuance, strengthening its balance sheet and providing renewed capital to pursue high-conviction investments across satellite communications, defence, navigation, weather intelligence and space infrastructure. Private companies within the top 10 holdings delivered 237% fair-value-weighted revenue growth, while 96% of the portfolio was fully funded or had at least 12 months of funding runway. Management addressed portfolio concentration, disciplined C share deployment and its long-term growth strategy, emphasising opportunities arising from increasing geopolitical demand, sovereign space capabilities and institutional investment in space technology. Looking ahead, Seraphim remains focused on portfolio diversification, strategic capital allocation and capturing long-term value as the global space economy continues to expand.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1792062721_ZbaajFotLJxl5j7iacbW4zSKHMUgGOqq5hZVoZnN.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Seraphim Space Investment Trust PLC (LSE: SSIT) presented its full-year financial results for the 12 months ended 30 June 2026, reporting exceptional portfolio growth and strong shareholder returns amid accelerating investment in the global space technology sector. NAV per ordinary share total return reached 102.9%, while share price total return increased by 119.4%. Net assets rose 150.6% to &pound;704.4 million, with the investment portfolio's fair value increasing to &pound;605.5 million. Management highlighted the outstanding performance of ICEYE, its largest holding, which accounted for 53.9% of NAV and contributed significantly to portfolio valuation gains, supported by major defence contracts, revenue growth and strong EBITDA performance. Other key investments, including Xona, Tomorrow.io, Pixxel, Skylo and HawkEye 360, demonstrated commercial progress, technological innovation and expanding market opportunities. The trust also raised &pound;137 million through a C share issuance, strengthening its balance sheet and providing renewed capital to pursue high-conviction investments across satellite communications, defence, navigation, weather intelligence and space infrastructure. Private companies within the top 10 holdings delivered 237% fair-value-weighted revenue growth, while 96% of the portfolio was fully funded or had at least 12 months of funding runway. Management addressed portfolio concentration, disciplined C share deployment and its long-term growth strategy, emphasising opportunities arising from increasing geopolitical demand, sovereign space capabilities and institutional investment in space technology. Looking ahead, Seraphim remains focused on portfolio diversification, strategic capital allocation and capturing long-term value as the global space economy continues to expand.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>CLEANTECH LITHIUM PLC - Dialling  in from Australia</title>
                <itunes:title>CLEANTECH LITHIUM PLC - Dialling  in from Australia</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/dialling-in-from-australia</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2026 10:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/dialling-in-from-australia</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Cleantech Lithium PLC provided an investor update highlighting progress towards the approval of its Chilean mining sale agreement, planned ASX listing and development of its lithium project portfolio. The company expects the sale agreement to progress through the Controller General&rsquo;s Office, with final approval anticipated in the coming weeks, subject to the regulatory process. Approval will enable Cleantech Lithium to lodge its Australian prospectus, with ASX admission targeted before the end of 2026 to increase investor exposure, broaden analyst coverage and potentially address the valuation discount to listed lithium peers. Laguna Verde remains the company&rsquo;s flagship project and development priority, with the board initiating preparation of its Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), a critical step towards production. The EIA is expected to take approximately 12 months to prepare, with submission targeted for the end of 2027. Cleantech Lithium also reported positive Direct Lithium Extraction (DLE) test results, successfully completing the end-to-end process from extraction to lithium carbonate in Chile using its pre-feasibility study flowsheet. The company produced approximately 5kg of high-purity lithium carbonate, with purity ranging from 99.69% to 99.75%, supporting the technical assumptions underpinning its development plans. In Argentina, the company has secured exploration licences at the Antofalla salar, one of the country&rsquo;s largest undeveloped lithium salars, strengthening its regional resource growth strategy. Subject to environmental permitting, Cleantech Lithium plans to undertake two exploration drill holes in 2027 at an estimated cost of $500,000, with the aim of establishing an initial mineral resource. The company&rsquo;s longer-term strategy centres on building a regional lithium resource base around Laguna Verde, with the potential for a centralised processing facility near Copiap&oacute; to generate operational synergies. Together, regulatory progress, technical validation, exploration opportunities and the proposed ASX listing represent key milestones in Cleantech Lithium&rsquo;s growth strategy.</span></p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Cleantech Lithium PLC provided an investor update highlighting progress towards the approval of its Chilean mining sale agreement, planned ASX listing and development of its lithium project portfolio. The company expects the sale agreement to progress through the Controller General&rsquo;s Office, with final approval anticipated in the coming weeks, subject to the regulatory process. Approval will enable Cleantech Lithium to lodge its Australian prospectus, with ASX admission targeted before the end of 2026 to increase investor exposure, broaden analyst coverage and potentially address the valuation discount to listed lithium peers. Laguna Verde remains the company&rsquo;s flagship project and development priority, with the board initiating preparation of its Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), a critical step towards production. The EIA is expected to take approximately 12 months to prepare, with submission targeted for the end of 2027. Cleantech Lithium also reported positive Direct Lithium Extraction (DLE) test results, successfully completing the end-to-end process from extraction to lithium carbonate in Chile using its pre-feasibility study flowsheet. The company produced approximately 5kg of high-purity lithium carbonate, with purity ranging from 99.69% to 99.75%, supporting the technical assumptions underpinning its development plans. In Argentina, the company has secured exploration licences at the Antofalla salar, one of the country&rsquo;s largest undeveloped lithium salars, strengthening its regional resource growth strategy. Subject to environmental permitting, Cleantech Lithium plans to undertake two exploration drill holes in 2027 at an estimated cost of $500,000, with the aim of establishing an initial mineral resource. The company&rsquo;s longer-term strategy centres on building a regional lithium resource base around Laguna Verde, with the potential for a centralised processing facility near Copiap&oacute; to generate operational synergies. Together, regulatory progress, technical validation, exploration opportunities and the proposed ASX listing represent key milestones in Cleantech Lithium&rsquo;s growth strategy.</span></p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1792059121_EsVJxhy2Wtrsg4cjaA8i8gZIZfuJzrkLdK9o5PV1.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Cleantech Lithium PLC provided an investor update highlighting progress towards the approval of its Chilean mining sale agreement, planned ASX listing and development of its lithium project portfolio. The company expects the sale agreement to progress through the Controller General&rsquo;s Office, with final approval anticipated in the coming weeks, subject to the regulatory process. Approval will enable Cleantech Lithium to lodge its Australian prospectus, with ASX admission targeted before the end of 2026 to increase investor exposure, broaden analyst coverage and potentially address the valuation discount to listed lithium peers. Laguna Verde remains the company&rsquo;s flagship project and development priority, with the board initiating preparation of its Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), a critical step towards production. The EIA is expected to take approximately 12 months to prepare, with submission targeted for the end of 2027. Cleantech Lithium also reported positive Direct Lithium Extraction (DLE) test results, successfully completing the end-to-end process from extraction to lithium carbonate in Chile using its pre-feasibility study flowsheet. The company produced approximately 5kg of high-purity lithium carbonate, with purity ranging from 99.69% to 99.75%, supporting the technical assumptions underpinning its development plans. In Argentina, the company has secured exploration licences at the Antofalla salar, one of the country&rsquo;s largest undeveloped lithium salars, strengthening its regional resource growth strategy. Subject to environmental permitting, Cleantech Lithium plans to undertake two exploration drill holes in 2027 at an estimated cost of $500,000, with the aim of establishing an initial mineral resource. The company&rsquo;s longer-term strategy centres on building a regional lithium resource base around Laguna Verde, with the potential for a centralised processing facility near Copiap&oacute; to generate operational synergies. Together, regulatory progress, technical validation, exploration opportunities and the proposed ASX listing represent key milestones in Cleantech Lithium&rsquo;s growth strategy.</span></p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>AUDIOBOOM GROUP PLC - Q3 Results Trading Update</title>
                <itunes:title>AUDIOBOOM GROUP PLC - Q3 Results Trading Update</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/trading-update-23</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 14 Oct 2026 15:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/trading-update-23</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Audioboom Group PLC delivered a record third-quarter performance in 2026, demonstrating strong organic revenue growth, expanding gross margins and significant adjusted EBITDA improvement. Revenue increased 17% year-on-year to $23.8 million in Q3, while gross profit rose 30% to $5.6 million and adjusted EBITDA increased 89% to $2.2 million, with the EBITDA margin improving to 9%. For the first nine months of 2026, revenue grew 25% to $69.5 million, gross profit increased 32% to $15.5 million and adjusted EBITDA rose 84% to $5.5 million. The company&rsquo;s performance reflects its scalable podcast advertising platform, growing global distribution and continued focus on higher-margin revenue streams. Showcase, Audioboom&rsquo;s technology-driven advertising marketplace, accounted for 41% of revenue during the first nine months, with sales increasing 44% to $28.2 million. Global podcast downloads and video views reached 190 million per month, up 47% year-on-year, expanding advertising inventory and monetisation opportunities. Gross margin improved to over 23% in Q3, supported by stronger revenue retention, an increased contribution from Showcase and operational efficiencies following the integration of Adalicious. Operating expenses remain tightly controlled, while improving cash generation and a $10 million revolving credit facility support the company&rsquo;s disciplined mergers and acquisitions strategy. With more than $90 million in booked revenue and seasonally strong advertising demand expected in Q4, Audioboom upgraded its full-year market expectations and reported a positive outlook for the remainder of 2026. Looking further ahead, management aims to grow annual revenue beyond $200 million and EBITDA above $40 million by 2030, supported by strategic acquisitions and the continued scalability of its podcast technology platform.</span></p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Audioboom Group PLC delivered a record third-quarter performance in 2026, demonstrating strong organic revenue growth, expanding gross margins and significant adjusted EBITDA improvement. Revenue increased 17% year-on-year to $23.8 million in Q3, while gross profit rose 30% to $5.6 million and adjusted EBITDA increased 89% to $2.2 million, with the EBITDA margin improving to 9%. For the first nine months of 2026, revenue grew 25% to $69.5 million, gross profit increased 32% to $15.5 million and adjusted EBITDA rose 84% to $5.5 million. The company&rsquo;s performance reflects its scalable podcast advertising platform, growing global distribution and continued focus on higher-margin revenue streams. Showcase, Audioboom&rsquo;s technology-driven advertising marketplace, accounted for 41% of revenue during the first nine months, with sales increasing 44% to $28.2 million. Global podcast downloads and video views reached 190 million per month, up 47% year-on-year, expanding advertising inventory and monetisation opportunities. Gross margin improved to over 23% in Q3, supported by stronger revenue retention, an increased contribution from Showcase and operational efficiencies following the integration of Adalicious. Operating expenses remain tightly controlled, while improving cash generation and a $10 million revolving credit facility support the company&rsquo;s disciplined mergers and acquisitions strategy. With more than $90 million in booked revenue and seasonally strong advertising demand expected in Q4, Audioboom upgraded its full-year market expectations and reported a positive outlook for the remainder of 2026. Looking further ahead, management aims to grow annual revenue beyond $200 million and EBITDA above $40 million by 2030, supported by strategic acquisitions and the continued scalability of its podcast technology platform.</span></p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791990721_DkwqUijEbiQSerkRf1qpD89dpnDALCh0DFZNhspH.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Audioboom Group PLC delivered a record third-quarter performance in 2026, demonstrating strong organic revenue growth, expanding gross margins and significant adjusted EBITDA improvement. Revenue increased 17% year-on-year to $23.8 million in Q3, while gross profit rose 30% to $5.6 million and adjusted EBITDA increased 89% to $2.2 million, with the EBITDA margin improving to 9%. For the first nine months of 2026, revenue grew 25% to $69.5 million, gross profit increased 32% to $15.5 million and adjusted EBITDA rose 84% to $5.5 million. The company&rsquo;s performance reflects its scalable podcast advertising platform, growing global distribution and continued focus on higher-margin revenue streams. Showcase, Audioboom&rsquo;s technology-driven advertising marketplace, accounted for 41% of revenue during the first nine months, with sales increasing 44% to $28.2 million. Global podcast downloads and video views reached 190 million per month, up 47% year-on-year, expanding advertising inventory and monetisation opportunities. Gross margin improved to over 23% in Q3, supported by stronger revenue retention, an increased contribution from Showcase and operational efficiencies following the integration of Adalicious. Operating expenses remain tightly controlled, while improving cash generation and a $10 million revolving credit facility support the company&rsquo;s disciplined mergers and acquisitions strategy. With more than $90 million in booked revenue and seasonally strong advertising demand expected in Q4, Audioboom upgraded its full-year market expectations and reported a positive outlook for the remainder of 2026. Looking further ahead, management aims to grow annual revenue beyond $200 million and EBITDA above $40 million by 2030, supported by strategic acquisitions and the continued scalability of its podcast technology platform.</span></p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>EDX MEDICAL GROUP PLC - Investor Presentation</title>
                <itunes:title>EDX MEDICAL GROUP PLC - Investor Presentation</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1123</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 14 Oct 2026 14:30:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1123</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>EDX Medical Group PLC delivered an investor presentation outlining significant progress in the development and commercialisation of its ultra-precision diagnostic tests, with a focus on cancer, cardiovascular and infectious diseases. Founder and Chief Scientific Officer Sir Chris Evans highlighted the company's transition from product development to revenue generation, with management anticipating more than &pound;2 million in expected revenues to be announced in the coming quarter. Key developments include the commercial availability of advanced bowel and testicular cancer diagnostics, chemotherapy sensitivity testing, liquid biopsy services and a ventilator-associated pneumonia test currently used at Addenbrooke&rsquo;s Hospital. EDX Medical also outlined its expanding corporate health screening business, including a contract with Arnold Clark Group covering its 8,500 employees, alongside discussions with several other major employers. The Scottish Prostate Cancer Initiative, targeting 25,000 men, is nearing completion and is supporting the development of a new prostate cancer diagnostic test. Looking ahead, the company expects to launch additional ovarian cancer, prostate cancer and sepsis tests in 2027, targeting a portfolio of 10&ndash;15 revenue-generating products. Strategic partnerships with Thermo Fisher Scientific, NHS trusts and leading healthcare providers support its growth strategy, while its Cambridge laboratory capabilities and regulatory expertise provide opportunities for international expansion. Management anticipates accelerating revenue growth over the next 12 months, initially driven by UK commercialisation before expanding into European and US markets through distribution and licensing partnerships. EDX Medical remains focused on scaling its diagnostic portfolio, building recurring revenue streams and establishing a high-growth, commercially sustainable precision healthcare business.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>EDX Medical Group PLC delivered an investor presentation outlining significant progress in the development and commercialisation of its ultra-precision diagnostic tests, with a focus on cancer, cardiovascular and infectious diseases. Founder and Chief Scientific Officer Sir Chris Evans highlighted the company's transition from product development to revenue generation, with management anticipating more than &pound;2 million in expected revenues to be announced in the coming quarter. Key developments include the commercial availability of advanced bowel and testicular cancer diagnostics, chemotherapy sensitivity testing, liquid biopsy services and a ventilator-associated pneumonia test currently used at Addenbrooke&rsquo;s Hospital. EDX Medical also outlined its expanding corporate health screening business, including a contract with Arnold Clark Group covering its 8,500 employees, alongside discussions with several other major employers. The Scottish Prostate Cancer Initiative, targeting 25,000 men, is nearing completion and is supporting the development of a new prostate cancer diagnostic test. Looking ahead, the company expects to launch additional ovarian cancer, prostate cancer and sepsis tests in 2027, targeting a portfolio of 10&ndash;15 revenue-generating products. Strategic partnerships with Thermo Fisher Scientific, NHS trusts and leading healthcare providers support its growth strategy, while its Cambridge laboratory capabilities and regulatory expertise provide opportunities for international expansion. Management anticipates accelerating revenue growth over the next 12 months, initially driven by UK commercialisation before expanding into European and US markets through distribution and licensing partnerships. EDX Medical remains focused on scaling its diagnostic portfolio, building recurring revenue streams and establishing a high-growth, commercially sustainable precision healthcare business.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791994321_3mcFA1dcXKxever8T9b7GZ8YHqxs9AwHnnBQxEJo.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>EDX Medical Group PLC delivered an investor presentation outlining significant progress in the development and commercialisation of its ultra-precision diagnostic tests, with a focus on cancer, cardiovascular and infectious diseases. Founder and Chief Scientific Officer Sir Chris Evans highlighted the company's transition from product development to revenue generation, with management anticipating more than &pound;2 million in expected revenues to be announced in the coming quarter. Key developments include the commercial availability of advanced bowel and testicular cancer diagnostics, chemotherapy sensitivity testing, liquid biopsy services and a ventilator-associated pneumonia test currently used at Addenbrooke&rsquo;s Hospital. EDX Medical also outlined its expanding corporate health screening business, including a contract with Arnold Clark Group covering its 8,500 employees, alongside discussions with several other major employers. The Scottish Prostate Cancer Initiative, targeting 25,000 men, is nearing completion and is supporting the development of a new prostate cancer diagnostic test. Looking ahead, the company expects to launch additional ovarian cancer, prostate cancer and sepsis tests in 2027, targeting a portfolio of 10&ndash;15 revenue-generating products. Strategic partnerships with Thermo Fisher Scientific, NHS trusts and leading healthcare providers support its growth strategy, while its Cambridge laboratory capabilities and regulatory expertise provide opportunities for international expansion. Management anticipates accelerating revenue growth over the next 12 months, initially driven by UK commercialisation before expanding into European and US markets through distribution and licensing partnerships. EDX Medical remains focused on scaling its diagnostic portfolio, building recurring revenue streams and establishing a high-growth, commercially sustainable precision healthcare business.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>ECOFIN GLOBAL UTILITIES AND INFRASTRUCTURE TRUST PLC - Investor Presentation</title>
                <itunes:title>ECOFIN GLOBAL UTILITIES AND INFRASTRUCTURE TRUST PLC - Investor Presentation</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1078</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 14 Oct 2026 11:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1078</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Ecofin Global Utilities and Infrastructure Trust PLC (LSE: EGL) provided an investor update marking its 10th anniversary, highlighting its investment strategy, portfolio performance and the long-term growth opportunities across global utilities and infrastructure markets. Managed by the Ecofin team within Redwheel, the Trust focuses on delivering sustainable income and capital growth through investments in essential infrastructure, including electricity and gas utilities, renewable energy, environmental services and transportation. Over the past decade, EGL has delivered an annualised shareholder total return of approximately 13%, including dividends and net of fees, while achieving average annual dividend growth of 5% over the past five years. The portfolio currently offers a dividend yield of approximately 3.9%, with underlying holdings expected to deliver dividend growth of 5&ndash;7% annually. Management highlighted three structural growth drivers: accelerating global electricity demand, increasingly predictable cash flows through long-term regulated contracts, and improving earnings potential supported by rising infrastructure investment. Electrification, artificial intelligence, data centre expansion and ageing infrastructure are expected to drive significant capital expenditure and investment opportunities. Despite these favourable fundamentals, listed infrastructure valuations remain attractive, with EGL's portfolio trading at approximately 15 times earnings compared with 18 times for the broader global infrastructure market. The presentation also addressed interest rate volatility, nuclear energy investment, power grid resilience and the Trust's geographically diversified investment approach. Looking ahead, management remains confident in EGL's growth strategy, emphasising attractive valuations, inflation-linked revenues, sustainable dividends and long-term opportunities for investors seeking income and capital appreciation.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ecofin Global Utilities and Infrastructure Trust PLC (LSE: EGL) provided an investor update marking its 10th anniversary, highlighting its investment strategy, portfolio performance and the long-term growth opportunities across global utilities and infrastructure markets. Managed by the Ecofin team within Redwheel, the Trust focuses on delivering sustainable income and capital growth through investments in essential infrastructure, including electricity and gas utilities, renewable energy, environmental services and transportation. Over the past decade, EGL has delivered an annualised shareholder total return of approximately 13%, including dividends and net of fees, while achieving average annual dividend growth of 5% over the past five years. The portfolio currently offers a dividend yield of approximately 3.9%, with underlying holdings expected to deliver dividend growth of 5&ndash;7% annually. Management highlighted three structural growth drivers: accelerating global electricity demand, increasingly predictable cash flows through long-term regulated contracts, and improving earnings potential supported by rising infrastructure investment. Electrification, artificial intelligence, data centre expansion and ageing infrastructure are expected to drive significant capital expenditure and investment opportunities. Despite these favourable fundamentals, listed infrastructure valuations remain attractive, with EGL's portfolio trading at approximately 15 times earnings compared with 18 times for the broader global infrastructure market. The presentation also addressed interest rate volatility, nuclear energy investment, power grid resilience and the Trust's geographically diversified investment approach. Looking ahead, management remains confident in EGL's growth strategy, emphasising attractive valuations, inflation-linked revenues, sustainable dividends and long-term opportunities for investors seeking income and capital appreciation.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791997921_Bk31lUBV55tBdh1ADpI73UIO73eKLn0lIl9WL3qx.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Ecofin Global Utilities and Infrastructure Trust PLC (LSE: EGL) provided an investor update marking its 10th anniversary, highlighting its investment strategy, portfolio performance and the long-term growth opportunities across global utilities and infrastructure markets. Managed by the Ecofin team within Redwheel, the Trust focuses on delivering sustainable income and capital growth through investments in essential infrastructure, including electricity and gas utilities, renewable energy, environmental services and transportation. Over the past decade, EGL has delivered an annualised shareholder total return of approximately 13%, including dividends and net of fees, while achieving average annual dividend growth of 5% over the past five years. The portfolio currently offers a dividend yield of approximately 3.9%, with underlying holdings expected to deliver dividend growth of 5&ndash;7% annually. Management highlighted three structural growth drivers: accelerating global electricity demand, increasingly predictable cash flows through long-term regulated contracts, and improving earnings potential supported by rising infrastructure investment. Electrification, artificial intelligence, data centre expansion and ageing infrastructure are expected to drive significant capital expenditure and investment opportunities. Despite these favourable fundamentals, listed infrastructure valuations remain attractive, with EGL's portfolio trading at approximately 15 times earnings compared with 18 times for the broader global infrastructure market. The presentation also addressed interest rate volatility, nuclear energy investment, power grid resilience and the Trust's geographically diversified investment approach. Looking ahead, management remains confident in EGL's growth strategy, emphasising attractive valuations, inflation-linked revenues, sustainable dividends and long-term opportunities for investors seeking income and capital appreciation.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>VALUE AND INDEXED PROPERTY INCOME TRUST PLC - New purchases, portfolio update and 30 September 2026 portfolio valuation</title>
                <itunes:title>VALUE AND INDEXED PROPERTY INCOME TRUST PLC - New purchases, portfolio update and 30 September 2026 portfolio valuation</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/new-purchases-portfolio-update-and-30-september-2026-portfolio-valuation</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 14 Oct 2026 11:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/new-purchases-portfolio-update-and-30-september-2026-portfolio-valuation</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>VALUE AND INDEXED PROPERTY INCOME TRUST PLC provided a portfolio update, highlighting three acquisitions completed since the financial year-end at a combined net initial yield of 7.8%, expanding its exposure to cinema, crematorium and veterinary property assets. The acquisitions have increased contracted rental income to &pound;10.6 million, with the portfolio independently valued at &pound;143.7 million as at 30 September. The trust continues to demonstrate resilient performance, collecting 100% of rent with no vacant properties and maintaining a long average lease profile of 14.3 years to break and 16.4 years to expiry. Its diversified UK portfolio benefits from high-quality tenants and inflation-linked or fixed rental increases, with 88% of income linked to RPI and a further 9% to CPI. Ten rent reviews during the half year added &pound;200,000 to annual rental income, while the net running yield stands at 6.9%. The trust also highlighted its long track record of dividend growth, having increased dividends annually since 1986, with a stated objective of growing distributions at least in line with CPI inflation while maintaining sustainable dividend cover. Its share liquidity and discount-control policy allows investors to sell shares back to the company at a 10% discount or purchase shares at a small premium, subject to market conditions. The trust remains conservatively financed, with loan-to-value of 38%, &pound;65 million of long-term debt maturing in March 2033 and 96% of debt fixed at an interest rate of 4.9%. Total return for the six months was 3.8%, comprising a 3.6% income return and 0.2% capital growth, reinforcing the trust&rsquo;s focus on dependable rental income, inflation protection and long-term shareholder returns.</span></p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>VALUE AND INDEXED PROPERTY INCOME TRUST PLC provided a portfolio update, highlighting three acquisitions completed since the financial year-end at a combined net initial yield of 7.8%, expanding its exposure to cinema, crematorium and veterinary property assets. The acquisitions have increased contracted rental income to &pound;10.6 million, with the portfolio independently valued at &pound;143.7 million as at 30 September. The trust continues to demonstrate resilient performance, collecting 100% of rent with no vacant properties and maintaining a long average lease profile of 14.3 years to break and 16.4 years to expiry. Its diversified UK portfolio benefits from high-quality tenants and inflation-linked or fixed rental increases, with 88% of income linked to RPI and a further 9% to CPI. Ten rent reviews during the half year added &pound;200,000 to annual rental income, while the net running yield stands at 6.9%. The trust also highlighted its long track record of dividend growth, having increased dividends annually since 1986, with a stated objective of growing distributions at least in line with CPI inflation while maintaining sustainable dividend cover. Its share liquidity and discount-control policy allows investors to sell shares back to the company at a 10% discount or purchase shares at a small premium, subject to market conditions. The trust remains conservatively financed, with loan-to-value of 38%, &pound;65 million of long-term debt maturing in March 2033 and 96% of debt fixed at an interest rate of 4.9%. Total return for the six months was 3.8%, comprising a 3.6% income return and 0.2% capital growth, reinforcing the trust&rsquo;s focus on dependable rental income, inflation protection and long-term shareholder returns.</span></p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791976321_TaJgQUqDGZgXaVDm8Z09srpW553Z71bJaOGK7m1Z.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>VALUE AND INDEXED PROPERTY INCOME TRUST PLC provided a portfolio update, highlighting three acquisitions completed since the financial year-end at a combined net initial yield of 7.8%, expanding its exposure to cinema, crematorium and veterinary property assets. The acquisitions have increased contracted rental income to &pound;10.6 million, with the portfolio independently valued at &pound;143.7 million as at 30 September. The trust continues to demonstrate resilient performance, collecting 100% of rent with no vacant properties and maintaining a long average lease profile of 14.3 years to break and 16.4 years to expiry. Its diversified UK portfolio benefits from high-quality tenants and inflation-linked or fixed rental increases, with 88% of income linked to RPI and a further 9% to CPI. Ten rent reviews during the half year added &pound;200,000 to annual rental income, while the net running yield stands at 6.9%. The trust also highlighted its long track record of dividend growth, having increased dividends annually since 1986, with a stated objective of growing distributions at least in line with CPI inflation while maintaining sustainable dividend cover. Its share liquidity and discount-control policy allows investors to sell shares back to the company at a 10% discount or purchase shares at a small premium, subject to market conditions. The trust remains conservatively financed, with loan-to-value of 38%, &pound;65 million of long-term debt maturing in March 2033 and 96% of debt fixed at an interest rate of 4.9%. Total return for the six months was 3.8%, comprising a 3.6% income return and 0.2% capital growth, reinforcing the trust&rsquo;s focus on dependable rental income, inflation protection and long-term shareholder returns.</span></p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>DILLISTONE GROUP PLC - Review of Interim Results and Prospects</title>
                <itunes:title>DILLISTONE GROUP PLC - Review of Interim Results and Prospects</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/review-of-interim-results-and-prospects-22</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2026 14:30:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/review-of-interim-results-and-prospects-22</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Dillistone Group PLC presented its interim financial results for the six months ended 30 June 2026, outlining its operational progress, financial performance and proposed transformation into a diversified, long-term acquisition group. Revenue declined 15% to &pound;1.854 million, reflecting the planned withdrawal of legacy software products and challenging recruitment market conditions, while recurring revenue remained strong at approximately 90% of total revenue. Adjusted EBITDA was &pound;0.215 million, representing an 11.6% margin, with management targeting a recovery to 25% or higher through operational efficiencies, cost reductions and the migration of Filefinder customers to its next-generation Talentis platform. The Group reported a positive cash balance of &pound;0.436 million following a &pound;1.5 million equity raise, which strengthened its balance sheet and supported debt repayment. Operationally, the business highlighted a stronger order book for its Infinity recruitment software, increasing adoption of AI-driven solutions and encouraging customer retention, with over 75% of migrating clients choosing multi-year contracts. Newly appointed CEO Gareth Hawkins outlined Dillistone Group's proposed growth strategy, focused on acquiring profitable, cash-generative B2B businesses across specialist support services, light manufacturing and niche industrial sectors. The acquisition model aims to generate sustainable shareholder value through disciplined capital allocation, operational improvement and reinvestment of cash flows. Subject to shareholder approval, the Group also proposes converting approximately &pound;795,000 of outstanding loans into equity, reducing annual interest costs by approximately &pound;73,000. Management anticipates stronger second-half performance and views the proposed strategy as a significant opportunity to build a diversified, resilient business with long-term earnings growth potential.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dillistone Group PLC presented its interim financial results for the six months ended 30 June 2026, outlining its operational progress, financial performance and proposed transformation into a diversified, long-term acquisition group. Revenue declined 15% to &pound;1.854 million, reflecting the planned withdrawal of legacy software products and challenging recruitment market conditions, while recurring revenue remained strong at approximately 90% of total revenue. Adjusted EBITDA was &pound;0.215 million, representing an 11.6% margin, with management targeting a recovery to 25% or higher through operational efficiencies, cost reductions and the migration of Filefinder customers to its next-generation Talentis platform. The Group reported a positive cash balance of &pound;0.436 million following a &pound;1.5 million equity raise, which strengthened its balance sheet and supported debt repayment. Operationally, the business highlighted a stronger order book for its Infinity recruitment software, increasing adoption of AI-driven solutions and encouraging customer retention, with over 75% of migrating clients choosing multi-year contracts. Newly appointed CEO Gareth Hawkins outlined Dillistone Group's proposed growth strategy, focused on acquiring profitable, cash-generative B2B businesses across specialist support services, light manufacturing and niche industrial sectors. The acquisition model aims to generate sustainable shareholder value through disciplined capital allocation, operational improvement and reinvestment of cash flows. Subject to shareholder approval, the Group also proposes converting approximately &pound;795,000 of outstanding loans into equity, reducing annual interest costs by approximately &pound;73,000. Management anticipates stronger second-half performance and views the proposed strategy as a significant opportunity to build a diversified, resilient business with long-term earnings growth potential.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791904321_5Rt1P3XmyvVqU3zQLHiATM8KeSVX6bmU6WiwyVkQ.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Dillistone Group PLC presented its interim financial results for the six months ended 30 June 2026, outlining its operational progress, financial performance and proposed transformation into a diversified, long-term acquisition group. Revenue declined 15% to &pound;1.854 million, reflecting the planned withdrawal of legacy software products and challenging recruitment market conditions, while recurring revenue remained strong at approximately 90% of total revenue. Adjusted EBITDA was &pound;0.215 million, representing an 11.6% margin, with management targeting a recovery to 25% or higher through operational efficiencies, cost reductions and the migration of Filefinder customers to its next-generation Talentis platform. The Group reported a positive cash balance of &pound;0.436 million following a &pound;1.5 million equity raise, which strengthened its balance sheet and supported debt repayment. Operationally, the business highlighted a stronger order book for its Infinity recruitment software, increasing adoption of AI-driven solutions and encouraging customer retention, with over 75% of migrating clients choosing multi-year contracts. Newly appointed CEO Gareth Hawkins outlined Dillistone Group's proposed growth strategy, focused on acquiring profitable, cash-generative B2B businesses across specialist support services, light manufacturing and niche industrial sectors. The acquisition model aims to generate sustainable shareholder value through disciplined capital allocation, operational improvement and reinvestment of cash flows. Subject to shareholder approval, the Group also proposes converting approximately &pound;795,000 of outstanding loans into equity, reducing annual interest costs by approximately &pound;73,000. Management anticipates stronger second-half performance and views the proposed strategy as a significant opportunity to build a diversified, resilient business with long-term earnings growth potential.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>APTAMER GROUP PLC - Full year results for the year ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>APTAMER GROUP PLC - Full year results for the year ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/full-year-results-343</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2026 14:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/full-year-results-343</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Aptamer Group PLC (AIM: APTA) presented its full-year results for the year ended 30 June 2026, highlighting strong commercial momentum, revenue growth and significant progress in its strategic development programmes. Group revenue increased 28% to &pound;1.5 million, including &pound;0.1 million in initial licensing revenue from agreements with Twist Bioscience and Alphazyme, while adjusted EBITDA losses remained broadly stable at &pound;2.3 million. Gross margins improved from 48% to 53%, supported by increased automation and in-house manufacturing capabilities, while repeat business from major pharmaceutical customers grew 36%. The company's qualified sales pipeline expanded from &pound;4.8 million to over &pound;7 million, with negotiations underway for larger, multi-year commercial agreements. Following successful fundraising activities, Aptamer Group strengthened its balance sheet, reporting &pound;4.4 million in year-end cash and funding visibility into 2028. Operational progress included a 50% reduction in discovery timelines, expansion of manufacturing capacity and the development of an AI-driven Optimer discovery platform trained on more than 663,000 sequences across 223 protein targets. The company also advanced its targeted radiopharmaceutical and therapeutic oligonucleotide delivery programmes, with preclinical animal studies progressing across oncology and fibrosis applications. Looking ahead, Aptamer Group's growth strategy focuses on converting its expanding pharmaceutical pipeline into recurring licensing, royalty and supply revenues, advancing therapeutic assets towards proof of concept, and commercialising AI-enhanced discovery services. Management remains focused on improving operating leverage, securing additional licensing partnerships and progressing towards EBITDA breakeven, supported by its proprietary technology platform and growing relationships with global pharmaceutical companies.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Aptamer Group PLC (AIM: APTA) presented its full-year results for the year ended 30 June 2026, highlighting strong commercial momentum, revenue growth and significant progress in its strategic development programmes. Group revenue increased 28% to &pound;1.5 million, including &pound;0.1 million in initial licensing revenue from agreements with Twist Bioscience and Alphazyme, while adjusted EBITDA losses remained broadly stable at &pound;2.3 million. Gross margins improved from 48% to 53%, supported by increased automation and in-house manufacturing capabilities, while repeat business from major pharmaceutical customers grew 36%. The company's qualified sales pipeline expanded from &pound;4.8 million to over &pound;7 million, with negotiations underway for larger, multi-year commercial agreements. Following successful fundraising activities, Aptamer Group strengthened its balance sheet, reporting &pound;4.4 million in year-end cash and funding visibility into 2028. Operational progress included a 50% reduction in discovery timelines, expansion of manufacturing capacity and the development of an AI-driven Optimer discovery platform trained on more than 663,000 sequences across 223 protein targets. The company also advanced its targeted radiopharmaceutical and therapeutic oligonucleotide delivery programmes, with preclinical animal studies progressing across oncology and fibrosis applications. Looking ahead, Aptamer Group's growth strategy focuses on converting its expanding pharmaceutical pipeline into recurring licensing, royalty and supply revenues, advancing therapeutic assets towards proof of concept, and commercialising AI-enhanced discovery services. Management remains focused on improving operating leverage, securing additional licensing partnerships and progressing towards EBITDA breakeven, supported by its proprietary technology platform and growing relationships with global pharmaceutical companies.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791907921_9m9CxdAQbBxke03mY5byqdT5LqLGS6lHTb3ePl1R.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Aptamer Group PLC (AIM: APTA) presented its full-year results for the year ended 30 June 2026, highlighting strong commercial momentum, revenue growth and significant progress in its strategic development programmes. Group revenue increased 28% to &pound;1.5 million, including &pound;0.1 million in initial licensing revenue from agreements with Twist Bioscience and Alphazyme, while adjusted EBITDA losses remained broadly stable at &pound;2.3 million. Gross margins improved from 48% to 53%, supported by increased automation and in-house manufacturing capabilities, while repeat business from major pharmaceutical customers grew 36%. The company's qualified sales pipeline expanded from &pound;4.8 million to over &pound;7 million, with negotiations underway for larger, multi-year commercial agreements. Following successful fundraising activities, Aptamer Group strengthened its balance sheet, reporting &pound;4.4 million in year-end cash and funding visibility into 2028. Operational progress included a 50% reduction in discovery timelines, expansion of manufacturing capacity and the development of an AI-driven Optimer discovery platform trained on more than 663,000 sequences across 223 protein targets. The company also advanced its targeted radiopharmaceutical and therapeutic oligonucleotide delivery programmes, with preclinical animal studies progressing across oncology and fibrosis applications. Looking ahead, Aptamer Group's growth strategy focuses on converting its expanding pharmaceutical pipeline into recurring licensing, royalty and supply revenues, advancing therapeutic assets towards proof of concept, and commercialising AI-enhanced discovery services. Management remains focused on improving operating leverage, securing additional licensing partnerships and progressing towards EBITDA breakeven, supported by its proprietary technology platform and growing relationships with global pharmaceutical companies.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>ABINGDON HEALTH PLC - Final results for the year ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>ABINGDON HEALTH PLC - Final results for the year ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/final-results-for-the-year-ended-30-june-2026-1</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2026 11:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/final-results-for-the-year-ended-30-june-2026-1</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Abingdon Health plc has reported strong revenue growth and improving profitability in its FY2026 full-year results, highlighting progress in its strategy to become an integrated partner for the development, manufacture, testing and regulatory approval of rapid diagnostic tests and medical technologies. Revenue increased by 30% to &pound;11 million, or 32% including grant income, while gross margins improved to 47.1% from 44% in FY2025. The company achieved an adjusted EBITDA profit of &pound;0.2 million in the second half, marking an important milestone in its progress towards sustainable profitability. Growth was primarily driven by contract development programmes, supported by an expanding portfolio of multi-year customer contracts that provide greater revenue visibility. Abingdon Health is strengthening its end-to-end service offering through its three strategic pillars: Abingdon Diagnostics, Abingdon AI and MedTech, and Abingdon Analytical, which provides performance evaluation, laboratory testing and clinical research services. Investment has expanded its UK capabilities, including a UKAS-accredited laboratory in Doncaster, and established manufacturing capabilities at its Madison, Wisconsin facility to support growing demand from US customers. The group is also targeting opportunities in artificial intelligence, software as a medical device and emerging diagnostic technologies. Looking ahead, management expects FY2027 revenue and adjusted EBITDA to be weighted towards the second half, reflecting delays to certain customer programmes and the integration of its consultancy services. Despite these near-term challenges, the board anticipates an improved EBITDA position compared with FY2026, supported by existing infrastructure, a strong pipeline of opportunities and the delivery of current contracts. The investor update highlights Abingdon Health&rsquo;s continued revenue growth, operational progress and focus on scaling its integrated diagnostics and MedTech offering across the UK and US.</span></p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Abingdon Health plc has reported strong revenue growth and improving profitability in its FY2026 full-year results, highlighting progress in its strategy to become an integrated partner for the development, manufacture, testing and regulatory approval of rapid diagnostic tests and medical technologies. Revenue increased by 30% to &pound;11 million, or 32% including grant income, while gross margins improved to 47.1% from 44% in FY2025. The company achieved an adjusted EBITDA profit of &pound;0.2 million in the second half, marking an important milestone in its progress towards sustainable profitability. Growth was primarily driven by contract development programmes, supported by an expanding portfolio of multi-year customer contracts that provide greater revenue visibility. Abingdon Health is strengthening its end-to-end service offering through its three strategic pillars: Abingdon Diagnostics, Abingdon AI and MedTech, and Abingdon Analytical, which provides performance evaluation, laboratory testing and clinical research services. Investment has expanded its UK capabilities, including a UKAS-accredited laboratory in Doncaster, and established manufacturing capabilities at its Madison, Wisconsin facility to support growing demand from US customers. The group is also targeting opportunities in artificial intelligence, software as a medical device and emerging diagnostic technologies. Looking ahead, management expects FY2027 revenue and adjusted EBITDA to be weighted towards the second half, reflecting delays to certain customer programmes and the integration of its consultancy services. Despite these near-term challenges, the board anticipates an improved EBITDA position compared with FY2026, supported by existing infrastructure, a strong pipeline of opportunities and the delivery of current contracts. The investor update highlights Abingdon Health&rsquo;s continued revenue growth, operational progress and focus on scaling its integrated diagnostics and MedTech offering across the UK and US.</span></p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791900721_W02xcKuv3yodGdrpdNY4hxTUHjL48cy7xortNtET.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Abingdon Health plc has reported strong revenue growth and improving profitability in its FY2026 full-year results, highlighting progress in its strategy to become an integrated partner for the development, manufacture, testing and regulatory approval of rapid diagnostic tests and medical technologies. Revenue increased by 30% to &pound;11 million, or 32% including grant income, while gross margins improved to 47.1% from 44% in FY2025. The company achieved an adjusted EBITDA profit of &pound;0.2 million in the second half, marking an important milestone in its progress towards sustainable profitability. Growth was primarily driven by contract development programmes, supported by an expanding portfolio of multi-year customer contracts that provide greater revenue visibility. Abingdon Health is strengthening its end-to-end service offering through its three strategic pillars: Abingdon Diagnostics, Abingdon AI and MedTech, and Abingdon Analytical, which provides performance evaluation, laboratory testing and clinical research services. Investment has expanded its UK capabilities, including a UKAS-accredited laboratory in Doncaster, and established manufacturing capabilities at its Madison, Wisconsin facility to support growing demand from US customers. The group is also targeting opportunities in artificial intelligence, software as a medical device and emerging diagnostic technologies. Looking ahead, management expects FY2027 revenue and adjusted EBITDA to be weighted towards the second half, reflecting delays to certain customer programmes and the integration of its consultancy services. Despite these near-term challenges, the board anticipates an improved EBITDA position compared with FY2026, supported by existing infrastructure, a strong pipeline of opportunities and the delivery of current contracts. The investor update highlights Abingdon Health&rsquo;s continued revenue growth, operational progress and focus on scaling its integrated diagnostics and MedTech offering across the UK and US.</span></p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>TEMPLE BAR INVESTMENT TRUST PLC - Investor Presentation</title>
                <itunes:title>TEMPLE BAR INVESTMENT TRUST PLC - Investor Presentation</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/hy-results-14</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2026 11:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/hy-results-14</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Temple Bar Investment Trust PLC (LSE: TMPL) provided an investor update highlighting strong investment performance, its disciplined value investing strategy and attractive opportunities across UK and international equity markets. Co-Portfolio Manager Nick Purves reported a total return of approximately 21% over the past 12 months, supported by strong contributions from financial and energy holdings, including Standard Chartered, NatWest, Shell and BP. The Trust continues to actively rotate capital from sectors that have performed strongly into undervalued opportunities across consumer staples, communication services and technology-related businesses, including Diageo, WPP, Accenture and Comcast. Management emphasised its focus on fundamentally sound companies capable of delivering long-term earnings growth, sustainable dividends and attractive shareholder returns. The portfolio currently trades on a weighted average price-to-earnings ratio of approximately 10 times, compared with 12&ndash;13 times for the UK market and around 20 times for global equities, highlighting its valuation appeal. Temple Bar expects to pay a dividend of 15.6p per share for 2026, representing approximately 3.7% yield and a 4.5% increase year-on-year, supported by its policy of supplementing income distributions with capital returns when market conditions permit. The presentation also addressed portfolio diversification, risk management, the potential impact of artificial intelligence and opportunities arising from continued takeover activity in the UK market. Looking ahead, management remains confident that its active investment approach, disciplined capital allocation and focus on undervalued businesses position the Trust to deliver attractive long-term returns for shareholders.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Temple Bar Investment Trust PLC (LSE: TMPL) provided an investor update highlighting strong investment performance, its disciplined value investing strategy and attractive opportunities across UK and international equity markets. Co-Portfolio Manager Nick Purves reported a total return of approximately 21% over the past 12 months, supported by strong contributions from financial and energy holdings, including Standard Chartered, NatWest, Shell and BP. The Trust continues to actively rotate capital from sectors that have performed strongly into undervalued opportunities across consumer staples, communication services and technology-related businesses, including Diageo, WPP, Accenture and Comcast. Management emphasised its focus on fundamentally sound companies capable of delivering long-term earnings growth, sustainable dividends and attractive shareholder returns. The portfolio currently trades on a weighted average price-to-earnings ratio of approximately 10 times, compared with 12&ndash;13 times for the UK market and around 20 times for global equities, highlighting its valuation appeal. Temple Bar expects to pay a dividend of 15.6p per share for 2026, representing approximately 3.7% yield and a 4.5% increase year-on-year, supported by its policy of supplementing income distributions with capital returns when market conditions permit. The presentation also addressed portfolio diversification, risk management, the potential impact of artificial intelligence and opportunities arising from continued takeover activity in the UK market. Looking ahead, management remains confident that its active investment approach, disciplined capital allocation and focus on undervalued businesses position the Trust to deliver attractive long-term returns for shareholders.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791897121_QwRm1615n9J2zQhganyh3pqEzkkPdNjHqJQ1qE51.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Temple Bar Investment Trust PLC (LSE: TMPL) provided an investor update highlighting strong investment performance, its disciplined value investing strategy and attractive opportunities across UK and international equity markets. Co-Portfolio Manager Nick Purves reported a total return of approximately 21% over the past 12 months, supported by strong contributions from financial and energy holdings, including Standard Chartered, NatWest, Shell and BP. The Trust continues to actively rotate capital from sectors that have performed strongly into undervalued opportunities across consumer staples, communication services and technology-related businesses, including Diageo, WPP, Accenture and Comcast. Management emphasised its focus on fundamentally sound companies capable of delivering long-term earnings growth, sustainable dividends and attractive shareholder returns. The portfolio currently trades on a weighted average price-to-earnings ratio of approximately 10 times, compared with 12&ndash;13 times for the UK market and around 20 times for global equities, highlighting its valuation appeal. Temple Bar expects to pay a dividend of 15.6p per share for 2026, representing approximately 3.7% yield and a 4.5% increase year-on-year, supported by its policy of supplementing income distributions with capital returns when market conditions permit. The presentation also addressed portfolio diversification, risk management, the potential impact of artificial intelligence and opportunities arising from continued takeover activity in the UK market. Looking ahead, management remains confident that its active investment approach, disciplined capital allocation and focus on undervalued businesses position the Trust to deliver attractive long-term returns for shareholders.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>ENSILICA PLC - Final Results for the financial year ended 31 May 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>ENSILICA PLC - Final Results for the financial year ended 31 May 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/final-results-211</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2026 11:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/final-results-211</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>EnSilica PLC reported record financial results for FY2026, demonstrating the scalability of its semiconductor design and supply business, with revenue increasing 53% to &pound;27.8 million, EBITDA reaching &pound;5.9 million and operating profit totalling &pound;2.9 million. The company specialises in designing and supplying mixed-signal chips for high-growth markets, including satellite communications, automotive and industrial applications. Its business model combines customer-funded ASIC development with proprietary application-specific standard products (ASSPs), generating recurring, long-term chip supply revenue and supporting improving margins. Lifetime supply revenue visibility increased 50% to &pound;375 million, while the sales pipeline reached &pound;600 million, reflecting strong commercial momentum and future growth opportunities. With five chips in long-term supply and a further 14 in development, EnSilica is investing in proprietary intellectual property and next-generation products, particularly for the expanding global satellite communications market. Its strategy focuses on user-terminal chipsets, satellite payload technology, photonics controllers and cybersecurity solutions, positioning the business to benefit from growing demand for high-performance, reliable and secure semiconductor technology. Following two oversubscribed fundraises totalling &pound;25 million, the company is investing to accelerate product development and scale future supply revenues. Management expects continued growth in chip supply, with FY2027 revenue of &pound;32&ndash;34 million and EBITDA of &pound;5.5&ndash;6.5 million reaffirmed, alongside a target EBITDA margin of 30% in the short to medium term. The presentation highlighted a clear growth strategy, increasing recurring revenue potential and opportunities to strengthen profitability as more chips enter volume production.</span></p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>EnSilica PLC reported record financial results for FY2026, demonstrating the scalability of its semiconductor design and supply business, with revenue increasing 53% to &pound;27.8 million, EBITDA reaching &pound;5.9 million and operating profit totalling &pound;2.9 million. The company specialises in designing and supplying mixed-signal chips for high-growth markets, including satellite communications, automotive and industrial applications. Its business model combines customer-funded ASIC development with proprietary application-specific standard products (ASSPs), generating recurring, long-term chip supply revenue and supporting improving margins. Lifetime supply revenue visibility increased 50% to &pound;375 million, while the sales pipeline reached &pound;600 million, reflecting strong commercial momentum and future growth opportunities. With five chips in long-term supply and a further 14 in development, EnSilica is investing in proprietary intellectual property and next-generation products, particularly for the expanding global satellite communications market. Its strategy focuses on user-terminal chipsets, satellite payload technology, photonics controllers and cybersecurity solutions, positioning the business to benefit from growing demand for high-performance, reliable and secure semiconductor technology. Following two oversubscribed fundraises totalling &pound;25 million, the company is investing to accelerate product development and scale future supply revenues. Management expects continued growth in chip supply, with FY2027 revenue of &pound;32&ndash;34 million and EBITDA of &pound;5.5&ndash;6.5 million reaffirmed, alongside a target EBITDA margin of 30% in the short to medium term. The presentation highlighted a clear growth strategy, increasing recurring revenue potential and opportunities to strengthen profitability as more chips enter volume production.</span></p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791893521_gFFwZNDTL7DnEEEtvYE8ybryKfocoaN3lDIIJNLP.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>EnSilica PLC reported record financial results for FY2026, demonstrating the scalability of its semiconductor design and supply business, with revenue increasing 53% to &pound;27.8 million, EBITDA reaching &pound;5.9 million and operating profit totalling &pound;2.9 million. The company specialises in designing and supplying mixed-signal chips for high-growth markets, including satellite communications, automotive and industrial applications. Its business model combines customer-funded ASIC development with proprietary application-specific standard products (ASSPs), generating recurring, long-term chip supply revenue and supporting improving margins. Lifetime supply revenue visibility increased 50% to &pound;375 million, while the sales pipeline reached &pound;600 million, reflecting strong commercial momentum and future growth opportunities. With five chips in long-term supply and a further 14 in development, EnSilica is investing in proprietary intellectual property and next-generation products, particularly for the expanding global satellite communications market. Its strategy focuses on user-terminal chipsets, satellite payload technology, photonics controllers and cybersecurity solutions, positioning the business to benefit from growing demand for high-performance, reliable and secure semiconductor technology. Following two oversubscribed fundraises totalling &pound;25 million, the company is investing to accelerate product development and scale future supply revenues. Management expects continued growth in chip supply, with FY2027 revenue of &pound;32&ndash;34 million and EBITDA of &pound;5.5&ndash;6.5 million reaffirmed, alongside a target EBITDA margin of 30% in the short to medium term. The presentation highlighted a clear growth strategy, increasing recurring revenue potential and opportunities to strengthen profitability as more chips enter volume production.</span></p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>VIETNAM ENTERPRISE INVESTMENTS LIMITED - Vietnam&#039;s Emerging Market Transition - Growth, Earnings &amp; Investment Outlook</title>
                <itunes:title>VIETNAM ENTERPRISE INVESTMENTS LIMITED - Vietnam&#039;s Emerging Market Transition - Growth, Earnings &amp; Investment Outlook</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/veil-webinar-vietnams-emerging-market-transition-growth-earnings-investment-outlook</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2026 10:30:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/veil-webinar-vietnams-emerging-market-transition-growth-earnings-investment-outlook</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Vietnam Enterprise Investments Limited (VEIL), managed by Dragon Capital, provided an investor update covering Vietnam&rsquo;s economic growth, emerging market transition, equity market performance and investment strategy. Vietnam&rsquo;s GDP grew approximately 9% in the first nine months of 2026, supported by strong foreign direct investment, infrastructure development, manufacturing and resilient domestic consumption. Despite robust economic fundamentals, elevated interest rates, reduced market liquidity and foreign investor outflows have weighed on Vietnamese equities, with the VN Index declining 0.9% year-to-date. Dragon Capital highlighted the potential benefits of Vietnam&rsquo;s FTSE Emerging Market upgrade, which is expected to attract significant foreign investment inflows, alongside the prospect of future MSCI inclusion. VEIL&rsquo;s portfolio remains focused on long-term growth opportunities across banking, consumer spending, infrastructure and energy, with forecast earnings growth of approximately 30% in 2026 and a valuation of 9.8 times earnings. Management acknowledged recent fund underperformance, primarily driven by its underweight position in Vingroup, while maintaining confidence in the portfolio&rsquo;s underlying company performance and earnings potential. The presentation also addressed foreign ownership restrictions, currency stability, US tariff risks, IPO opportunities and the outlook for interest rates. Looking ahead, Dragon Capital expects improving liquidity conditions, continued corporate earnings growth and emerging market investment flows to support Vietnam&rsquo;s equity market recovery and VEIL&rsquo;s long-term growth strategy.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Vietnam Enterprise Investments Limited (VEIL), managed by Dragon Capital, provided an investor update covering Vietnam&rsquo;s economic growth, emerging market transition, equity market performance and investment strategy. Vietnam&rsquo;s GDP grew approximately 9% in the first nine months of 2026, supported by strong foreign direct investment, infrastructure development, manufacturing and resilient domestic consumption. Despite robust economic fundamentals, elevated interest rates, reduced market liquidity and foreign investor outflows have weighed on Vietnamese equities, with the VN Index declining 0.9% year-to-date. Dragon Capital highlighted the potential benefits of Vietnam&rsquo;s FTSE Emerging Market upgrade, which is expected to attract significant foreign investment inflows, alongside the prospect of future MSCI inclusion. VEIL&rsquo;s portfolio remains focused on long-term growth opportunities across banking, consumer spending, infrastructure and energy, with forecast earnings growth of approximately 30% in 2026 and a valuation of 9.8 times earnings. Management acknowledged recent fund underperformance, primarily driven by its underweight position in Vingroup, while maintaining confidence in the portfolio&rsquo;s underlying company performance and earnings potential. The presentation also addressed foreign ownership restrictions, currency stability, US tariff risks, IPO opportunities and the outlook for interest rates. Looking ahead, Dragon Capital expects improving liquidity conditions, continued corporate earnings growth and emerging market investment flows to support Vietnam&rsquo;s equity market recovery and VEIL&rsquo;s long-term growth strategy.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791889921_QqA6w07GShndgLv5WxxMfLAvEOOAzjwfJLWKEtRi.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Vietnam Enterprise Investments Limited (VEIL), managed by Dragon Capital, provided an investor update covering Vietnam&rsquo;s economic growth, emerging market transition, equity market performance and investment strategy. Vietnam&rsquo;s GDP grew approximately 9% in the first nine months of 2026, supported by strong foreign direct investment, infrastructure development, manufacturing and resilient domestic consumption. Despite robust economic fundamentals, elevated interest rates, reduced market liquidity and foreign investor outflows have weighed on Vietnamese equities, with the VN Index declining 0.9% year-to-date. Dragon Capital highlighted the potential benefits of Vietnam&rsquo;s FTSE Emerging Market upgrade, which is expected to attract significant foreign investment inflows, alongside the prospect of future MSCI inclusion. VEIL&rsquo;s portfolio remains focused on long-term growth opportunities across banking, consumer spending, infrastructure and energy, with forecast earnings growth of approximately 30% in 2026 and a valuation of 9.8 times earnings. Management acknowledged recent fund underperformance, primarily driven by its underweight position in Vingroup, while maintaining confidence in the portfolio&rsquo;s underlying company performance and earnings potential. The presentation also addressed foreign ownership restrictions, currency stability, US tariff risks, IPO opportunities and the outlook for interest rates. Looking ahead, Dragon Capital expects improving liquidity conditions, continued corporate earnings growth and emerging market investment flows to support Vietnam&rsquo;s equity market recovery and VEIL&rsquo;s long-term growth strategy.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>CG ASSET MANAGEMENT - CG Asset Management Quarterly Update – Q3 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>CG ASSET MANAGEMENT - CG Asset Management Quarterly Update – Q3 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/cg-asset-management-quarterly-update-q3-2026</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2026 10:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/cg-asset-management-quarterly-update-q3-2026</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>CG Asset Management has provided a quarterly investor update outlining portfolio performance, asset allocation and its outlook for global financial markets. Over the 12 months to 30 September 2026, Capital Gearing Trust delivered a 5.6% net asset value (NAV) total return and a 7.4% share price return, compared with UK CPI inflation of 3.1%. Performance was supported by positive contributions from major asset classes, with risk assets and bonds continuing to outperform their respective benchmarks. The company&rsquo;s multi-asset portfolios, including the CG Absolute Return Fund and Capital Gearing Portfolio Fund, maintain a defensive investment strategy, with 22% allocated to risk assets, 49% to inflation-linked bonds and 29% to managed liquidity reserves. This positioning reflects concerns over elevated equity valuations, persistent inflation, rising government borrowing requirements and increased corporate debt issuance, particularly from major AI technology companies. The presentation highlights opportunities in the investment trust sector, where board-led strategic reviews and discount narrowing have generated attractive returns from selected holdings, including Brown Advisory US Smaller Companies, Pacific Assets Trust and European Opportunities Trust. Meanwhile, short-duration bond holdings have supported relative performance amid rising yields and volatile fixed-income markets. Looking ahead, CG Asset Management believes that both equity and bond markets face downside risks, driven by stretched valuations, fiscal pressures and increased market leverage. The fund manager continues to favour inflation-linked bonds, selective investment trust opportunities and short-duration fixed-income exposure as part of a cautious, capital-preservation-focused strategy. The quarterly update provides investors with insight into portfolio positioning, investment performance, risk management and the firm&rsquo;s outlook for navigating uncertain market conditions.</span></p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>CG Asset Management has provided a quarterly investor update outlining portfolio performance, asset allocation and its outlook for global financial markets. Over the 12 months to 30 September 2026, Capital Gearing Trust delivered a 5.6% net asset value (NAV) total return and a 7.4% share price return, compared with UK CPI inflation of 3.1%. Performance was supported by positive contributions from major asset classes, with risk assets and bonds continuing to outperform their respective benchmarks. The company&rsquo;s multi-asset portfolios, including the CG Absolute Return Fund and Capital Gearing Portfolio Fund, maintain a defensive investment strategy, with 22% allocated to risk assets, 49% to inflation-linked bonds and 29% to managed liquidity reserves. This positioning reflects concerns over elevated equity valuations, persistent inflation, rising government borrowing requirements and increased corporate debt issuance, particularly from major AI technology companies. The presentation highlights opportunities in the investment trust sector, where board-led strategic reviews and discount narrowing have generated attractive returns from selected holdings, including Brown Advisory US Smaller Companies, Pacific Assets Trust and European Opportunities Trust. Meanwhile, short-duration bond holdings have supported relative performance amid rising yields and volatile fixed-income markets. Looking ahead, CG Asset Management believes that both equity and bond markets face downside risks, driven by stretched valuations, fiscal pressures and increased market leverage. The fund manager continues to favour inflation-linked bonds, selective investment trust opportunities and short-duration fixed-income exposure as part of a cautious, capital-preservation-focused strategy. The quarterly update provides investors with insight into portfolio positioning, investment performance, risk management and the firm&rsquo;s outlook for navigating uncertain market conditions.</span></p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791886321_HhoC16m3hP0UNRpkqVqhzJjjcXTvnlQe6YBYDjpG.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>CG Asset Management has provided a quarterly investor update outlining portfolio performance, asset allocation and its outlook for global financial markets. Over the 12 months to 30 September 2026, Capital Gearing Trust delivered a 5.6% net asset value (NAV) total return and a 7.4% share price return, compared with UK CPI inflation of 3.1%. Performance was supported by positive contributions from major asset classes, with risk assets and bonds continuing to outperform their respective benchmarks. The company&rsquo;s multi-asset portfolios, including the CG Absolute Return Fund and Capital Gearing Portfolio Fund, maintain a defensive investment strategy, with 22% allocated to risk assets, 49% to inflation-linked bonds and 29% to managed liquidity reserves. This positioning reflects concerns over elevated equity valuations, persistent inflation, rising government borrowing requirements and increased corporate debt issuance, particularly from major AI technology companies. The presentation highlights opportunities in the investment trust sector, where board-led strategic reviews and discount narrowing have generated attractive returns from selected holdings, including Brown Advisory US Smaller Companies, Pacific Assets Trust and European Opportunities Trust. Meanwhile, short-duration bond holdings have supported relative performance amid rising yields and volatile fixed-income markets. Looking ahead, CG Asset Management believes that both equity and bond markets face downside risks, driven by stretched valuations, fiscal pressures and increased market leverage. The fund manager continues to favour inflation-linked bonds, selective investment trust opportunities and short-duration fixed-income exposure as part of a cautious, capital-preservation-focused strategy. The quarterly update provides investors with insight into portfolio positioning, investment performance, risk management and the firm&rsquo;s outlook for navigating uncertain market conditions.</span></p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>ARECOR THERAPEUTICS PLC - Half Year results for the six months to 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>ARECOR THERAPEUTICS PLC - Half Year results for the six months to 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-for-the-six-months-to-30-june-2026</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Mon, 12 Oct 2026 14:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-for-the-six-months-to-30-june-2026</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Arecor Therapeutics plc is a clinical-stage biotechnology company focused on developing innovative treatments for diabetes, obesity and cardiometabolic diseases. Its core pipeline includes concentrated ultra-rapid-acting insulins designed to improve glucose control, reduce treatment burden and enable next-generation automated insulin delivery (AID) systems. Clinical studies have demonstrated superior pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic profiles compared with leading commercially available insulins, supporting Arecor&rsquo;s platform approach across concentrations of 100 to 500 units per millilitre. The company has progressed partnering discussions with multiple insulin pump manufacturers to term-sheet stage and continues to collaborate with Sequel MedTech. Management estimates an approximately $3 billion insulin revenue opportunity among US patients with the greatest unmet need for highly concentrated, rapid-acting insulin. Alongside its diabetes portfolio, Arecor is developing oral GLP-1 peptide delivery technology, with the potential to improve bioavailability and create further growth opportunities. In its H1 FY2026 financial results, the company reported revenue of &pound;0.2 million, research and development expenditure of &pound;1.9 million and general and administrative expenses of &pound;1.5 million. A post-period fundraising of &pound;5.13 million strengthened the balance sheet and extended the expected cash runway to December 2027, supporting clinical development, manufacturing preparations and partnership negotiations ahead of a planned Phase 2 study. For FY2026, management expects revenue of &pound;0.3 million and a loss after tax of &pound;5.5 million. With a focused development strategy, ongoing commercial discussions and a strengthened financial position, Arecor is advancing its insulin platform towards the next stage of clinical development while pursuing the potential of oral peptide delivery.</span></p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Arecor Therapeutics plc is a clinical-stage biotechnology company focused on developing innovative treatments for diabetes, obesity and cardiometabolic diseases. Its core pipeline includes concentrated ultra-rapid-acting insulins designed to improve glucose control, reduce treatment burden and enable next-generation automated insulin delivery (AID) systems. Clinical studies have demonstrated superior pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic profiles compared with leading commercially available insulins, supporting Arecor&rsquo;s platform approach across concentrations of 100 to 500 units per millilitre. The company has progressed partnering discussions with multiple insulin pump manufacturers to term-sheet stage and continues to collaborate with Sequel MedTech. Management estimates an approximately $3 billion insulin revenue opportunity among US patients with the greatest unmet need for highly concentrated, rapid-acting insulin. Alongside its diabetes portfolio, Arecor is developing oral GLP-1 peptide delivery technology, with the potential to improve bioavailability and create further growth opportunities. In its H1 FY2026 financial results, the company reported revenue of &pound;0.2 million, research and development expenditure of &pound;1.9 million and general and administrative expenses of &pound;1.5 million. A post-period fundraising of &pound;5.13 million strengthened the balance sheet and extended the expected cash runway to December 2027, supporting clinical development, manufacturing preparations and partnership negotiations ahead of a planned Phase 2 study. For FY2026, management expects revenue of &pound;0.3 million and a loss after tax of &pound;5.5 million. With a focused development strategy, ongoing commercial discussions and a strengthened financial position, Arecor is advancing its insulin platform towards the next stage of clinical development while pursuing the potential of oral peptide delivery.</span></p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791817921_Mqk62FKa4nac2J2b4I5ngLzQaJ9PtpRCPPc2qFdZ.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Arecor Therapeutics plc is a clinical-stage biotechnology company focused on developing innovative treatments for diabetes, obesity and cardiometabolic diseases. Its core pipeline includes concentrated ultra-rapid-acting insulins designed to improve glucose control, reduce treatment burden and enable next-generation automated insulin delivery (AID) systems. Clinical studies have demonstrated superior pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic profiles compared with leading commercially available insulins, supporting Arecor&rsquo;s platform approach across concentrations of 100 to 500 units per millilitre. The company has progressed partnering discussions with multiple insulin pump manufacturers to term-sheet stage and continues to collaborate with Sequel MedTech. Management estimates an approximately $3 billion insulin revenue opportunity among US patients with the greatest unmet need for highly concentrated, rapid-acting insulin. Alongside its diabetes portfolio, Arecor is developing oral GLP-1 peptide delivery technology, with the potential to improve bioavailability and create further growth opportunities. In its H1 FY2026 financial results, the company reported revenue of &pound;0.2 million, research and development expenditure of &pound;1.9 million and general and administrative expenses of &pound;1.5 million. A post-period fundraising of &pound;5.13 million strengthened the balance sheet and extended the expected cash runway to December 2027, supporting clinical development, manufacturing preparations and partnership negotiations ahead of a planned Phase 2 study. For FY2026, management expects revenue of &pound;0.3 million and a loss after tax of &pound;5.5 million. With a focused development strategy, ongoing commercial discussions and a strengthened financial position, Arecor is advancing its insulin platform towards the next stage of clinical development while pursuing the potential of oral peptide delivery.</span></p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>EDEN BIOSOLUTIONS PLC - Company update</title>
                <itunes:title>EDEN BIOSOLUTIONS PLC - Company update</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/company-update-35</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Mon, 12 Oct 2026 14:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/company-update-35</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Eden Biosolutions PLC (formerly Eden Research PLC) provided an investor update outlining its financial performance, commercial progress and growth strategy in sustainable crop protection. For the 15-month period ended 31 March 2026, the company reported revenue of &pound;4.9 million, including &pound;3.9 million in product sales, gross profit of &pound;2.2 million and an operating loss of &pound;2.9 million. Product sales have increased 2.6 times since the 2019/20 season, representing compound annual growth of approximately 17%. Following a successful &pound;10.8 million fundraising, Eden is accelerating investment in its product pipeline, regulatory approvals and commercial expansion. Its established portfolio includes Mevalone, Cedroz and Ecovelex, with products authorised across 35 countries and more than 100 approved crop uses. Recent regulatory progress includes expanded approvals for Mevalone in France, while full EU approval of Ecovelex is targeted before the end of 2026. The company's development pipeline focuses on fungicides targeting potato late blight and wheat diseases, alongside insecticide and banana disease control opportunities. Strategic partnerships with major agricultural businesses, including Corteva and Syngenta, support international distribution and market penetration. Management reiterated its &pound;6 million revenue forecast for FY27, with EBITDA breakeven estimated at approximately &pound;7 million in annual revenue and cash breakeven at &pound;8&ndash;9 million, assuming continued development expenditure. Looking ahead, Eden Biosolutions aims to strengthen margins, diversify revenue streams and capitalise on growing demand for sustainable agricultural solutions through regulatory approvals, product innovation and geographic expansion.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Eden Biosolutions PLC (formerly Eden Research PLC) provided an investor update outlining its financial performance, commercial progress and growth strategy in sustainable crop protection. For the 15-month period ended 31 March 2026, the company reported revenue of &pound;4.9 million, including &pound;3.9 million in product sales, gross profit of &pound;2.2 million and an operating loss of &pound;2.9 million. Product sales have increased 2.6 times since the 2019/20 season, representing compound annual growth of approximately 17%. Following a successful &pound;10.8 million fundraising, Eden is accelerating investment in its product pipeline, regulatory approvals and commercial expansion. Its established portfolio includes Mevalone, Cedroz and Ecovelex, with products authorised across 35 countries and more than 100 approved crop uses. Recent regulatory progress includes expanded approvals for Mevalone in France, while full EU approval of Ecovelex is targeted before the end of 2026. The company's development pipeline focuses on fungicides targeting potato late blight and wheat diseases, alongside insecticide and banana disease control opportunities. Strategic partnerships with major agricultural businesses, including Corteva and Syngenta, support international distribution and market penetration. Management reiterated its &pound;6 million revenue forecast for FY27, with EBITDA breakeven estimated at approximately &pound;7 million in annual revenue and cash breakeven at &pound;8&ndash;9 million, assuming continued development expenditure. Looking ahead, Eden Biosolutions aims to strengthen margins, diversify revenue streams and capitalise on growing demand for sustainable agricultural solutions through regulatory approvals, product innovation and geographic expansion.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791814321_uW9sKXtN7sfk4EL2ArCbi6FW4i8gi7w8DfCKJx68.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Eden Biosolutions PLC (formerly Eden Research PLC) provided an investor update outlining its financial performance, commercial progress and growth strategy in sustainable crop protection. For the 15-month period ended 31 March 2026, the company reported revenue of &pound;4.9 million, including &pound;3.9 million in product sales, gross profit of &pound;2.2 million and an operating loss of &pound;2.9 million. Product sales have increased 2.6 times since the 2019/20 season, representing compound annual growth of approximately 17%. Following a successful &pound;10.8 million fundraising, Eden is accelerating investment in its product pipeline, regulatory approvals and commercial expansion. Its established portfolio includes Mevalone, Cedroz and Ecovelex, with products authorised across 35 countries and more than 100 approved crop uses. Recent regulatory progress includes expanded approvals for Mevalone in France, while full EU approval of Ecovelex is targeted before the end of 2026. The company's development pipeline focuses on fungicides targeting potato late blight and wheat diseases, alongside insecticide and banana disease control opportunities. Strategic partnerships with major agricultural businesses, including Corteva and Syngenta, support international distribution and market penetration. Management reiterated its &pound;6 million revenue forecast for FY27, with EBITDA breakeven estimated at approximately &pound;7 million in annual revenue and cash breakeven at &pound;8&ndash;9 million, assuming continued development expenditure. Looking ahead, Eden Biosolutions aims to strengthen margins, diversify revenue streams and capitalise on growing demand for sustainable agricultural solutions through regulatory approvals, product innovation and geographic expansion.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>SANDERSON DESIGN GROUP PLC - Financial results for the six months ended 31 July 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>SANDERSON DESIGN GROUP PLC - Financial results for the six months ended 31 July 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-649</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Mon, 12 Oct 2026 10:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-649</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Sanderson Design Group PLC presented its interim financial results for the six months ended 31 July 2026, reporting strong progress across its growth strategy, with group revenue increasing 6% to &pound;51.4 million and adjusted profit before tax rising 47% to &pound;3.3 million. EBITDA grew 12% to &pound;4.6 million, while gross profit margins improved by 90 basis points to 69.2%, reflecting improved operational efficiency and a favourable sales mix. North America remained a key growth driver, with brand product sales increasing 19% in constant currency to &pound;13 million, supported by expanding distribution, designer partnerships and successful collections. Third-party manufacturing revenue also rose 19% to &pound;11 million, demonstrating the impact of restructuring initiatives, investment in digital printing and a strong order book. Licensing revenue increased 13% to &pound;4.9 million, supported by new agreements and renewals with major partners. The Group highlighted continued progress in its direct-to-consumer strategy, generating &pound;1.6 million in sales through transactional brand websites, alongside the strategic addition of Designers Guild through a 10-year licensing agreement. Net cash increased to &pound;10.4 million, strengthening the balance sheet and supporting future investment opportunities. Management outlined its focus on expanding North American market share, accelerating digital sales, improving manufacturing productivity and leveraging its heritage brands through collaborations and licensing partnerships. Despite challenging UK and European consumer markets, Sanderson Design Group reported continued momentum into the second half and reaffirmed its confidence in meeting full-year market expectations, supported by its international growth strategy and improving profitability.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Sanderson Design Group PLC presented its interim financial results for the six months ended 31 July 2026, reporting strong progress across its growth strategy, with group revenue increasing 6% to &pound;51.4 million and adjusted profit before tax rising 47% to &pound;3.3 million. EBITDA grew 12% to &pound;4.6 million, while gross profit margins improved by 90 basis points to 69.2%, reflecting improved operational efficiency and a favourable sales mix. North America remained a key growth driver, with brand product sales increasing 19% in constant currency to &pound;13 million, supported by expanding distribution, designer partnerships and successful collections. Third-party manufacturing revenue also rose 19% to &pound;11 million, demonstrating the impact of restructuring initiatives, investment in digital printing and a strong order book. Licensing revenue increased 13% to &pound;4.9 million, supported by new agreements and renewals with major partners. The Group highlighted continued progress in its direct-to-consumer strategy, generating &pound;1.6 million in sales through transactional brand websites, alongside the strategic addition of Designers Guild through a 10-year licensing agreement. Net cash increased to &pound;10.4 million, strengthening the balance sheet and supporting future investment opportunities. Management outlined its focus on expanding North American market share, accelerating digital sales, improving manufacturing productivity and leveraging its heritage brands through collaborations and licensing partnerships. Despite challenging UK and European consumer markets, Sanderson Design Group reported continued momentum into the second half and reaffirmed its confidence in meeting full-year market expectations, supported by its international growth strategy and improving profitability.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791799921_PlDXV1O2FFSwDEybK0v9PIppUrG6rVYddfZlkS61.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Sanderson Design Group PLC presented its interim financial results for the six months ended 31 July 2026, reporting strong progress across its growth strategy, with group revenue increasing 6% to &pound;51.4 million and adjusted profit before tax rising 47% to &pound;3.3 million. EBITDA grew 12% to &pound;4.6 million, while gross profit margins improved by 90 basis points to 69.2%, reflecting improved operational efficiency and a favourable sales mix. North America remained a key growth driver, with brand product sales increasing 19% in constant currency to &pound;13 million, supported by expanding distribution, designer partnerships and successful collections. Third-party manufacturing revenue also rose 19% to &pound;11 million, demonstrating the impact of restructuring initiatives, investment in digital printing and a strong order book. Licensing revenue increased 13% to &pound;4.9 million, supported by new agreements and renewals with major partners. The Group highlighted continued progress in its direct-to-consumer strategy, generating &pound;1.6 million in sales through transactional brand websites, alongside the strategic addition of Designers Guild through a 10-year licensing agreement. Net cash increased to &pound;10.4 million, strengthening the balance sheet and supporting future investment opportunities. Management outlined its focus on expanding North American market share, accelerating digital sales, improving manufacturing productivity and leveraging its heritage brands through collaborations and licensing partnerships. Despite challenging UK and European consumer markets, Sanderson Design Group reported continued momentum into the second half and reaffirmed its confidence in meeting full-year market expectations, supported by its international growth strategy and improving profitability.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>ORCADIAN ENERGY PLC - Update on the Earlham Gigagrid project</title>
                <itunes:title>ORCADIAN ENERGY PLC - Update on the Earlham Gigagrid project</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1126</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 08 Oct 2026 12:30:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1126</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Orcadian Energy PLC provides an investor update on its Earlham offshore energy and data centre project, outlining a growth strategy focused on integrated gas production, power generation, carbon capture and AI infrastructure. Management highlights the potential for competitive electricity costs of &pound;124 per MWh, compared with &pound;218 per MWh for onshore supply, alongside 90% to 95% carbon capture and significant cooling, grid and planning advantages. The project could scale from an initial 200 MW data centre to 1 GW and beyond, with concept selection targeted within six months, subject to financing. The company is prioritising project level funding to limit shareholder dilution and continues to assess value creation opportunities across its wider asset portfolio.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Orcadian Energy PLC provides an investor update on its Earlham offshore energy and data centre project, outlining a growth strategy focused on integrated gas production, power generation, carbon capture and AI infrastructure. Management highlights the potential for competitive electricity costs of &pound;124 per MWh, compared with &pound;218 per MWh for onshore supply, alongside 90% to 95% carbon capture and significant cooling, grid and planning advantages. The project could scale from an initial 200 MW data centre to 1 GW and beyond, with concept selection targeted within six months, subject to financing. The company is prioritising project level funding to limit shareholder dilution and continues to assess value creation opportunities across its wider asset portfolio.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791465121_7sDtarjmkFp3n9xDA4uMgXLAVREJ4rWS1XcnYbWl.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Orcadian Energy PLC provides an investor update on its Earlham offshore energy and data centre project, outlining a growth strategy focused on integrated gas production, power generation, carbon capture and AI infrastructure. Management highlights the potential for competitive electricity costs of &pound;124 per MWh, compared with &pound;218 per MWh for onshore supply, alongside 90% to 95% carbon capture and significant cooling, grid and planning advantages. The project could scale from an initial 200 MW data centre to 1 GW and beyond, with concept selection targeted within six months, subject to financing. The company is prioritising project level funding to limit shareholder dilution and continues to assess value creation opportunities across its wider asset portfolio.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>EARNZ PLC - Investor Presentation</title>
                <itunes:title>EARNZ PLC - Investor Presentation</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1124</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 08 Oct 2026 11:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1124</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>EARNZ PLC provides an investor update on its buy-and-build strategy, following the acquisition of GEM Environmental Building Services and the expansion of its public sector-focused multi-service offering. The acquisition adds a significant London and Southeast presence, district heating expertise and proprietary technology to the Group, alongside established capabilities in repairs and maintenance, retrofit, decarbonisation, net zero and mechanical and electrical services. GEM generated revenue of just over &pound;30m and EBITDA of &pound;3.2m in the year to June 2026, with approximately 50% of revenue from higher-margin project work and a further growth opportunity in technology, including smart metering and district heating solutions. EARNZ highlights the potential of a &pound;15bn addressable market and a substantial tender pipeline, with GEM currently bidding across opportunities totalling &pound;627m. The enlarged Group has secured a &pound;5m HSBC revolving credit facility, with a further &pound;5m accordion, providing working capital to support organic growth and future acquisitions. Management expects the acquisition to be transformational, with external research forecasts indicating revenue of approximately &pound;57m and EBITDA of &pound;7m in 2027, rising to around &pound;67m revenue and &pound;9m EBITDA in 2028. EARNZ&rsquo;s longer-term growth strategy targets &pound;130m of revenue while maintaining double-digit margins, supported by a greater mix of technology and higher-margin project work. The company also sees significant opportunities from government-backed investment in energy security, heat networks, decarbonisation and social housing, underpinned by long-term relationships with local authorities.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>EARNZ PLC provides an investor update on its buy-and-build strategy, following the acquisition of GEM Environmental Building Services and the expansion of its public sector-focused multi-service offering. The acquisition adds a significant London and Southeast presence, district heating expertise and proprietary technology to the Group, alongside established capabilities in repairs and maintenance, retrofit, decarbonisation, net zero and mechanical and electrical services. GEM generated revenue of just over &pound;30m and EBITDA of &pound;3.2m in the year to June 2026, with approximately 50% of revenue from higher-margin project work and a further growth opportunity in technology, including smart metering and district heating solutions. EARNZ highlights the potential of a &pound;15bn addressable market and a substantial tender pipeline, with GEM currently bidding across opportunities totalling &pound;627m. The enlarged Group has secured a &pound;5m HSBC revolving credit facility, with a further &pound;5m accordion, providing working capital to support organic growth and future acquisitions. Management expects the acquisition to be transformational, with external research forecasts indicating revenue of approximately &pound;57m and EBITDA of &pound;7m in 2027, rising to around &pound;67m revenue and &pound;9m EBITDA in 2028. EARNZ&rsquo;s longer-term growth strategy targets &pound;130m of revenue while maintaining double-digit margins, supported by a greater mix of technology and higher-margin project work. The company also sees significant opportunities from government-backed investment in energy security, heat networks, decarbonisation and social housing, underpinned by long-term relationships with local authorities.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791457921_iWz78xK61TUntaQ2RXJxyk3qSrkROcfab0a16bE7.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>EARNZ PLC provides an investor update on its buy-and-build strategy, following the acquisition of GEM Environmental Building Services and the expansion of its public sector-focused multi-service offering. The acquisition adds a significant London and Southeast presence, district heating expertise and proprietary technology to the Group, alongside established capabilities in repairs and maintenance, retrofit, decarbonisation, net zero and mechanical and electrical services. GEM generated revenue of just over &pound;30m and EBITDA of &pound;3.2m in the year to June 2026, with approximately 50% of revenue from higher-margin project work and a further growth opportunity in technology, including smart metering and district heating solutions. EARNZ highlights the potential of a &pound;15bn addressable market and a substantial tender pipeline, with GEM currently bidding across opportunities totalling &pound;627m. The enlarged Group has secured a &pound;5m HSBC revolving credit facility, with a further &pound;5m accordion, providing working capital to support organic growth and future acquisitions. Management expects the acquisition to be transformational, with external research forecasts indicating revenue of approximately &pound;57m and EBITDA of &pound;7m in 2027, rising to around &pound;67m revenue and &pound;9m EBITDA in 2028. EARNZ&rsquo;s longer-term growth strategy targets &pound;130m of revenue while maintaining double-digit margins, supported by a greater mix of technology and higher-margin project work. The company also sees significant opportunities from government-backed investment in energy security, heat networks, decarbonisation and social housing, underpinned by long-term relationships with local authorities.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>CG ASSET MANAGEMENT - CGAM: All you need to know about Index-Linked Bonds</title>
                <itunes:title>CG ASSET MANAGEMENT - CGAM: All you need to know about Index-Linked Bonds</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/cgam-index-linked-bonds-webinar</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 08 Oct 2026 10:30:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/cgam-index-linked-bonds-webinar</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>CG Asset Management explores the role of index-linked bonds in protecting investor wealth and building resilient multi-asset portfolios in its latest investor presentation. With more than 30 years&rsquo; experience and over &pound;1.3bn invested across US, UK and global index-linked bonds, CG Asset Management outlines how persistent inflation, geopolitical tensions, higher government spending and structural economic changes could contribute to a higher-for-longer inflation environment. The presentation explains how inflation-linked bonds differ from conventional government bonds, including the role of real yields, nominal yields and break-even inflation rates, while highlighting their potential to preserve purchasing power through inflation-adjusted coupons and principal payments. The team also examines the impact of duration on performance, using the 2022 sell-off in UK index-linked gilts to demonstrate the importance of valuation and duration management. CG Asset Management highlights its short-duration approach, with its UK index-linked bond fund and multi-asset portfolios currently positioned at around five years&rsquo; duration versus approximately 12&ndash;13 years for the broader index. The presentation also reviews the historical outperformance of US TIPS and discusses the potential for index-linked bonds to perform strongly if realised inflation exceeds market expectations. Finally, CG Asset Management considers portfolio construction, arguing that index-linked bonds can provide an effective hedge against stagflation and improve the risk-return characteristics of traditional 60/40 portfolios. The investor update provides insights into inflation protection, bond market performance, investment strategy and the role of index-linked bonds in a diversified portfolio.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>CG Asset Management explores the role of index-linked bonds in protecting investor wealth and building resilient multi-asset portfolios in its latest investor presentation. With more than 30 years&rsquo; experience and over &pound;1.3bn invested across US, UK and global index-linked bonds, CG Asset Management outlines how persistent inflation, geopolitical tensions, higher government spending and structural economic changes could contribute to a higher-for-longer inflation environment. The presentation explains how inflation-linked bonds differ from conventional government bonds, including the role of real yields, nominal yields and break-even inflation rates, while highlighting their potential to preserve purchasing power through inflation-adjusted coupons and principal payments. The team also examines the impact of duration on performance, using the 2022 sell-off in UK index-linked gilts to demonstrate the importance of valuation and duration management. CG Asset Management highlights its short-duration approach, with its UK index-linked bond fund and multi-asset portfolios currently positioned at around five years&rsquo; duration versus approximately 12&ndash;13 years for the broader index. The presentation also reviews the historical outperformance of US TIPS and discusses the potential for index-linked bonds to perform strongly if realised inflation exceeds market expectations. Finally, CG Asset Management considers portfolio construction, arguing that index-linked bonds can provide an effective hedge against stagflation and improve the risk-return characteristics of traditional 60/40 portfolios. The investor update provides insights into inflation protection, bond market performance, investment strategy and the role of index-linked bonds in a diversified portfolio.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791461521_mENjZAss9trqFsGmbHcYi7PcvmtnwfiQUGZ2IUF2.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>CG Asset Management explores the role of index-linked bonds in protecting investor wealth and building resilient multi-asset portfolios in its latest investor presentation. With more than 30 years&rsquo; experience and over &pound;1.3bn invested across US, UK and global index-linked bonds, CG Asset Management outlines how persistent inflation, geopolitical tensions, higher government spending and structural economic changes could contribute to a higher-for-longer inflation environment. The presentation explains how inflation-linked bonds differ from conventional government bonds, including the role of real yields, nominal yields and break-even inflation rates, while highlighting their potential to preserve purchasing power through inflation-adjusted coupons and principal payments. The team also examines the impact of duration on performance, using the 2022 sell-off in UK index-linked gilts to demonstrate the importance of valuation and duration management. CG Asset Management highlights its short-duration approach, with its UK index-linked bond fund and multi-asset portfolios currently positioned at around five years&rsquo; duration versus approximately 12&ndash;13 years for the broader index. The presentation also reviews the historical outperformance of US TIPS and discusses the potential for index-linked bonds to perform strongly if realised inflation exceeds market expectations. Finally, CG Asset Management considers portfolio construction, arguing that index-linked bonds can provide an effective hedge against stagflation and improve the risk-return characteristics of traditional 60/40 portfolios. The investor update provides insights into inflation protection, bond market performance, investment strategy and the role of index-linked bonds in a diversified portfolio.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>SAVANNAH RESOURCES PLC - Investor Presentation</title>
                <itunes:title>SAVANNAH RESOURCES PLC - Investor Presentation</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1120</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 07 Oct 2026 15:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1120</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Savannah Resources PLC provides an investor update on its Barroso lithium project in Portugal, highlighting strong project economics, a completed DFS, and progress toward construction. The company raised more than $40 million, taking cash to over $53 million, supporting development activities, engineering, recruitment and long lead equipment. With a $418 million project investment requirement, Savannah is advancing project finance, a second off take agreement and regulatory approvals, while targeting first concentrate production from late 2028 to early 2029. The project offers significant resource expansion potential, competitive operating costs and strategic importance to Europe&rsquo;s battery supply chain. Management remains focused on execution, funding, community engagement and value creation for shareholders.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Savannah Resources PLC provides an investor update on its Barroso lithium project in Portugal, highlighting strong project economics, a completed DFS, and progress toward construction. The company raised more than $40 million, taking cash to over $53 million, supporting development activities, engineering, recruitment and long lead equipment. With a $418 million project investment requirement, Savannah is advancing project finance, a second off take agreement and regulatory approvals, while targeting first concentrate production from late 2028 to early 2029. The project offers significant resource expansion potential, competitive operating costs and strategic importance to Europe&rsquo;s battery supply chain. Management remains focused on execution, funding, community engagement and value creation for shareholders.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791389521_7S2yIciZYS5vaIR1qIdPIOY7kTMBIXqKf65mhx0i.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Savannah Resources PLC provides an investor update on its Barroso lithium project in Portugal, highlighting strong project economics, a completed DFS, and progress toward construction. The company raised more than $40 million, taking cash to over $53 million, supporting development activities, engineering, recruitment and long lead equipment. With a $418 million project investment requirement, Savannah is advancing project finance, a second off take agreement and regulatory approvals, while targeting first concentrate production from late 2028 to early 2029. The project offers significant resource expansion potential, competitive operating costs and strategic importance to Europe&rsquo;s battery supply chain. Management remains focused on execution, funding, community engagement and value creation for shareholders.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>AIREA PLC - Interim Results</title>
                <itunes:title>AIREA PLC - Interim Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-650</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 07 Oct 2026 10:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-650</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>AIREA PLC delivered a strong first-half performance for the six months ended 30 June 2026, with group revenue increasing 10.2% to &pound;10.8 million, supported by 7.4% volume growth and improving demand across both UK and international markets. Operating profit rose to &pound;0.5 million, EBITDA increased to &pound;0.9 million and profit before tax reached &pound;0.2 million, while the company ended the period with net cash of &pound;0.4 million. International revenue grew 9.9%, with recovery continuing across the Middle East and Eastern Europe, while the Dubai showroom is supporting expansion across the GCC and into markets including India. AIREA&rsquo;s &pound;6.8 million manufacturing investment is now fully operational, providing increased capacity, improved quality control, shorter lead times and greater production flexibility, creating a platform for sustainable, profitable growth. Management expects the new facility to support margin improvement through greater volumes, operational efficiencies and a broader mix of higher-value products, while annual capital expenditure is expected to normalise to below &pound;1 million following several years of significant investment. The company continues to strengthen its growth strategy through product innovation, sustainability-led ranges under its eco-focused offering, expanded B2B and white-label distribution channels, and international market development. AIREA also reduced its pension deficit from &pound;4.5 million to &pound;2.5 million and strengthened its balance sheet, positioning the business to pursue further growth opportunities and enhance shareholder returns.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>AIREA PLC delivered a strong first-half performance for the six months ended 30 June 2026, with group revenue increasing 10.2% to &pound;10.8 million, supported by 7.4% volume growth and improving demand across both UK and international markets. Operating profit rose to &pound;0.5 million, EBITDA increased to &pound;0.9 million and profit before tax reached &pound;0.2 million, while the company ended the period with net cash of &pound;0.4 million. International revenue grew 9.9%, with recovery continuing across the Middle East and Eastern Europe, while the Dubai showroom is supporting expansion across the GCC and into markets including India. AIREA&rsquo;s &pound;6.8 million manufacturing investment is now fully operational, providing increased capacity, improved quality control, shorter lead times and greater production flexibility, creating a platform for sustainable, profitable growth. Management expects the new facility to support margin improvement through greater volumes, operational efficiencies and a broader mix of higher-value products, while annual capital expenditure is expected to normalise to below &pound;1 million following several years of significant investment. The company continues to strengthen its growth strategy through product innovation, sustainability-led ranges under its eco-focused offering, expanded B2B and white-label distribution channels, and international market development. AIREA also reduced its pension deficit from &pound;4.5 million to &pound;2.5 million and strengthened its balance sheet, positioning the business to pursue further growth opportunities and enhance shareholder returns.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791371521_dE5mPHMDV6lOWq6L4dn042Q1YE7ikzPWeZRuGBjQ.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>AIREA PLC delivered a strong first-half performance for the six months ended 30 June 2026, with group revenue increasing 10.2% to &pound;10.8 million, supported by 7.4% volume growth and improving demand across both UK and international markets. Operating profit rose to &pound;0.5 million, EBITDA increased to &pound;0.9 million and profit before tax reached &pound;0.2 million, while the company ended the period with net cash of &pound;0.4 million. International revenue grew 9.9%, with recovery continuing across the Middle East and Eastern Europe, while the Dubai showroom is supporting expansion across the GCC and into markets including India. AIREA&rsquo;s &pound;6.8 million manufacturing investment is now fully operational, providing increased capacity, improved quality control, shorter lead times and greater production flexibility, creating a platform for sustainable, profitable growth. Management expects the new facility to support margin improvement through greater volumes, operational efficiencies and a broader mix of higher-value products, while annual capital expenditure is expected to normalise to below &pound;1 million following several years of significant investment. The company continues to strengthen its growth strategy through product innovation, sustainability-led ranges under its eco-focused offering, expanded B2B and white-label distribution channels, and international market development. AIREA also reduced its pension deficit from &pound;4.5 million to &pound;2.5 million and strengthened its balance sheet, positioning the business to pursue further growth opportunities and enhance shareholder returns.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>RIT CAPITAL PARTNERS PLC - Investor Presentation</title>
                <itunes:title>RIT CAPITAL PARTNERS PLC - Investor Presentation</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1119</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 07 Oct 2026 10:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1119</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p><span>RIT Capital Partners provides an investor update on its 2026 financial performance, portfolio positioning and long-term growth strategy, highlighting its objective of delivering equity-like returns while limiting downside through a diversified, resilient investment portfolio. For the first six months of 2026, NAV increased 9%, with private investments the strongest contributor, followed by quoted equities up 7.8% and uncorrelated strategies up 5.6%. The investment trust continues to focus on structural growth themes including artificial intelligence, emerging markets, biotech, healthcare and the transition towards a more multi-polar global economy, with around 50% of the portfolio currently invested in the US. The presentation explores RIT&rsquo;s private investment strategy, including exposure to leading businesses such as SpaceX, Anthropic, Databricks, Stripe and Cognition, alongside established investment partners. Management also discusses portfolio resilience, tactical opportunities, uncorrelated investments and the role of permanent capital in supporting long-term private market returns. Over the past decade, the private portfolio has delivered a 17.2% return, including 28.3% from direct investments. The company also outlines initiatives to narrow the discount to NAV, including a &pound;300 million tender offer, share buybacks and continued focus on shareholder returns. With NAV up 11% and the share price up 14% to the end of August 2026, RIT Capital Partners remains focused on long-term compounding, diversification and identifying resilient growth opportunities in an increasingly volatile market. </span></p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><span>RIT Capital Partners provides an investor update on its 2026 financial performance, portfolio positioning and long-term growth strategy, highlighting its objective of delivering equity-like returns while limiting downside through a diversified, resilient investment portfolio. For the first six months of 2026, NAV increased 9%, with private investments the strongest contributor, followed by quoted equities up 7.8% and uncorrelated strategies up 5.6%. The investment trust continues to focus on structural growth themes including artificial intelligence, emerging markets, biotech, healthcare and the transition towards a more multi-polar global economy, with around 50% of the portfolio currently invested in the US. The presentation explores RIT&rsquo;s private investment strategy, including exposure to leading businesses such as SpaceX, Anthropic, Databricks, Stripe and Cognition, alongside established investment partners. Management also discusses portfolio resilience, tactical opportunities, uncorrelated investments and the role of permanent capital in supporting long-term private market returns. Over the past decade, the private portfolio has delivered a 17.2% return, including 28.3% from direct investments. The company also outlines initiatives to narrow the discount to NAV, including a &pound;300 million tender offer, share buybacks and continued focus on shareholder returns. With NAV up 11% and the share price up 14% to the end of August 2026, RIT Capital Partners remains focused on long-term compounding, diversification and identifying resilient growth opportunities in an increasingly volatile market. </span></p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791367921_ZF9vNC7rtmrW4F0RzozKtdW2yX8qROzdKNDRjASW.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p><span>RIT Capital Partners provides an investor update on its 2026 financial performance, portfolio positioning and long-term growth strategy, highlighting its objective of delivering equity-like returns while limiting downside through a diversified, resilient investment portfolio. For the first six months of 2026, NAV increased 9%, with private investments the strongest contributor, followed by quoted equities up 7.8% and uncorrelated strategies up 5.6%. The investment trust continues to focus on structural growth themes including artificial intelligence, emerging markets, biotech, healthcare and the transition towards a more multi-polar global economy, with around 50% of the portfolio currently invested in the US. The presentation explores RIT&rsquo;s private investment strategy, including exposure to leading businesses such as SpaceX, Anthropic, Databricks, Stripe and Cognition, alongside established investment partners. Management also discusses portfolio resilience, tactical opportunities, uncorrelated investments and the role of permanent capital in supporting long-term private market returns. Over the past decade, the private portfolio has delivered a 17.2% return, including 28.3% from direct investments. The company also outlines initiatives to narrow the discount to NAV, including a &pound;300 million tender offer, share buybacks and continued focus on shareholder returns. With NAV up 11% and the share price up 14% to the end of August 2026, RIT Capital Partners remains focused on long-term compounding, diversification and identifying resilient growth opportunities in an increasingly volatile market. </span></p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>NAHL GROUP PLC - Interim Results for the half year ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>NAHL GROUP PLC - Interim Results for the half year ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-643</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2026 10:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-643</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>NAHL Group PLC delivered a strong financial and operational performance in H1 2026, with revenue increasing 5% to &pound;18.3 million, profit before tax rising 31% to &pound;2.3 million and free cash flow growing 43% to &pound;2.2 million. Strong cash generation reduced net debt by 66% to &pound;1.1 million, its lowest level since the 2014 IPO. Consumer Legal Services revenue increased 7% to &pound;9.9 million, while underlying operating profit rose 41% to &pound;1.9 million, supported by strong settlements at National Accident Law (NAL). NAL settled more than 1,600 claims, generating &pound;5.7 million of cash, while its 6,623 ongoing claims are expected to deliver more than &pound;11.5 million of future cash. National Accident Helpline enquiries increased 11%, with management continuing to focus its growth strategy on higher-value claims, productivity, technology and AI-supported workflows. Critical Care revenue increased 3% to &pound;8.5 million, with Bush &amp; Co. generating &pound;2.6 million of underlying operating profit at a 30.5% margin. Expert witness revenue grew 11%, supported by a record 817 new instructions, while Care Solutions revenue increased 20%. Post-period developments have further strengthened the outlook, including the proposed &pound;1.2 million disposal of Searches UK and a &pound;1.85 million contract dispute settlement. Encouraging July and August trading has led the Board to upgrade its expectations for the 2026 financial results, with NAHL Group now anticipating a net cash position by the end of October while continuing to review capital allocation and strategic options to accelerate shareholder value.&nbsp;</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>NAHL Group PLC delivered a strong financial and operational performance in H1 2026, with revenue increasing 5% to &pound;18.3 million, profit before tax rising 31% to &pound;2.3 million and free cash flow growing 43% to &pound;2.2 million. Strong cash generation reduced net debt by 66% to &pound;1.1 million, its lowest level since the 2014 IPO. Consumer Legal Services revenue increased 7% to &pound;9.9 million, while underlying operating profit rose 41% to &pound;1.9 million, supported by strong settlements at National Accident Law (NAL). NAL settled more than 1,600 claims, generating &pound;5.7 million of cash, while its 6,623 ongoing claims are expected to deliver more than &pound;11.5 million of future cash. National Accident Helpline enquiries increased 11%, with management continuing to focus its growth strategy on higher-value claims, productivity, technology and AI-supported workflows. Critical Care revenue increased 3% to &pound;8.5 million, with Bush &amp; Co. generating &pound;2.6 million of underlying operating profit at a 30.5% margin. Expert witness revenue grew 11%, supported by a record 817 new instructions, while Care Solutions revenue increased 20%. Post-period developments have further strengthened the outlook, including the proposed &pound;1.2 million disposal of Searches UK and a &pound;1.85 million contract dispute settlement. Encouraging July and August trading has led the Board to upgrade its expectations for the 2026 financial results, with NAHL Group now anticipating a net cash position by the end of October while continuing to review capital allocation and strategic options to accelerate shareholder value.&nbsp;</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791285121_YMgnyQvymHPf8CpYiLvFXxoOTCBadpVeTjC83D2V.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>NAHL Group PLC delivered a strong financial and operational performance in H1 2026, with revenue increasing 5% to &pound;18.3 million, profit before tax rising 31% to &pound;2.3 million and free cash flow growing 43% to &pound;2.2 million. Strong cash generation reduced net debt by 66% to &pound;1.1 million, its lowest level since the 2014 IPO. Consumer Legal Services revenue increased 7% to &pound;9.9 million, while underlying operating profit rose 41% to &pound;1.9 million, supported by strong settlements at National Accident Law (NAL). NAL settled more than 1,600 claims, generating &pound;5.7 million of cash, while its 6,623 ongoing claims are expected to deliver more than &pound;11.5 million of future cash. National Accident Helpline enquiries increased 11%, with management continuing to focus its growth strategy on higher-value claims, productivity, technology and AI-supported workflows. Critical Care revenue increased 3% to &pound;8.5 million, with Bush &amp; Co. generating &pound;2.6 million of underlying operating profit at a 30.5% margin. Expert witness revenue grew 11%, supported by a record 817 new instructions, while Care Solutions revenue increased 20%. Post-period developments have further strengthened the outlook, including the proposed &pound;1.2 million disposal of Searches UK and a &pound;1.85 million contract dispute settlement. Encouraging July and August trading has led the Board to upgrade its expectations for the 2026 financial results, with NAHL Group now anticipating a net cash position by the end of October while continuing to review capital allocation and strategic options to accelerate shareholder value.&nbsp;</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>RAINBOW RARE EARTHS LIMITED - Phalaborwa Project, MoU Neo Performance Materials, PFS and DFS progress, US listing evaluation</title>
                <itunes:title>RAINBOW RARE EARTHS LIMITED - Phalaborwa Project, MoU Neo Performance Materials, PFS and DFS progress, US listing evaluation</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/preliminary-results-97</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Mon, 05 Oct 2026 12:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/preliminary-results-97</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Rainbow Rare Earths Limited provided an investor update focused on advancing its Phalaborwa project in South Africa, progressing the Uberaba project in Brazil, securing downstream partnerships and evaluating a potential US listing. The company reiterated that its phosphogypsum-based strategy removes conventional mining risk, lowers capital intensity and supports high-margin production of separated NdPr and heavy rare earth products for Western supply chains. Phalaborwa remains on track for a pre-feasibility study in Q4 2026, followed by a DFS in H1 2027, with early construction targeted for late 2027 and initial production in 2029. Management said approximately 75% of the flowsheet is already engineered to DFS-level certainty. Rainbow also highlighted its MoU with Neo Performance Materials, which includes offtake for 40% of NdPr production and 65% of SEG+ output, alongside access to Neo&rsquo;s solvent extraction expertise. Further offtake discussions are ongoing ahead of debt financing, with management targeting around two-thirds debt in the project capital structure. Uberaba&rsquo;s pre-feasibility study is progressing, with first production targeted around 2030. Rainbow continues to evaluate a US market listing during 2027, citing stronger valuations, deeper capital markets and growing US investor interest. Management believes the company&rsquo;s low-cost rare earth projects, strategic offtake agreements and scalable phosphogypsum processing technology provide a strong platform for long-term growth, project financing and shareholder value creation. &nbsp;</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rainbow Rare Earths Limited provided an investor update focused on advancing its Phalaborwa project in South Africa, progressing the Uberaba project in Brazil, securing downstream partnerships and evaluating a potential US listing. The company reiterated that its phosphogypsum-based strategy removes conventional mining risk, lowers capital intensity and supports high-margin production of separated NdPr and heavy rare earth products for Western supply chains. Phalaborwa remains on track for a pre-feasibility study in Q4 2026, followed by a DFS in H1 2027, with early construction targeted for late 2027 and initial production in 2029. Management said approximately 75% of the flowsheet is already engineered to DFS-level certainty. Rainbow also highlighted its MoU with Neo Performance Materials, which includes offtake for 40% of NdPr production and 65% of SEG+ output, alongside access to Neo&rsquo;s solvent extraction expertise. Further offtake discussions are ongoing ahead of debt financing, with management targeting around two-thirds debt in the project capital structure. Uberaba&rsquo;s pre-feasibility study is progressing, with first production targeted around 2030. Rainbow continues to evaluate a US market listing during 2027, citing stronger valuations, deeper capital markets and growing US investor interest. Management believes the company&rsquo;s low-cost rare earth projects, strategic offtake agreements and scalable phosphogypsum processing technology provide a strong platform for long-term growth, project financing and shareholder value creation. &nbsp;</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791205921_65f9zUHstG3hrkYq0AbJzqbLw5PRpXfNexgxMP7b.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Rainbow Rare Earths Limited provided an investor update focused on advancing its Phalaborwa project in South Africa, progressing the Uberaba project in Brazil, securing downstream partnerships and evaluating a potential US listing. The company reiterated that its phosphogypsum-based strategy removes conventional mining risk, lowers capital intensity and supports high-margin production of separated NdPr and heavy rare earth products for Western supply chains. Phalaborwa remains on track for a pre-feasibility study in Q4 2026, followed by a DFS in H1 2027, with early construction targeted for late 2027 and initial production in 2029. Management said approximately 75% of the flowsheet is already engineered to DFS-level certainty. Rainbow also highlighted its MoU with Neo Performance Materials, which includes offtake for 40% of NdPr production and 65% of SEG+ output, alongside access to Neo&rsquo;s solvent extraction expertise. Further offtake discussions are ongoing ahead of debt financing, with management targeting around two-thirds debt in the project capital structure. Uberaba&rsquo;s pre-feasibility study is progressing, with first production targeted around 2030. Rainbow continues to evaluate a US market listing during 2027, citing stronger valuations, deeper capital markets and growing US investor interest. Management believes the company&rsquo;s low-cost rare earth projects, strategic offtake agreements and scalable phosphogypsum processing technology provide a strong platform for long-term growth, project financing and shareholder value creation. &nbsp;</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>ATOME PLC - Villeta Project and Business Update</title>
                <itunes:title>ATOME PLC - Villeta Project and Business Update</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/final-results-and-and-half-year-results</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Mon, 05 Oct 2026 11:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/final-results-and-and-half-year-results</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>ATOME PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update outlines the continued development of its flagship green fertiliser project in Villeta, Paraguay, following the unexpected revocation of government decrees underpinning its power purchase arrangements in June 2026. ATOME had previously reached Final Investment Decision, with financing commitments, EPC and offtake arrangements in place and construction preparations underway. Management remains engaged in good-faith discussions with the Paraguayan government and national power company ANDE to secure a viable new power purchase agreement, while maintaining the support of key funding and commercial partners including IDB, IFC, Casale, Baker Hughes and Yara. In parallel, ATOME is pursuing potential legal recourse under the UK-Paraguay Bilateral Investment Treaty, with external legal and damages advice indicating a potentially substantial compensation claim if an amicable resolution cannot be reached. The company has also continued to develop its broader platform, including ATOME Power&rsquo;s feasibility work for a 300MW solar project in Villeta supported by IDB and IFC, alongside discussions around new fertiliser opportunities in Brazil and other markets. Management believes the expertise, partnerships, financing framework and engineering work developed for Villeta create a transferable platform that can be leveraged across additional green fertiliser and renewable energy projects. ATOME remains focused on preserving shareholder value, maintaining project readiness, reducing potential construction delays and pursuing both a preferred commercial resolution and a legal fallback option. With the Villeta project remaining active and international expansion opportunities progressing, the company aims to capitalise on its established platform and accelerate the development of low-carbon fertiliser infrastructure.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ATOME PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update outlines the continued development of its flagship green fertiliser project in Villeta, Paraguay, following the unexpected revocation of government decrees underpinning its power purchase arrangements in June 2026. ATOME had previously reached Final Investment Decision, with financing commitments, EPC and offtake arrangements in place and construction preparations underway. Management remains engaged in good-faith discussions with the Paraguayan government and national power company ANDE to secure a viable new power purchase agreement, while maintaining the support of key funding and commercial partners including IDB, IFC, Casale, Baker Hughes and Yara. In parallel, ATOME is pursuing potential legal recourse under the UK-Paraguay Bilateral Investment Treaty, with external legal and damages advice indicating a potentially substantial compensation claim if an amicable resolution cannot be reached. The company has also continued to develop its broader platform, including ATOME Power&rsquo;s feasibility work for a 300MW solar project in Villeta supported by IDB and IFC, alongside discussions around new fertiliser opportunities in Brazil and other markets. Management believes the expertise, partnerships, financing framework and engineering work developed for Villeta create a transferable platform that can be leveraged across additional green fertiliser and renewable energy projects. ATOME remains focused on preserving shareholder value, maintaining project readiness, reducing potential construction delays and pursuing both a preferred commercial resolution and a legal fallback option. With the Villeta project remaining active and international expansion opportunities progressing, the company aims to capitalise on its established platform and accelerate the development of low-carbon fertiliser infrastructure.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791198721_LPnhSHnzSI4Omo4oh2uUaRyG9WpRqQ5a7NYi0ncJ.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>ATOME PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update outlines the continued development of its flagship green fertiliser project in Villeta, Paraguay, following the unexpected revocation of government decrees underpinning its power purchase arrangements in June 2026. ATOME had previously reached Final Investment Decision, with financing commitments, EPC and offtake arrangements in place and construction preparations underway. Management remains engaged in good-faith discussions with the Paraguayan government and national power company ANDE to secure a viable new power purchase agreement, while maintaining the support of key funding and commercial partners including IDB, IFC, Casale, Baker Hughes and Yara. In parallel, ATOME is pursuing potential legal recourse under the UK-Paraguay Bilateral Investment Treaty, with external legal and damages advice indicating a potentially substantial compensation claim if an amicable resolution cannot be reached. The company has also continued to develop its broader platform, including ATOME Power&rsquo;s feasibility work for a 300MW solar project in Villeta supported by IDB and IFC, alongside discussions around new fertiliser opportunities in Brazil and other markets. Management believes the expertise, partnerships, financing framework and engineering work developed for Villeta create a transferable platform that can be leveraged across additional green fertiliser and renewable energy projects. ATOME remains focused on preserving shareholder value, maintaining project readiness, reducing potential construction delays and pursuing both a preferred commercial resolution and a legal fallback option. With the Villeta project remaining active and international expansion opportunities progressing, the company aims to capitalise on its established platform and accelerate the development of low-carbon fertiliser infrastructure.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>SKILLCAST GROUP PLC - Interim Results</title>
                <itunes:title>SKILLCAST GROUP PLC - Interim Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-612</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Fri, 02 Oct 2026 14:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-612</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Skillcast Group PLC delivered another period of double-digit growth in H1 2026, with subscription revenue increasing 15% to &pound;7.4 million and total revenue rising 10% to &pound;8.2 million. Annualised recurring revenue grew 14% to &pound;14.5 million, with recurring revenue representing 90% of the Group total, while gross margin improved to 77.7%. EBITDA increased 48% to approximately &pound;1.0 million, lifting the EBITDA margin to 12% from 9%, supported by operational gearing, productivity improvements and disciplined cost growth. Skillcast ended the period with &pound;13.6 million of net cash and no debt, alongside &pound;0.7 million of free cash flow. The Group&rsquo;s growth strategy remains focused on increasing ARR by 15&ndash;20% annually through new customer wins, upselling, product innovation and selective acquisitions. AI is becoming increasingly important to the product roadmap, with Ask Ada already established, Edit with Ada reaching 15% client adoption within two months of launch, and further tools including Learn with Ada, Translate with Ada and Create with Ada planned. Management also continues to assess M&amp;A opportunities in digital compliance training, seeking content-led businesses that can leverage Skillcast&rsquo;s existing technology and infrastructure. Looking ahead, the company expects H2 ARR growth in absolute terms to be similar to H1, while EBITDA should continue to benefit from operational gearing and AI-led productivity. Full-year revenue and profit remain in line with expectations.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Skillcast Group PLC delivered another period of double-digit growth in H1 2026, with subscription revenue increasing 15% to &pound;7.4 million and total revenue rising 10% to &pound;8.2 million. Annualised recurring revenue grew 14% to &pound;14.5 million, with recurring revenue representing 90% of the Group total, while gross margin improved to 77.7%. EBITDA increased 48% to approximately &pound;1.0 million, lifting the EBITDA margin to 12% from 9%, supported by operational gearing, productivity improvements and disciplined cost growth. Skillcast ended the period with &pound;13.6 million of net cash and no debt, alongside &pound;0.7 million of free cash flow. The Group&rsquo;s growth strategy remains focused on increasing ARR by 15&ndash;20% annually through new customer wins, upselling, product innovation and selective acquisitions. AI is becoming increasingly important to the product roadmap, with Ask Ada already established, Edit with Ada reaching 15% client adoption within two months of launch, and further tools including Learn with Ada, Translate with Ada and Create with Ada planned. Management also continues to assess M&amp;A opportunities in digital compliance training, seeking content-led businesses that can leverage Skillcast&rsquo;s existing technology and infrastructure. Looking ahead, the company expects H2 ARR growth in absolute terms to be similar to H1, while EBITDA should continue to benefit from operational gearing and AI-led productivity. Full-year revenue and profit remain in line with expectations.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790950321_bRq0IE1kHaWiqzqvivC3ggmD70jWngAEFAI7Oq5A.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Skillcast Group PLC delivered another period of double-digit growth in H1 2026, with subscription revenue increasing 15% to &pound;7.4 million and total revenue rising 10% to &pound;8.2 million. Annualised recurring revenue grew 14% to &pound;14.5 million, with recurring revenue representing 90% of the Group total, while gross margin improved to 77.7%. EBITDA increased 48% to approximately &pound;1.0 million, lifting the EBITDA margin to 12% from 9%, supported by operational gearing, productivity improvements and disciplined cost growth. Skillcast ended the period with &pound;13.6 million of net cash and no debt, alongside &pound;0.7 million of free cash flow. The Group&rsquo;s growth strategy remains focused on increasing ARR by 15&ndash;20% annually through new customer wins, upselling, product innovation and selective acquisitions. AI is becoming increasingly important to the product roadmap, with Ask Ada already established, Edit with Ada reaching 15% client adoption within two months of launch, and further tools including Learn with Ada, Translate with Ada and Create with Ada planned. Management also continues to assess M&amp;A opportunities in digital compliance training, seeking content-led businesses that can leverage Skillcast&rsquo;s existing technology and infrastructure. Looking ahead, the company expects H2 ARR growth in absolute terms to be similar to H1, while EBITDA should continue to benefit from operational gearing and AI-led productivity. Full-year revenue and profit remain in line with expectations.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>EBIQUITY PLC - Interim Results</title>
                <itunes:title>EBIQUITY PLC - Interim Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-635</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Fri, 02 Oct 2026 11:30:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-635</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Ebiquity PLC reported improving profitability and commercial momentum in H1 2026 as its restructuring and cost reduction programme continued to take effect. Revenue declined 5% year on year to &pound;36.1 million, reflecting legacy client losses, while adjusted operating profit reached &pound;2.3 million and adjusted profit before tax rose to &pound;1.8 million. The group delivered approximately &pound;1.5 million of structural cost savings, helping adjusted operating margin remain resilient at 6.5%, while statutory operating profit improved to &pound;1.0 million from a &pound;6.8 million loss in H1 2025. Commercial indicators strengthened, particularly in the Americas, where win rates increased by 21 percentage points and new business conversion improved by 23 percentage points. Management remains confident of meeting or exceeding full-year profit expectations, supported by more than &pound;10 million of multi-year marketing effectiveness contract wins, improving revenue visibility and a sharper focus on higher-margin recurring work. Ebiquity&rsquo;s growth strategy centres on its integrated Transform, Govern and Grow proposition, proprietary benchmark data covering more than $100 billion of annual advertising spend, and increasing deployment of its AI platform to improve productivity and margins. The company is also preparing to commercialise its benchmark data as a standalone service from 2027, providing an additional potential revenue stream with limited incremental cost. With disciplined cost management, improving US performance, stronger sales conversion and technology-led operating leverage, Ebiquity believes it has a clear pathway to sustainable revenue growth, higher margins and stronger cash generation.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ebiquity PLC reported improving profitability and commercial momentum in H1 2026 as its restructuring and cost reduction programme continued to take effect. Revenue declined 5% year on year to &pound;36.1 million, reflecting legacy client losses, while adjusted operating profit reached &pound;2.3 million and adjusted profit before tax rose to &pound;1.8 million. The group delivered approximately &pound;1.5 million of structural cost savings, helping adjusted operating margin remain resilient at 6.5%, while statutory operating profit improved to &pound;1.0 million from a &pound;6.8 million loss in H1 2025. Commercial indicators strengthened, particularly in the Americas, where win rates increased by 21 percentage points and new business conversion improved by 23 percentage points. Management remains confident of meeting or exceeding full-year profit expectations, supported by more than &pound;10 million of multi-year marketing effectiveness contract wins, improving revenue visibility and a sharper focus on higher-margin recurring work. Ebiquity&rsquo;s growth strategy centres on its integrated Transform, Govern and Grow proposition, proprietary benchmark data covering more than $100 billion of annual advertising spend, and increasing deployment of its AI platform to improve productivity and margins. The company is also preparing to commercialise its benchmark data as a standalone service from 2027, providing an additional potential revenue stream with limited incremental cost. With disciplined cost management, improving US performance, stronger sales conversion and technology-led operating leverage, Ebiquity believes it has a clear pathway to sustainable revenue growth, higher margins and stronger cash generation.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790943121_MnxKDzr4kYwPgCPGRLa4gCHLJzmyjV5iEFKwv4NA.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Ebiquity PLC reported improving profitability and commercial momentum in H1 2026 as its restructuring and cost reduction programme continued to take effect. Revenue declined 5% year on year to &pound;36.1 million, reflecting legacy client losses, while adjusted operating profit reached &pound;2.3 million and adjusted profit before tax rose to &pound;1.8 million. The group delivered approximately &pound;1.5 million of structural cost savings, helping adjusted operating margin remain resilient at 6.5%, while statutory operating profit improved to &pound;1.0 million from a &pound;6.8 million loss in H1 2025. Commercial indicators strengthened, particularly in the Americas, where win rates increased by 21 percentage points and new business conversion improved by 23 percentage points. Management remains confident of meeting or exceeding full-year profit expectations, supported by more than &pound;10 million of multi-year marketing effectiveness contract wins, improving revenue visibility and a sharper focus on higher-margin recurring work. Ebiquity&rsquo;s growth strategy centres on its integrated Transform, Govern and Grow proposition, proprietary benchmark data covering more than $100 billion of annual advertising spend, and increasing deployment of its AI platform to improve productivity and margins. The company is also preparing to commercialise its benchmark data as a standalone service from 2027, providing an additional potential revenue stream with limited incremental cost. With disciplined cost management, improving US performance, stronger sales conversion and technology-led operating leverage, Ebiquity believes it has a clear pathway to sustainable revenue growth, higher margins and stronger cash generation.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>FORESIGHT SOLAR FUND LIMITED - Interim results for the half-year ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>FORESIGHT SOLAR FUND LIMITED - Interim results for the half-year ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-for-the-half-year-ended-30-june-2026-1</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Fri, 02 Oct 2026 11:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-for-the-half-year-ended-30-june-2026-1</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Foresight Solar Fund Limited reported resilient financial performance for the half year ended 30 June 2026, with EBITDA on budget despite global generation finishing 5.6% below target, supported by higher power prices and the strength of its UK portfolio, which contributed 95% of EBITDA. The company highlighted improved UK trading conditions, increased revenue visibility through long-term inflation-linked subsidies and forward hedging, and projected dividend cover of 1.1x for the year. NAV declined from &pound;545.9 million at December 2025 to &pound;517.9 million at June 2026, primarily reflecting lower long-term power price assumptions and changes relating to the planned removal of CPS, although an independent review supported the valuation of the UK portfolio. Foresight Solar&rsquo;s growth strategy remains focused on portfolio optimisation, capital recycling and disciplined investment. Phase one of its enhancement programme is targeting up to &pound;2.5 million of additional revenue and approximately 14GWh of incremental generation, while management continues to progress asset disposals, refinancing opportunities, battery storage co-location and a proprietary development pipeline targeting around 250MW of projects reaching ready-to-build stage over the medium term. The fund is also exploring opportunities in UK CFD-backed solar and Spanish battery hybridisation, while maintaining a conservative approach to gearing and prioritising sustainable income, cash flow and long-term shareholder value.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Foresight Solar Fund Limited reported resilient financial performance for the half year ended 30 June 2026, with EBITDA on budget despite global generation finishing 5.6% below target, supported by higher power prices and the strength of its UK portfolio, which contributed 95% of EBITDA. The company highlighted improved UK trading conditions, increased revenue visibility through long-term inflation-linked subsidies and forward hedging, and projected dividend cover of 1.1x for the year. NAV declined from &pound;545.9 million at December 2025 to &pound;517.9 million at June 2026, primarily reflecting lower long-term power price assumptions and changes relating to the planned removal of CPS, although an independent review supported the valuation of the UK portfolio. Foresight Solar&rsquo;s growth strategy remains focused on portfolio optimisation, capital recycling and disciplined investment. Phase one of its enhancement programme is targeting up to &pound;2.5 million of additional revenue and approximately 14GWh of incremental generation, while management continues to progress asset disposals, refinancing opportunities, battery storage co-location and a proprietary development pipeline targeting around 250MW of projects reaching ready-to-build stage over the medium term. The fund is also exploring opportunities in UK CFD-backed solar and Spanish battery hybridisation, while maintaining a conservative approach to gearing and prioritising sustainable income, cash flow and long-term shareholder value.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790939521_y1DzzK3Cu1fgHyg84czobygeD8Qr7DthnU02aVQv.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Foresight Solar Fund Limited reported resilient financial performance for the half year ended 30 June 2026, with EBITDA on budget despite global generation finishing 5.6% below target, supported by higher power prices and the strength of its UK portfolio, which contributed 95% of EBITDA. The company highlighted improved UK trading conditions, increased revenue visibility through long-term inflation-linked subsidies and forward hedging, and projected dividend cover of 1.1x for the year. NAV declined from &pound;545.9 million at December 2025 to &pound;517.9 million at June 2026, primarily reflecting lower long-term power price assumptions and changes relating to the planned removal of CPS, although an independent review supported the valuation of the UK portfolio. Foresight Solar&rsquo;s growth strategy remains focused on portfolio optimisation, capital recycling and disciplined investment. Phase one of its enhancement programme is targeting up to &pound;2.5 million of additional revenue and approximately 14GWh of incremental generation, while management continues to progress asset disposals, refinancing opportunities, battery storage co-location and a proprietary development pipeline targeting around 250MW of projects reaching ready-to-build stage over the medium term. The fund is also exploring opportunities in UK CFD-backed solar and Spanish battery hybridisation, while maintaining a conservative approach to gearing and prioritising sustainable income, cash flow and long-term shareholder value.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>TORTILLA MEXICAN GRILL PLC - H1 FY26 Results</title>
                <itunes:title>TORTILLA MEXICAN GRILL PLC - H1 FY26 Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-647</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2026 16:30:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-647</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Tortilla Mexican Grill PLC&rsquo;s investor update highlights financial results, sales growth and a strategic reset focused on profitability and long term value creation. Group revenue increased 6% to &pound;38.5 million, while UK like for like sales rose 13.9% and France delivered 18.2% growth in the first half, accelerating to 24.4% in the third quarter. Total system sales reached &pound;103 million, with average unit volumes exceeding &pound;1 million in the UK. Management is addressing French operations through store closures, cost reductions and improved financial controls, while strengthening gross margins and cash flow. Key growth drivers include expanded delivery partnerships, menu innovation, technology investment, AI powered operational efficiencies and a renewed focus on franchise expansion across the UK and Europe. Tortilla&rsquo;s three year value creation plan targets higher average unit volumes of &pound;1.5 million and restaurant EBITDA margins of 20%, supported by operational improvements, estate modernisation and scalable franchise opportunities. The presentation outlines the company&rsquo;s strategy to improve profitability, reduce debt and deliver sustainable revenue growth.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Tortilla Mexican Grill PLC&rsquo;s investor update highlights financial results, sales growth and a strategic reset focused on profitability and long term value creation. Group revenue increased 6% to &pound;38.5 million, while UK like for like sales rose 13.9% and France delivered 18.2% growth in the first half, accelerating to 24.4% in the third quarter. Total system sales reached &pound;103 million, with average unit volumes exceeding &pound;1 million in the UK. Management is addressing French operations through store closures, cost reductions and improved financial controls, while strengthening gross margins and cash flow. Key growth drivers include expanded delivery partnerships, menu innovation, technology investment, AI powered operational efficiencies and a renewed focus on franchise expansion across the UK and Europe. Tortilla&rsquo;s three year value creation plan targets higher average unit volumes of &pound;1.5 million and restaurant EBITDA margins of 20%, supported by operational improvements, estate modernisation and scalable franchise opportunities. The presentation outlines the company&rsquo;s strategy to improve profitability, reduce debt and deliver sustainable revenue growth.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790874721_Y3MUAhDRAg0ufhFA7GAPzCfkB7QEIvSGx7xQPjiz.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Tortilla Mexican Grill PLC&rsquo;s investor update highlights financial results, sales growth and a strategic reset focused on profitability and long term value creation. Group revenue increased 6% to &pound;38.5 million, while UK like for like sales rose 13.9% and France delivered 18.2% growth in the first half, accelerating to 24.4% in the third quarter. Total system sales reached &pound;103 million, with average unit volumes exceeding &pound;1 million in the UK. Management is addressing French operations through store closures, cost reductions and improved financial controls, while strengthening gross margins and cash flow. Key growth drivers include expanded delivery partnerships, menu innovation, technology investment, AI powered operational efficiencies and a renewed focus on franchise expansion across the UK and Europe. Tortilla&rsquo;s three year value creation plan targets higher average unit volumes of &pound;1.5 million and restaurant EBITDA margins of 20%, supported by operational improvements, estate modernisation and scalable franchise opportunities. The presentation outlines the company&rsquo;s strategy to improve profitability, reduce debt and deliver sustainable revenue growth.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>VENTURE LIFE GROUP PLC - 2025/2026 Full Year Results</title>
                <itunes:title>VENTURE LIFE GROUP PLC - 2025/2026 Full Year Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/20252026-full-year-results</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2026 11:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/20252026-full-year-results</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Venture Life Group plc delivered strong growth and strategic progress in its 2025/26 full year results, completing its transformation into a focused, pure-play consumer healthcare business. For the 17 months to May 2026, revenue reached &pound;50.0 million, while the latest 12-month period generated &pound;39.0 million of revenue and &pound;7.1 million of EBITDA, representing approximately 20% revenue growth and 19% EBITDA growth. Power Brands continued to build momentum, supported by increased marketing investment, innovation and wider distribution across the UK and US.</span></p>
<p><span>The Group strengthened its balance sheet through the disposal of its manufacturing and non-core operations, ending the period with &pound;11.5 million of net cash and an undrawn &pound;30 million revolving credit facility, providing capacity for further investment and selective accretive M&amp;A. The acquisition of FemiClear and Curoxen provides a major platform for US expansion, with management expecting the acquired business to contribute around &pound;11&ndash;12 million of revenue in the year to May 2027, while Group revenue guidance stands at approximately &pound;55 million.</span></p>
<p><span>Venture Life&rsquo;s growth strategy centres on innovation, geographic expansion, omnichannel distribution and further acquisitions. Management targets sustainable organic revenue growth of around 15%, with ambitions to move EBITDA margins towards 25% over the medium term. Longer term, the Group is targeting revenue of up to &pound;300 million in the 2030s, supported by strong cash generation, US market expansion and continued investment across its consumer healthcare portfolio.</span></p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Venture Life Group plc delivered strong growth and strategic progress in its 2025/26 full year results, completing its transformation into a focused, pure-play consumer healthcare business. For the 17 months to May 2026, revenue reached &pound;50.0 million, while the latest 12-month period generated &pound;39.0 million of revenue and &pound;7.1 million of EBITDA, representing approximately 20% revenue growth and 19% EBITDA growth. Power Brands continued to build momentum, supported by increased marketing investment, innovation and wider distribution across the UK and US.</span></p>
<p><span>The Group strengthened its balance sheet through the disposal of its manufacturing and non-core operations, ending the period with &pound;11.5 million of net cash and an undrawn &pound;30 million revolving credit facility, providing capacity for further investment and selective accretive M&amp;A. The acquisition of FemiClear and Curoxen provides a major platform for US expansion, with management expecting the acquired business to contribute around &pound;11&ndash;12 million of revenue in the year to May 2027, while Group revenue guidance stands at approximately &pound;55 million.</span></p>
<p><span>Venture Life&rsquo;s growth strategy centres on innovation, geographic expansion, omnichannel distribution and further acquisitions. Management targets sustainable organic revenue growth of around 15%, with ambitions to move EBITDA margins towards 25% over the medium term. Longer term, the Group is targeting revenue of up to &pound;300 million in the 2030s, supported by strong cash generation, US market expansion and continued investment across its consumer healthcare portfolio.</span></p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790856721_qVeKAR8w6aOyeJLLu8FE0VGMN6IgEbLXWFYyzL1j.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Venture Life Group plc delivered strong growth and strategic progress in its 2025/26 full year results, completing its transformation into a focused, pure-play consumer healthcare business. For the 17 months to May 2026, revenue reached &pound;50.0 million, while the latest 12-month period generated &pound;39.0 million of revenue and &pound;7.1 million of EBITDA, representing approximately 20% revenue growth and 19% EBITDA growth. Power Brands continued to build momentum, supported by increased marketing investment, innovation and wider distribution across the UK and US.</span></p>
<p><span>The Group strengthened its balance sheet through the disposal of its manufacturing and non-core operations, ending the period with &pound;11.5 million of net cash and an undrawn &pound;30 million revolving credit facility, providing capacity for further investment and selective accretive M&amp;A. The acquisition of FemiClear and Curoxen provides a major platform for US expansion, with management expecting the acquired business to contribute around &pound;11&ndash;12 million of revenue in the year to May 2027, while Group revenue guidance stands at approximately &pound;55 million.</span></p>
<p><span>Venture Life&rsquo;s growth strategy centres on innovation, geographic expansion, omnichannel distribution and further acquisitions. Management targets sustainable organic revenue growth of around 15%, with ambitions to move EBITDA margins towards 25% over the medium term. Longer term, the Group is targeting revenue of up to &pound;300 million in the 2030s, supported by strong cash generation, US market expansion and continued investment across its consumer healthcare portfolio.</span></p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>AVI JAPAN OPPORTUNITY TRUST PLC - Interim Results</title>
                <itunes:title>AVI JAPAN OPPORTUNITY TRUST PLC - Interim Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-633</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2026 10:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-633</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>AVI Japan Opportunity Trust PLC presented its interim results for the six months to 30 June 2026, highlighting a concentrated, high-conviction investment strategy focused on undervalued Japanese small- and mid-cap companies and active shareholder engagement. The Trust, with approximately &pound;450 million of total assets, has delivered 25% outperformance over its eight-year history, although recent performance lagged the broader Japanese market as large-cap and AI-related sectors led gains. Management remains positive on the opportunity set, supported by improving corporate governance, rising corporate activity and growing investor interest in Japan. The portfolio&rsquo;s top 10 holdings represent around 70% of assets, with the Trust increasingly taking 20&ndash;30% ownership positions to strengthen its influence with management. Sharing Technology, formerly the largest holding, received a takeover offer and is expected to convert into cash by the end of November, providing capital for new investment opportunities. Across the top 10 holdings, average valuations remain low at approximately 6.9x, while cash, listed securities and real estate represent almost half of underlying market capitalisation, reinforcing the Trust&rsquo;s value-focused growth strategy. Management sees continued potential from operational improvements, capital allocation changes, corporate transactions and Japan&rsquo;s evolving governance framework, with companies increasingly focused on profitability, shareholder value and addressing persistent undervaluation.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>AVI Japan Opportunity Trust PLC presented its interim results for the six months to 30 June 2026, highlighting a concentrated, high-conviction investment strategy focused on undervalued Japanese small- and mid-cap companies and active shareholder engagement. The Trust, with approximately &pound;450 million of total assets, has delivered 25% outperformance over its eight-year history, although recent performance lagged the broader Japanese market as large-cap and AI-related sectors led gains. Management remains positive on the opportunity set, supported by improving corporate governance, rising corporate activity and growing investor interest in Japan. The portfolio&rsquo;s top 10 holdings represent around 70% of assets, with the Trust increasingly taking 20&ndash;30% ownership positions to strengthen its influence with management. Sharing Technology, formerly the largest holding, received a takeover offer and is expected to convert into cash by the end of November, providing capital for new investment opportunities. Across the top 10 holdings, average valuations remain low at approximately 6.9x, while cash, listed securities and real estate represent almost half of underlying market capitalisation, reinforcing the Trust&rsquo;s value-focused growth strategy. Management sees continued potential from operational improvements, capital allocation changes, corporate transactions and Japan&rsquo;s evolving governance framework, with companies increasingly focused on profitability, shareholder value and addressing persistent undervaluation.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790853121_jRofBol7DlBxCtV3KlQkoEXBWinjEDY20wkkYsry.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>AVI Japan Opportunity Trust PLC presented its interim results for the six months to 30 June 2026, highlighting a concentrated, high-conviction investment strategy focused on undervalued Japanese small- and mid-cap companies and active shareholder engagement. The Trust, with approximately &pound;450 million of total assets, has delivered 25% outperformance over its eight-year history, although recent performance lagged the broader Japanese market as large-cap and AI-related sectors led gains. Management remains positive on the opportunity set, supported by improving corporate governance, rising corporate activity and growing investor interest in Japan. The portfolio&rsquo;s top 10 holdings represent around 70% of assets, with the Trust increasingly taking 20&ndash;30% ownership positions to strengthen its influence with management. Sharing Technology, formerly the largest holding, received a takeover offer and is expected to convert into cash by the end of November, providing capital for new investment opportunities. Across the top 10 holdings, average valuations remain low at approximately 6.9x, while cash, listed securities and real estate represent almost half of underlying market capitalisation, reinforcing the Trust&rsquo;s value-focused growth strategy. Management sees continued potential from operational improvements, capital allocation changes, corporate transactions and Japan&rsquo;s evolving governance framework, with companies increasingly focused on profitability, shareholder value and addressing persistent undervaluation.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>SEASCAPE ENERGY ASIA PLC - Unaudited Financial Statements for the period to 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>SEASCAPE ENERGY ASIA PLC - Unaudited Financial Statements for the period to 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-644</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2026 10:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-644</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Seascape Energy Asia PLC&rsquo;s interim results 2026 highlight progress across its Malaysian oil and gas portfolio, with a strong cash position supporting development and exploration. The company is advancing its flagship Temaris gas project, targeting field development plan submission in December 2026 and final investment decision in the first quarter of 2027.&nbsp;Seismic reprocessing has identified the Tualang prospect, adding potential upside to existing resources, while negotiations continue to expand the Tamara licence area. The farm out process is progressing with strong investor interest, supporting plans for project financing and first gas targeted for the second half of 2028. Meanwhile, the DEWA development is advancing and drilling at the Kertang prospect is expected within 12 months, offering significant prospective resource potential and future growth opportunities.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Seascape Energy Asia PLC&rsquo;s interim results 2026 highlight progress across its Malaysian oil and gas portfolio, with a strong cash position supporting development and exploration. The company is advancing its flagship Temaris gas project, targeting field development plan submission in December 2026 and final investment decision in the first quarter of 2027.&nbsp;Seismic reprocessing has identified the Tualang prospect, adding potential upside to existing resources, while negotiations continue to expand the Tamara licence area. The farm out process is progressing with strong investor interest, supporting plans for project financing and first gas targeted for the second half of 2028. Meanwhile, the DEWA development is advancing and drilling at the Kertang prospect is expected within 12 months, offering significant prospective resource potential and future growth opportunities.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790849521_STTjJv2qJxlIo0uN7zRvomCJlVtZAYkjhd3a54kA.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Seascape Energy Asia PLC&rsquo;s interim results 2026 highlight progress across its Malaysian oil and gas portfolio, with a strong cash position supporting development and exploration. The company is advancing its flagship Temaris gas project, targeting field development plan submission in December 2026 and final investment decision in the first quarter of 2027.&nbsp;Seismic reprocessing has identified the Tualang prospect, adding potential upside to existing resources, while negotiations continue to expand the Tamara licence area. The farm out process is progressing with strong investor interest, supporting plans for project financing and first gas targeted for the second half of 2028. Meanwhile, the DEWA development is advancing and drilling at the Kertang prospect is expected within 12 months, offering significant prospective resource potential and future growth opportunities.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>SAGA PLC - Interim Results</title>
                <itunes:title>SAGA PLC - Interim Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-investor-presentation-32</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2026 09:30:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-investor-presentation-32</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Saga PLC&rsquo;s investor update highlights strong financial results for the six months ended 31 July 2026, with revenue up 14% to &pound;366 million and trading EBITDA rising 35% to &pound;90.9 million. Underlying profit before tax increased 98% to &pound;46.6 million, driven by strong travel demand and improved insurance margins. Net debt fell to &pound;429 million, reducing leverage to 2.7 times, while underlying operating cash flow rose 27% to &pound;101 million. Saga upgraded full year profit guidance to &pound;65 million to &pound;70 million, reflecting continued business growth and strategic progress. Management expects to achieve its &pound;100 million underlying profit target and leverage below two times ahead of January 2030.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Saga PLC&rsquo;s investor update highlights strong financial results for the six months ended 31 July 2026, with revenue up 14% to &pound;366 million and trading EBITDA rising 35% to &pound;90.9 million. Underlying profit before tax increased 98% to &pound;46.6 million, driven by strong travel demand and improved insurance margins. Net debt fell to &pound;429 million, reducing leverage to 2.7 times, while underlying operating cash flow rose 27% to &pound;101 million. Saga upgraded full year profit guidance to &pound;65 million to &pound;70 million, reflecting continued business growth and strategic progress. Management expects to achieve its &pound;100 million underlying profit target and leverage below two times ahead of January 2030.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790860321_giGL2TM6KnbyLXnVYnmIaZp9BtFuEoGSHOYMeBls.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Saga PLC&rsquo;s investor update highlights strong financial results for the six months ended 31 July 2026, with revenue up 14% to &pound;366 million and trading EBITDA rising 35% to &pound;90.9 million. Underlying profit before tax increased 98% to &pound;46.6 million, driven by strong travel demand and improved insurance margins. Net debt fell to &pound;429 million, reducing leverage to 2.7 times, while underlying operating cash flow rose 27% to &pound;101 million. Saga upgraded full year profit guidance to &pound;65 million to &pound;70 million, reflecting continued business growth and strategic progress. Management expects to achieve its &pound;100 million underlying profit target and leverage below two times ahead of January 2030.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>BARR (A.G.) PLC - Interim Results</title>
                <itunes:title>BARR (A.G.) PLC - Interim Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-614</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2026 16:30:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-614</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>A.G. BARR PLC delivered a resilient first-half performance, with revenue rising 8.5% to &pound;247.4 million, supported by growth across core brands and contributions from the Fentimans and Frobishers acquisitions. Despite temporary Q2 supply chain constraints, which management estimates resulted in around &pound;10 million of lost sales, the Group maintained a strong 15% operating margin and reported profit before tax growth of 2.6% to &pound;36.1 million. IRN-BRU, Rubicon and Boost continued to underpin company performance, with Boost delivering particularly strong momentum, while innovation across IRN-BRU Zero, Rubicon and Boost Water+ supported incremental revenue growth. A.G. BARR also continued significant investment in manufacturing capacity, including upgrades at Cumbernauld and Milton Keynes, while progressing integration synergies from recent acquisitions. Management expects full-year revenue growth of around 10%, an operating margin of approximately 15% and profit before tax of &pound;71 million to &pound;72 million. The company remains focused on its long-term growth strategy, including increased brand penetration, innovation, manufacturing insourcing, strategic M&amp;A and expanding participation in high-growth functional and premium soft drink categories, while maintaining disciplined capital allocation and targeted returns.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A.G. BARR PLC delivered a resilient first-half performance, with revenue rising 8.5% to &pound;247.4 million, supported by growth across core brands and contributions from the Fentimans and Frobishers acquisitions. Despite temporary Q2 supply chain constraints, which management estimates resulted in around &pound;10 million of lost sales, the Group maintained a strong 15% operating margin and reported profit before tax growth of 2.6% to &pound;36.1 million. IRN-BRU, Rubicon and Boost continued to underpin company performance, with Boost delivering particularly strong momentum, while innovation across IRN-BRU Zero, Rubicon and Boost Water+ supported incremental revenue growth. A.G. BARR also continued significant investment in manufacturing capacity, including upgrades at Cumbernauld and Milton Keynes, while progressing integration synergies from recent acquisitions. Management expects full-year revenue growth of around 10%, an operating margin of approximately 15% and profit before tax of &pound;71 million to &pound;72 million. The company remains focused on its long-term growth strategy, including increased brand penetration, innovation, manufacturing insourcing, strategic M&amp;A and expanding participation in high-growth functional and premium soft drink categories, while maintaining disciplined capital allocation and targeted returns.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790788321_S0uTD9nJtTvWQbs18w0bTMQFbQ27T4hj3xfak7iD.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>A.G. BARR PLC delivered a resilient first-half performance, with revenue rising 8.5% to &pound;247.4 million, supported by growth across core brands and contributions from the Fentimans and Frobishers acquisitions. Despite temporary Q2 supply chain constraints, which management estimates resulted in around &pound;10 million of lost sales, the Group maintained a strong 15% operating margin and reported profit before tax growth of 2.6% to &pound;36.1 million. IRN-BRU, Rubicon and Boost continued to underpin company performance, with Boost delivering particularly strong momentum, while innovation across IRN-BRU Zero, Rubicon and Boost Water+ supported incremental revenue growth. A.G. BARR also continued significant investment in manufacturing capacity, including upgrades at Cumbernauld and Milton Keynes, while progressing integration synergies from recent acquisitions. Management expects full-year revenue growth of around 10%, an operating margin of approximately 15% and profit before tax of &pound;71 million to &pound;72 million. The company remains focused on its long-term growth strategy, including increased brand penetration, innovation, manufacturing insourcing, strategic M&amp;A and expanding participation in high-growth functional and premium soft drink categories, while maintaining disciplined capital allocation and targeted returns.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>NORTHCODERS GROUP PLC - Interim results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>NORTHCODERS GROUP PLC - Interim results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-639</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2026 15:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-639</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Northcoders Group PLC reported H1 2026 revenue of &pound;1.4 million and an EBITDA loss of &pound;0.5 million as the Group completed a significant restructuring and transitioned towards a leaner, predominantly B2B-focused business model. Management highlighted a clear route from current break-even levels towards profitability, supported by materially stronger second-half contracted revenue, lower overheads and improved cash generation. Counter, Northcoders&rsquo; technology consultancy and hire-train-deploy division, is expected to generate &pound;2.4 million of full-year revenue, including &pound;1.5 million fully contracted for H2, alongside a near-term opportunity pipeline of approximately &pound;3 million across existing and new customers. The company has reduced monthly overheads from more than &pound;230,000 entering the year to around &pound;170,000, with restructuring costs now substantially complete and cost of sales increasingly aligned directly with revenue. Northcoders is also developing its growth strategy around Northcoders AI and the AI Foundry, targeting corporate AI adoption, forward-deployed engineering and specialist training, with early traction including a new major central government organisation alongside its expanding HMRC relationship. Management expects the business to be EBITDA positive in Q4 and remain profitable thereafter, while maintaining strict cash discipline. With corporate contracts delivering recurring monthly cash flows, growing demand for AI-related services and an expanding B2B pipeline, Northcoders is focused on sustainable revenue growth, stronger margins and rebuilding shareholder value following its operational reset.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Northcoders Group PLC reported H1 2026 revenue of &pound;1.4 million and an EBITDA loss of &pound;0.5 million as the Group completed a significant restructuring and transitioned towards a leaner, predominantly B2B-focused business model. Management highlighted a clear route from current break-even levels towards profitability, supported by materially stronger second-half contracted revenue, lower overheads and improved cash generation. Counter, Northcoders&rsquo; technology consultancy and hire-train-deploy division, is expected to generate &pound;2.4 million of full-year revenue, including &pound;1.5 million fully contracted for H2, alongside a near-term opportunity pipeline of approximately &pound;3 million across existing and new customers. The company has reduced monthly overheads from more than &pound;230,000 entering the year to around &pound;170,000, with restructuring costs now substantially complete and cost of sales increasingly aligned directly with revenue. Northcoders is also developing its growth strategy around Northcoders AI and the AI Foundry, targeting corporate AI adoption, forward-deployed engineering and specialist training, with early traction including a new major central government organisation alongside its expanding HMRC relationship. Management expects the business to be EBITDA positive in Q4 and remain profitable thereafter, while maintaining strict cash discipline. With corporate contracts delivering recurring monthly cash flows, growing demand for AI-related services and an expanding B2B pipeline, Northcoders is focused on sustainable revenue growth, stronger margins and rebuilding shareholder value following its operational reset.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790946721_UvUmcoJzTW7pRbru4kZLTCXjczOEfJWfCyvlkXji.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Northcoders Group PLC reported H1 2026 revenue of &pound;1.4 million and an EBITDA loss of &pound;0.5 million as the Group completed a significant restructuring and transitioned towards a leaner, predominantly B2B-focused business model. Management highlighted a clear route from current break-even levels towards profitability, supported by materially stronger second-half contracted revenue, lower overheads and improved cash generation. Counter, Northcoders&rsquo; technology consultancy and hire-train-deploy division, is expected to generate &pound;2.4 million of full-year revenue, including &pound;1.5 million fully contracted for H2, alongside a near-term opportunity pipeline of approximately &pound;3 million across existing and new customers. The company has reduced monthly overheads from more than &pound;230,000 entering the year to around &pound;170,000, with restructuring costs now substantially complete and cost of sales increasingly aligned directly with revenue. Northcoders is also developing its growth strategy around Northcoders AI and the AI Foundry, targeting corporate AI adoption, forward-deployed engineering and specialist training, with early traction including a new major central government organisation alongside its expanding HMRC relationship. Management expects the business to be EBITDA positive in Q4 and remain profitable thereafter, while maintaining strict cash discipline. With corporate contracts delivering recurring monthly cash flows, growing demand for AI-related services and an expanding B2B pipeline, Northcoders is focused on sustainable revenue growth, stronger margins and rebuilding shareholder value following its operational reset.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>MICROSALT PLC - Investor Presentation</title>
                <itunes:title>MICROSALT PLC - Investor Presentation</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1121</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2026 15:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1121</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>MicroSalt PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights strong commercial momentum, accelerating revenue growth and improving margins as its patented low-sodium salt technology gains adoption among major global food manufacturers. H1 FY2026 revenue increased 67% to $1.4 million, supported by growing bulk sales, while gross margins improved to 12% as larger production runs delivered economies of scale across manufacturing, procurement and logistics. MicroSalt has now contributed its technology to more than 1.5 billion healthy servings of food since January 2025, demonstrating increasing commercial adoption across snacks, breakfast foods, plant-based products, seasonings, frozen foods and other categories. The company&rsquo;s growth strategy is focused on partnering with large blue-chip food manufacturers seeking to reduce sodium while maintaining product taste and functionality, supported by a portfolio of patents extending to 2040 and significant proprietary manufacturing know-how. Management expects FY2026 revenue of approximately $4.5 million, dependent on the Q4 rollout of Customer 3, with FY2027 revenue guidance of $15 million. A recently completed $2 million fundraise and $2.4 million loan-note conversion have strengthened the balance sheet, providing additional working capital to support commercialisation. MicroSalt expects to become cash flow positive following the rollout of Customer 3, while existing third-party manufacturing capacity is expected to support substantial further growth. With regulatory initiatives driving global sodium reduction, a growing pipeline of blue-chip customers and new product variants including fibre-enhanced formulations, MicroSalt is focused on scaling production, expanding customer adoption and developing its technology platform beyond sodium reduction.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>MicroSalt PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights strong commercial momentum, accelerating revenue growth and improving margins as its patented low-sodium salt technology gains adoption among major global food manufacturers. H1 FY2026 revenue increased 67% to $1.4 million, supported by growing bulk sales, while gross margins improved to 12% as larger production runs delivered economies of scale across manufacturing, procurement and logistics. MicroSalt has now contributed its technology to more than 1.5 billion healthy servings of food since January 2025, demonstrating increasing commercial adoption across snacks, breakfast foods, plant-based products, seasonings, frozen foods and other categories. The company&rsquo;s growth strategy is focused on partnering with large blue-chip food manufacturers seeking to reduce sodium while maintaining product taste and functionality, supported by a portfolio of patents extending to 2040 and significant proprietary manufacturing know-how. Management expects FY2026 revenue of approximately $4.5 million, dependent on the Q4 rollout of Customer 3, with FY2027 revenue guidance of $15 million. A recently completed $2 million fundraise and $2.4 million loan-note conversion have strengthened the balance sheet, providing additional working capital to support commercialisation. MicroSalt expects to become cash flow positive following the rollout of Customer 3, while existing third-party manufacturing capacity is expected to support substantial further growth. With regulatory initiatives driving global sodium reduction, a growing pipeline of blue-chip customers and new product variants including fibre-enhanced formulations, MicroSalt is focused on scaling production, expanding customer adoption and developing its technology platform beyond sodium reduction.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790781121_cQAQbAuzBp9h4RK2SJ4Xwo6DTJAFgWFvQ54kGGD0.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>MicroSalt PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights strong commercial momentum, accelerating revenue growth and improving margins as its patented low-sodium salt technology gains adoption among major global food manufacturers. H1 FY2026 revenue increased 67% to $1.4 million, supported by growing bulk sales, while gross margins improved to 12% as larger production runs delivered economies of scale across manufacturing, procurement and logistics. MicroSalt has now contributed its technology to more than 1.5 billion healthy servings of food since January 2025, demonstrating increasing commercial adoption across snacks, breakfast foods, plant-based products, seasonings, frozen foods and other categories. The company&rsquo;s growth strategy is focused on partnering with large blue-chip food manufacturers seeking to reduce sodium while maintaining product taste and functionality, supported by a portfolio of patents extending to 2040 and significant proprietary manufacturing know-how. Management expects FY2026 revenue of approximately $4.5 million, dependent on the Q4 rollout of Customer 3, with FY2027 revenue guidance of $15 million. A recently completed $2 million fundraise and $2.4 million loan-note conversion have strengthened the balance sheet, providing additional working capital to support commercialisation. MicroSalt expects to become cash flow positive following the rollout of Customer 3, while existing third-party manufacturing capacity is expected to support substantial further growth. With regulatory initiatives driving global sodium reduction, a growing pipeline of blue-chip customers and new product variants including fibre-enhanced formulations, MicroSalt is focused on scaling production, expanding customer adoption and developing its technology platform beyond sodium reduction.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>POWER PROBE PLC - Half Year Results</title>
                <itunes:title>POWER PROBE PLC - Half Year Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/half-year-results-166</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2026 14:15:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/half-year-results-166</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Power Probe PLC&rsquo;s Half Year Results investor update highlighted continued execution of its post-IPO growth strategy, supported by product innovation, geographic expansion and investment in US manufacturing. The automotive electrical diagnostics specialist, which generated $39.4m of revenue and approximately $9m of EBITDA in 2025, continues to benefit from strong brand recognition, more than 90 patents and an expanding portfolio of around 140 products. During H1 2026, Power Probe launched seven new products, including its Power Flow technology, with 15 launches targeted for the full year. Management is also expanding its OEM and dealership presence, adding GM and Stellantis brands alongside existing relationships with Hyundai, Honda and Toyota, with further revenue growth expected from 2027. Financial performance reflected softer year-on-year volumes following strong prior-period product launches, although gross margin improved materially from 40.8% to 50.4%, supported by pricing, product mix and higher-margin branded products. Management continues to target a sustainable gross margin of approximately 45&ndash;46%, with EBITDA margins expected to improve as volumes scale. The $7.6m Charlotte manufacturing investment remains on track, with the first Made in USA pilot production expected by the end of 2026, helping shorten supply chains, accelerate new product development and improve working capital efficiency. UK and European expansion is also gaining momentum, providing</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Power Probe PLC&rsquo;s Half Year Results investor update highlighted continued execution of its post-IPO growth strategy, supported by product innovation, geographic expansion and investment in US manufacturing. The automotive electrical diagnostics specialist, which generated $39.4m of revenue and approximately $9m of EBITDA in 2025, continues to benefit from strong brand recognition, more than 90 patents and an expanding portfolio of around 140 products. During H1 2026, Power Probe launched seven new products, including its Power Flow technology, with 15 launches targeted for the full year. Management is also expanding its OEM and dealership presence, adding GM and Stellantis brands alongside existing relationships with Hyundai, Honda and Toyota, with further revenue growth expected from 2027. Financial performance reflected softer year-on-year volumes following strong prior-period product launches, although gross margin improved materially from 40.8% to 50.4%, supported by pricing, product mix and higher-margin branded products. Management continues to target a sustainable gross margin of approximately 45&ndash;46%, with EBITDA margins expected to improve as volumes scale. The $7.6m Charlotte manufacturing investment remains on track, with the first Made in USA pilot production expected by the end of 2026, helping shorten supply chains, accelerate new product development and improve working capital efficiency. UK and European expansion is also gaining momentum, providing</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790784721_SL9hEyOaBidgWYWEtoiFlZ2UuGsyFFIpYQJKh0S6.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Power Probe PLC&rsquo;s Half Year Results investor update highlighted continued execution of its post-IPO growth strategy, supported by product innovation, geographic expansion and investment in US manufacturing. The automotive electrical diagnostics specialist, which generated $39.4m of revenue and approximately $9m of EBITDA in 2025, continues to benefit from strong brand recognition, more than 90 patents and an expanding portfolio of around 140 products. During H1 2026, Power Probe launched seven new products, including its Power Flow technology, with 15 launches targeted for the full year. Management is also expanding its OEM and dealership presence, adding GM and Stellantis brands alongside existing relationships with Hyundai, Honda and Toyota, with further revenue growth expected from 2027. Financial performance reflected softer year-on-year volumes following strong prior-period product launches, although gross margin improved materially from 40.8% to 50.4%, supported by pricing, product mix and higher-margin branded products. Management continues to target a sustainable gross margin of approximately 45&ndash;46%, with EBITDA margins expected to improve as volumes scale. The $7.6m Charlotte manufacturing investment remains on track, with the first Made in USA pilot production expected by the end of 2026, helping shorten supply chains, accelerate new product development and improve working capital efficiency. UK and European expansion is also gaining momentum, providing</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>SURGICAL INNOVATIONS GROUP PLC - Interim results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>SURGICAL INNOVATIONS GROUP PLC - Interim results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-for-the-six-months-ended-30-june-2026-3</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2026 14:15:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-for-the-six-months-ended-30-june-2026-3</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Surgical Innovations Group PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights progress in revenue growth, operational efficiency and international expansion, supported by MDR certification and continued investment in its sales infrastructure. H1 revenue was broadly flat at just over &pound;6 million, with strong growth in APAC, particularly Japan, and increased UK third-party distribution sales offset by weaker SI-branded product performance in the US, Europe and India, alongside disruption from NHS and Spanish healthcare strikes. The OEM business delivered stronger momentum, supported by a robust second-half order book and particularly strong sales through its Steris partnership. Gross margins improved from the 26% reported for FY2025, while adjusted EBITDA was marginally profitable and operating cash flow generated more than &pound;200,000 during the period. Surgical Innovations continues to focus on improving profitability through operational efficiencies, cost reduction, pricing initiatives and higher-margin products, while inventory has been reduced from &pound;2.2 million to &pound;1.7 million. MDR certification represents a key strategic milestone, enabling faster new product development and broader commercialisation of SI-branded and third-party products. The Group is expanding its distribution network, strengthening its NHS relationships through the MIS 3 framework and targeting further growth in APAC, Europe and the US, where a new independent dealer strategy is expected to expand coverage from eight to approximately 22 states. New product launches include the Logic Tube Lux, Logic grasp and Logic dissecting instruments, alongside enhancements to the YellowPort range. With continued investment in sales, sustainability-led opportunities and product development, Surgical Innovations is focused on driving revenue growth, improving margins, reducing costs and strengthening working capital while building a broader international minimally invasive surgery platform.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Surgical Innovations Group PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights progress in revenue growth, operational efficiency and international expansion, supported by MDR certification and continued investment in its sales infrastructure. H1 revenue was broadly flat at just over &pound;6 million, with strong growth in APAC, particularly Japan, and increased UK third-party distribution sales offset by weaker SI-branded product performance in the US, Europe and India, alongside disruption from NHS and Spanish healthcare strikes. The OEM business delivered stronger momentum, supported by a robust second-half order book and particularly strong sales through its Steris partnership. Gross margins improved from the 26% reported for FY2025, while adjusted EBITDA was marginally profitable and operating cash flow generated more than &pound;200,000 during the period. Surgical Innovations continues to focus on improving profitability through operational efficiencies, cost reduction, pricing initiatives and higher-margin products, while inventory has been reduced from &pound;2.2 million to &pound;1.7 million. MDR certification represents a key strategic milestone, enabling faster new product development and broader commercialisation of SI-branded and third-party products. The Group is expanding its distribution network, strengthening its NHS relationships through the MIS 3 framework and targeting further growth in APAC, Europe and the US, where a new independent dealer strategy is expected to expand coverage from eight to approximately 22 states. New product launches include the Logic Tube Lux, Logic grasp and Logic dissecting instruments, alongside enhancements to the YellowPort range. With continued investment in sales, sustainability-led opportunities and product development, Surgical Innovations is focused on driving revenue growth, improving margins, reducing costs and strengthening working capital while building a broader international minimally invasive surgery platform.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790777521_00wvS9b5dConkuLdpqEmuEuLDSMQneQu8KAA9b4l.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Surgical Innovations Group PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights progress in revenue growth, operational efficiency and international expansion, supported by MDR certification and continued investment in its sales infrastructure. H1 revenue was broadly flat at just over &pound;6 million, with strong growth in APAC, particularly Japan, and increased UK third-party distribution sales offset by weaker SI-branded product performance in the US, Europe and India, alongside disruption from NHS and Spanish healthcare strikes. The OEM business delivered stronger momentum, supported by a robust second-half order book and particularly strong sales through its Steris partnership. Gross margins improved from the 26% reported for FY2025, while adjusted EBITDA was marginally profitable and operating cash flow generated more than &pound;200,000 during the period. Surgical Innovations continues to focus on improving profitability through operational efficiencies, cost reduction, pricing initiatives and higher-margin products, while inventory has been reduced from &pound;2.2 million to &pound;1.7 million. MDR certification represents a key strategic milestone, enabling faster new product development and broader commercialisation of SI-branded and third-party products. The Group is expanding its distribution network, strengthening its NHS relationships through the MIS 3 framework and targeting further growth in APAC, Europe and the US, where a new independent dealer strategy is expected to expand coverage from eight to approximately 22 states. New product launches include the Logic Tube Lux, Logic grasp and Logic dissecting instruments, alongside enhancements to the YellowPort range. With continued investment in sales, sustainability-led opportunities and product development, Surgical Innovations is focused on driving revenue growth, improving margins, reducing costs and strengthening working capital while building a broader international minimally invasive surgery platform.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>THALIA THERAPEUTICS PLC - Interim results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>THALIA THERAPEUTICS PLC - Interim results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-631</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2026 14:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-631</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Thalia Therapeutics PLC outlined its transformation into a clinical-stage RNA therapeutics company alongside its H1 2026 financial results, with a strengthened pipeline spanning oncology, cardiovascular disease and RNA delivery technologies. The acquisition of San Myrna Therapeutics has added Myostin, the company&rsquo;s lead Phase I treatment for acute myeloid leukaemia (AML), with interim clinical data expected during 2026 and topline results targeted for H1 2027. Management highlighted Myostin&rsquo;s potential to improve responses to existing AML therapies by targeting miR-126, while positioning the programme as a key near-term value driver. Thalia is also advancing a long-acting, dual-target RNA interference medicine targeting PCSK9 and Lp(a) to reduce cardiovascular risk, with pre-clinical development underway and a longer-term strategy focused on pharmaceutical partnering. The Nuvec delivery platform remains in pre-clinical evaluation for RNA therapeutic delivery. Financially, Thalia reported &pound;1.5 million of cash at the period end, supplemented by approximately &pound;1.5 million of subsequent placing proceeds and receivables. Its oversubscribed &pound;2.75 million fundraising is expected to fund key development programmes through the Myostin Phase I readout and cardiovascular IND-enabling studies. Management&rsquo;s growth strategy centres on achieving clinical milestones, securing potential partnerships and applying disciplined capital allocation as the company advances its proprietary RNA therapeutics portfolio.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Thalia Therapeutics PLC outlined its transformation into a clinical-stage RNA therapeutics company alongside its H1 2026 financial results, with a strengthened pipeline spanning oncology, cardiovascular disease and RNA delivery technologies. The acquisition of San Myrna Therapeutics has added Myostin, the company&rsquo;s lead Phase I treatment for acute myeloid leukaemia (AML), with interim clinical data expected during 2026 and topline results targeted for H1 2027. Management highlighted Myostin&rsquo;s potential to improve responses to existing AML therapies by targeting miR-126, while positioning the programme as a key near-term value driver. Thalia is also advancing a long-acting, dual-target RNA interference medicine targeting PCSK9 and Lp(a) to reduce cardiovascular risk, with pre-clinical development underway and a longer-term strategy focused on pharmaceutical partnering. The Nuvec delivery platform remains in pre-clinical evaluation for RNA therapeutic delivery. Financially, Thalia reported &pound;1.5 million of cash at the period end, supplemented by approximately &pound;1.5 million of subsequent placing proceeds and receivables. Its oversubscribed &pound;2.75 million fundraising is expected to fund key development programmes through the Myostin Phase I readout and cardiovascular IND-enabling studies. Management&rsquo;s growth strategy centres on achieving clinical milestones, securing potential partnerships and applying disciplined capital allocation as the company advances its proprietary RNA therapeutics portfolio.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790791921_G8VgUCA8h2VrYj7vy5T027C2QI6CVMIWUPRb3mQU.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Thalia Therapeutics PLC outlined its transformation into a clinical-stage RNA therapeutics company alongside its H1 2026 financial results, with a strengthened pipeline spanning oncology, cardiovascular disease and RNA delivery technologies. The acquisition of San Myrna Therapeutics has added Myostin, the company&rsquo;s lead Phase I treatment for acute myeloid leukaemia (AML), with interim clinical data expected during 2026 and topline results targeted for H1 2027. Management highlighted Myostin&rsquo;s potential to improve responses to existing AML therapies by targeting miR-126, while positioning the programme as a key near-term value driver. Thalia is also advancing a long-acting, dual-target RNA interference medicine targeting PCSK9 and Lp(a) to reduce cardiovascular risk, with pre-clinical development underway and a longer-term strategy focused on pharmaceutical partnering. The Nuvec delivery platform remains in pre-clinical evaluation for RNA therapeutic delivery. Financially, Thalia reported &pound;1.5 million of cash at the period end, supplemented by approximately &pound;1.5 million of subsequent placing proceeds and receivables. Its oversubscribed &pound;2.75 million fundraising is expected to fund key development programmes through the Myostin Phase I readout and cardiovascular IND-enabling studies. Management&rsquo;s growth strategy centres on achieving clinical milestones, securing potential partnerships and applying disciplined capital allocation as the company advances its proprietary RNA therapeutics portfolio.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>SANTHERA PHARMACEUTICALS HOLDING AG - HY 2026 Results</title>
                <itunes:title>SANTHERA PHARMACEUTICALS HOLDING AG - HY 2026 Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/hy-2026-results</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2026 13:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/hy-2026-results</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Santhera Pharmaceuticals Holdings AG&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights strong commercial momentum, expanding market access and significant revenue growth driven by Agamri, alongside a clear strategy for further geographic expansion and portfolio development. Revenue more than doubled to CHF48.3 million, supported by strong Agamri sales and income recognised from the NextEra licensing agreement, while product sales increased 48% year on year. Agamri is now commercially launched across four of Europe&rsquo;s five major markets, with pricing and reimbursement secured in Spain and Italy, German volumes up 50% and UK orders increasing more than 40% in Q2. The company has also expanded its distributor footprint across Central and Eastern Europe, Central Asia and the Caucasus, while a transformative NextEra licensing agreement covering Japan, South Korea, Australia and New Zealand provides potential deal value of up to $250 million plus royalties. In the US, Agamri net product sales reached $36.7 million in Q1 2026, while global sales exceeded $175 million over four consecutive quarters, triggering a $20 million milestone payment. Operating expenses fell 8.4% to CHF25 million and the operating loss narrowed substantially to CHF6.6 million, with CHF41.8 million of cash at June 2026. Management maintains 2026 revenue guidance of CHF80&ndash;90 million and targets CHF140 million of revenue in 2028 and &euro;250 million by 2030. The growth strategy focuses on maximising direct European markets, securing further reimbursement, expanding international partnerships, exploring additional indications for Agamri and licensing complementary late-stage rare disease assets.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Santhera Pharmaceuticals Holdings AG&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights strong commercial momentum, expanding market access and significant revenue growth driven by Agamri, alongside a clear strategy for further geographic expansion and portfolio development. Revenue more than doubled to CHF48.3 million, supported by strong Agamri sales and income recognised from the NextEra licensing agreement, while product sales increased 48% year on year. Agamri is now commercially launched across four of Europe&rsquo;s five major markets, with pricing and reimbursement secured in Spain and Italy, German volumes up 50% and UK orders increasing more than 40% in Q2. The company has also expanded its distributor footprint across Central and Eastern Europe, Central Asia and the Caucasus, while a transformative NextEra licensing agreement covering Japan, South Korea, Australia and New Zealand provides potential deal value of up to $250 million plus royalties. In the US, Agamri net product sales reached $36.7 million in Q1 2026, while global sales exceeded $175 million over four consecutive quarters, triggering a $20 million milestone payment. Operating expenses fell 8.4% to CHF25 million and the operating loss narrowed substantially to CHF6.6 million, with CHF41.8 million of cash at June 2026. Management maintains 2026 revenue guidance of CHF80&ndash;90 million and targets CHF140 million of revenue in 2028 and &euro;250 million by 2030. The growth strategy focuses on maximising direct European markets, securing further reimbursement, expanding international partnerships, exploring additional indications for Agamri and licensing complementary late-stage rare disease assets.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790795521_ztD0gM55Skon00MedsUIscrdUVWoRAcKIAquHECR.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Santhera Pharmaceuticals Holdings AG&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights strong commercial momentum, expanding market access and significant revenue growth driven by Agamri, alongside a clear strategy for further geographic expansion and portfolio development. Revenue more than doubled to CHF48.3 million, supported by strong Agamri sales and income recognised from the NextEra licensing agreement, while product sales increased 48% year on year. Agamri is now commercially launched across four of Europe&rsquo;s five major markets, with pricing and reimbursement secured in Spain and Italy, German volumes up 50% and UK orders increasing more than 40% in Q2. The company has also expanded its distributor footprint across Central and Eastern Europe, Central Asia and the Caucasus, while a transformative NextEra licensing agreement covering Japan, South Korea, Australia and New Zealand provides potential deal value of up to $250 million plus royalties. In the US, Agamri net product sales reached $36.7 million in Q1 2026, while global sales exceeded $175 million over four consecutive quarters, triggering a $20 million milestone payment. Operating expenses fell 8.4% to CHF25 million and the operating loss narrowed substantially to CHF6.6 million, with CHF41.8 million of cash at June 2026. Management maintains 2026 revenue guidance of CHF80&ndash;90 million and targets CHF140 million of revenue in 2028 and &euro;250 million by 2030. The growth strategy focuses on maximising direct European markets, securing further reimbursement, expanding international partnerships, exploring additional indications for Agamri and licensing complementary late-stage rare disease assets.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>AOTI, INC. - Half Year Results</title>
                <itunes:title>AOTI, INC. - Half Year Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/half-year-results-176</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2026 11:45:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/half-year-results-176</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>AOTI, Inc. delivered a strong half-year performance, describing 2026 as a transformational year as the company prepares for broader US Medicare coverage of its TWO2 topical oxygen therapy. Underlying revenue growth was 18.8%, with reported revenue growth of 10.8%, supported by a 16% increase in Veterans Administration revenue and 21.5% growth in Medicaid. EBITDA rose 16.6% to $3.6 million, while the EBITDA margin improved by 50 basis points to 10.1%, reflecting higher revenue, stronger gross margins and improved sales representative productivity. Operating cash flow improved significantly to a positive $0.9 million, compared with a $4.7 million outflow in the prior-year period, while net debt reduced slightly to $6.3 million and cash stood at $13.8 million. Management expects FY2026 EBITDA to remain in line with current consensus of $6.8 million, with underlying revenue growth in the mid-teens excluding Arizona Medicaid. The key growth strategy centres on the proposed CMS Medicare coverage determination for topical oxygen therapy, which management believes could expand AOTI&rsquo;s addressable US market from approximately 28,000 difficult-to-heal wounds to around 1.8 million, a roughly 65-fold increase. Alongside continued commercial optimisation, Medicaid expansion and investment in its Eyes on the Wound digital platform, AOTI is positioning its existing infrastructure to capture significant operational leverage, margin expansion and long-term revenue growth as broader reimbursement coverage becomes available.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>AOTI, Inc. delivered a strong half-year performance, describing 2026 as a transformational year as the company prepares for broader US Medicare coverage of its TWO2 topical oxygen therapy. Underlying revenue growth was 18.8%, with reported revenue growth of 10.8%, supported by a 16% increase in Veterans Administration revenue and 21.5% growth in Medicaid. EBITDA rose 16.6% to $3.6 million, while the EBITDA margin improved by 50 basis points to 10.1%, reflecting higher revenue, stronger gross margins and improved sales representative productivity. Operating cash flow improved significantly to a positive $0.9 million, compared with a $4.7 million outflow in the prior-year period, while net debt reduced slightly to $6.3 million and cash stood at $13.8 million. Management expects FY2026 EBITDA to remain in line with current consensus of $6.8 million, with underlying revenue growth in the mid-teens excluding Arizona Medicaid. The key growth strategy centres on the proposed CMS Medicare coverage determination for topical oxygen therapy, which management believes could expand AOTI&rsquo;s addressable US market from approximately 28,000 difficult-to-heal wounds to around 1.8 million, a roughly 65-fold increase. Alongside continued commercial optimisation, Medicaid expansion and investment in its Eyes on the Wound digital platform, AOTI is positioning its existing infrastructure to capture significant operational leverage, margin expansion and long-term revenue growth as broader reimbursement coverage becomes available.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790770321_yJQzjrxvWUQwNgXLIGiuizJl3C9SZVhUVfdYYfzA.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>AOTI, Inc. delivered a strong half-year performance, describing 2026 as a transformational year as the company prepares for broader US Medicare coverage of its TWO2 topical oxygen therapy. Underlying revenue growth was 18.8%, with reported revenue growth of 10.8%, supported by a 16% increase in Veterans Administration revenue and 21.5% growth in Medicaid. EBITDA rose 16.6% to $3.6 million, while the EBITDA margin improved by 50 basis points to 10.1%, reflecting higher revenue, stronger gross margins and improved sales representative productivity. Operating cash flow improved significantly to a positive $0.9 million, compared with a $4.7 million outflow in the prior-year period, while net debt reduced slightly to $6.3 million and cash stood at $13.8 million. Management expects FY2026 EBITDA to remain in line with current consensus of $6.8 million, with underlying revenue growth in the mid-teens excluding Arizona Medicaid. The key growth strategy centres on the proposed CMS Medicare coverage determination for topical oxygen therapy, which management believes could expand AOTI&rsquo;s addressable US market from approximately 28,000 difficult-to-heal wounds to around 1.8 million, a roughly 65-fold increase. Alongside continued commercial optimisation, Medicaid expansion and investment in its Eyes on the Wound digital platform, AOTI is positioning its existing infrastructure to capture significant operational leverage, margin expansion and long-term revenue growth as broader reimbursement coverage becomes available.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>INDIA CAPITAL GROWTH FUND LIMITED - Quarterly Investment Update</title>
                <itunes:title>INDIA CAPITAL GROWTH FUND LIMITED - Quarterly Investment Update</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/quarterly-investment-update</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2026 11:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/quarterly-investment-update</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>India Capital Growth Fund Limited highlighted a positive long-term outlook for the Indian economy, supported by strong domestic consumption, infrastructure investment, manufacturing expansion and improving corporate balance sheets. The Fund announced its first interim dividend of 1.9% per ordinary share, alongside a dividend reinvestment plan, while portfolio performance benefited from continued strength in Indian small and mid-cap equities. Management noted that India is forecast to deliver real GDP growth of around 6.5&ndash;7% over the medium term, with recent quarterly GDP growth reaching 7.8% and corporate earnings growth recovering to approximately 20%. Key structural themes include the government&rsquo;s Make in India strategy, rising manufacturing investment, growing renewable energy capacity, expanding digital infrastructure and significant capital expenditure across transport, power and urban development. Despite continued foreign investor outflows and currency pressure linked to India&rsquo;s dependence on imported oil, domestic liquidity remains strong, supported by sustained retail investment into mutual funds and an active IPO market. The Fund maintains a concentrated, bottom-up portfolio of approximately 30&ndash;35 small and mid-cap companies, focused on high-quality businesses with strong governance, durable competitive advantages and long-term earnings growth potential. Portfolio earnings are expected to grow strongly over the next two years, although management remains cautious on valuations. The investment strategy continues to favour structural growth themes including manufacturing, discretionary consumption, domestic capital expenditure and China-plus-one supply chain diversification.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>India Capital Growth Fund Limited highlighted a positive long-term outlook for the Indian economy, supported by strong domestic consumption, infrastructure investment, manufacturing expansion and improving corporate balance sheets. The Fund announced its first interim dividend of 1.9% per ordinary share, alongside a dividend reinvestment plan, while portfolio performance benefited from continued strength in Indian small and mid-cap equities. Management noted that India is forecast to deliver real GDP growth of around 6.5&ndash;7% over the medium term, with recent quarterly GDP growth reaching 7.8% and corporate earnings growth recovering to approximately 20%. Key structural themes include the government&rsquo;s Make in India strategy, rising manufacturing investment, growing renewable energy capacity, expanding digital infrastructure and significant capital expenditure across transport, power and urban development. Despite continued foreign investor outflows and currency pressure linked to India&rsquo;s dependence on imported oil, domestic liquidity remains strong, supported by sustained retail investment into mutual funds and an active IPO market. The Fund maintains a concentrated, bottom-up portfolio of approximately 30&ndash;35 small and mid-cap companies, focused on high-quality businesses with strong governance, durable competitive advantages and long-term earnings growth potential. Portfolio earnings are expected to grow strongly over the next two years, although management remains cautious on valuations. The investment strategy continues to favour structural growth themes including manufacturing, discretionary consumption, domestic capital expenditure and China-plus-one supply chain diversification.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790773921_xMQchYXdxuHCoYIEF40eruh4rSwDx8radY8f2zqt.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>India Capital Growth Fund Limited highlighted a positive long-term outlook for the Indian economy, supported by strong domestic consumption, infrastructure investment, manufacturing expansion and improving corporate balance sheets. The Fund announced its first interim dividend of 1.9% per ordinary share, alongside a dividend reinvestment plan, while portfolio performance benefited from continued strength in Indian small and mid-cap equities. Management noted that India is forecast to deliver real GDP growth of around 6.5&ndash;7% over the medium term, with recent quarterly GDP growth reaching 7.8% and corporate earnings growth recovering to approximately 20%. Key structural themes include the government&rsquo;s Make in India strategy, rising manufacturing investment, growing renewable energy capacity, expanding digital infrastructure and significant capital expenditure across transport, power and urban development. Despite continued foreign investor outflows and currency pressure linked to India&rsquo;s dependence on imported oil, domestic liquidity remains strong, supported by sustained retail investment into mutual funds and an active IPO market. The Fund maintains a concentrated, bottom-up portfolio of approximately 30&ndash;35 small and mid-cap companies, focused on high-quality businesses with strong governance, durable competitive advantages and long-term earnings growth potential. Portfolio earnings are expected to grow strongly over the next two years, although management remains cautious on valuations. The investment strategy continues to favour structural growth themes including manufacturing, discretionary consumption, domestic capital expenditure and China-plus-one supply chain diversification.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>LORDS GROUP TRADING PLC - Half year results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>LORDS GROUP TRADING PLC - Half year results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-632</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2026 11:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-632</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Lord&rsquo;s Group Trading PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights resilient revenue alongside a decisive operational improvement programme focused on margins, cost control, cash generation and reducing leverage in challenging UK construction and building materials markets. Group revenue was broadly flat year on year at &pound;232.1 million, although like-for-like revenue declined 6.8% as underlying demand remained weak. Adjusted EBITDA was &pound;8.4 million, with a 3.6% margin, while gross profit increased 4.7% to &pound;46.9 million and gross margin improved from 19.3% to 20.2%, reflecting pricing discipline and stronger plumbing and heating margins. Merchanting like-for-like revenue declined 4.9%, moderating to 2.3% in Q2, while plumbing and heating revenue fell 14.1% following an unusually strong prior-year period, although gross margin improved by 130 basis points and spares revenue grew 8%. Digital business CMO delivered 17.5% pro forma revenue growth and returned to positive EBITDA of &pound;0.3 million. Management has implemented more than &pound;3 million of operating cost savings, including &pound;1.6 million of annualised merchanting savings and distribution-centre rationalisation expected to deliver &pound;1.5 million of annualised savings in FY2027. Net debt was &pound;26.5 million at June, with a &pound;65 million refinancing completed in April. The Group is prioritising working capital efficiency, essential Capex, market-share gains, further gross margin improvement and operational efficiencies, while targeting reduced leverage by year end. With market conditions expected to remain challenging, Lord&rsquo;s Group is focused on converting profit into cash, strengthening margins and building a more efficient platform for future growth.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Lord&rsquo;s Group Trading PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights resilient revenue alongside a decisive operational improvement programme focused on margins, cost control, cash generation and reducing leverage in challenging UK construction and building materials markets. Group revenue was broadly flat year on year at &pound;232.1 million, although like-for-like revenue declined 6.8% as underlying demand remained weak. Adjusted EBITDA was &pound;8.4 million, with a 3.6% margin, while gross profit increased 4.7% to &pound;46.9 million and gross margin improved from 19.3% to 20.2%, reflecting pricing discipline and stronger plumbing and heating margins. Merchanting like-for-like revenue declined 4.9%, moderating to 2.3% in Q2, while plumbing and heating revenue fell 14.1% following an unusually strong prior-year period, although gross margin improved by 130 basis points and spares revenue grew 8%. Digital business CMO delivered 17.5% pro forma revenue growth and returned to positive EBITDA of &pound;0.3 million. Management has implemented more than &pound;3 million of operating cost savings, including &pound;1.6 million of annualised merchanting savings and distribution-centre rationalisation expected to deliver &pound;1.5 million of annualised savings in FY2027. Net debt was &pound;26.5 million at June, with a &pound;65 million refinancing completed in April. The Group is prioritising working capital efficiency, essential Capex, market-share gains, further gross margin improvement and operational efficiencies, while targeting reduced leverage by year end. With market conditions expected to remain challenging, Lord&rsquo;s Group is focused on converting profit into cash, strengthening margins and building a more efficient platform for future growth.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790766721_7GldUmiINYh4glfnojGAcShPqJl9FQaOUIYr5bon.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Lord&rsquo;s Group Trading PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights resilient revenue alongside a decisive operational improvement programme focused on margins, cost control, cash generation and reducing leverage in challenging UK construction and building materials markets. Group revenue was broadly flat year on year at &pound;232.1 million, although like-for-like revenue declined 6.8% as underlying demand remained weak. Adjusted EBITDA was &pound;8.4 million, with a 3.6% margin, while gross profit increased 4.7% to &pound;46.9 million and gross margin improved from 19.3% to 20.2%, reflecting pricing discipline and stronger plumbing and heating margins. Merchanting like-for-like revenue declined 4.9%, moderating to 2.3% in Q2, while plumbing and heating revenue fell 14.1% following an unusually strong prior-year period, although gross margin improved by 130 basis points and spares revenue grew 8%. Digital business CMO delivered 17.5% pro forma revenue growth and returned to positive EBITDA of &pound;0.3 million. Management has implemented more than &pound;3 million of operating cost savings, including &pound;1.6 million of annualised merchanting savings and distribution-centre rationalisation expected to deliver &pound;1.5 million of annualised savings in FY2027. Net debt was &pound;26.5 million at June, with a &pound;65 million refinancing completed in April. The Group is prioritising working capital efficiency, essential Capex, market-share gains, further gross margin improvement and operational efficiencies, while targeting reduced leverage by year end. With market conditions expected to remain challenging, Lord&rsquo;s Group is focused on converting profit into cash, strengthening margins and building a more efficient platform for future growth.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>BYOTROL - Private 2026 - AGM 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>BYOTROL - Private 2026 - AGM 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/agm-2026-5</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2026 10:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/agm-2026-5</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company will be hosting BYOTROL - Private 2026 - AGM 2026, at 30th Sep 2026 at 10:00am BST.]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company will be hosting BYOTROL - Private 2026 - AGM 2026, at 30th Sep 2026 at 10:00am BST.]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1791191521_6Z78ZEPw6Quh9ryLWGGdetzSQs5EzYp1rYmapW7r.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company will be hosting BYOTROL - Private 2026 - AGM 2026, at 30th Sep 2026 at 10:00am BST.]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>ANGLO ASIAN MINING PLC - Interim Results</title>
                <itunes:title>ANGLO ASIAN MINING PLC - Interim Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-640</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2026 10:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-640</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Anglo Asian Mining PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights record copper production, strong financial performance and continued progress towards its strategy of becoming a mid-tier copper and gold producer. H1 2026 revenue increased to $141.2 million, supported by full six-month production from the Gilar and Demirli mines and higher average gold and copper prices, while profit before tax reached $68.5 million and net cash generated from operating activities was $78.5 million. The Group ended the period with net cash of $57.7 million and declared an interim dividend of US$0.06 per share. Copper production exceeded 8,800 tonnes, alongside more than 12,300 ounces of gold and almost 93,000 ounces of silver, with copper concentrate accounting for approximately 75% of total revenue. Both Gedabek and Demirli delivered strong gross margins, while group all-in sustaining costs were below expectations at approximately $5,158 per tonne of copper. Anglo Asian Mining is targeting annual production of around 50,000 tonnes of copper metal through the sequential development of new mines, including the planned Haha and Garadag copper projects. Worley has been appointed to complete feasibility and design studies, supported by a 90,000-metre drilling programme and more than one million tonnes of combined copper resources at Haha and Garadag. The company is also advancing heap leach and SX-EW infrastructure, brownfield exploration and potential mine expansions. With a strong balance sheet, extensive exploration portfolio and disciplined funding strategy, Anglo Asian Mining is focused on leveraging its established Azerbaijan operations to deliver long-term copper-led growth and transition towards mid-tier producer status.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Anglo Asian Mining PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights record copper production, strong financial performance and continued progress towards its strategy of becoming a mid-tier copper and gold producer. H1 2026 revenue increased to $141.2 million, supported by full six-month production from the Gilar and Demirli mines and higher average gold and copper prices, while profit before tax reached $68.5 million and net cash generated from operating activities was $78.5 million. The Group ended the period with net cash of $57.7 million and declared an interim dividend of US$0.06 per share. Copper production exceeded 8,800 tonnes, alongside more than 12,300 ounces of gold and almost 93,000 ounces of silver, with copper concentrate accounting for approximately 75% of total revenue. Both Gedabek and Demirli delivered strong gross margins, while group all-in sustaining costs were below expectations at approximately $5,158 per tonne of copper. Anglo Asian Mining is targeting annual production of around 50,000 tonnes of copper metal through the sequential development of new mines, including the planned Haha and Garadag copper projects. Worley has been appointed to complete feasibility and design studies, supported by a 90,000-metre drilling programme and more than one million tonnes of combined copper resources at Haha and Garadag. The company is also advancing heap leach and SX-EW infrastructure, brownfield exploration and potential mine expansions. With a strong balance sheet, extensive exploration portfolio and disciplined funding strategy, Anglo Asian Mining is focused on leveraging its established Azerbaijan operations to deliver long-term copper-led growth and transition towards mid-tier producer status.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790838721_iKWEEshXrdqzgb7AA1r5B0AEwC0xx0XtW9u8MJeC.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Anglo Asian Mining PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights record copper production, strong financial performance and continued progress towards its strategy of becoming a mid-tier copper and gold producer. H1 2026 revenue increased to $141.2 million, supported by full six-month production from the Gilar and Demirli mines and higher average gold and copper prices, while profit before tax reached $68.5 million and net cash generated from operating activities was $78.5 million. The Group ended the period with net cash of $57.7 million and declared an interim dividend of US$0.06 per share. Copper production exceeded 8,800 tonnes, alongside more than 12,300 ounces of gold and almost 93,000 ounces of silver, with copper concentrate accounting for approximately 75% of total revenue. Both Gedabek and Demirli delivered strong gross margins, while group all-in sustaining costs were below expectations at approximately $5,158 per tonne of copper. Anglo Asian Mining is targeting annual production of around 50,000 tonnes of copper metal through the sequential development of new mines, including the planned Haha and Garadag copper projects. Worley has been appointed to complete feasibility and design studies, supported by a 90,000-metre drilling programme and more than one million tonnes of combined copper resources at Haha and Garadag. The company is also advancing heap leach and SX-EW infrastructure, brownfield exploration and potential mine expansions. With a strong balance sheet, extensive exploration portfolio and disciplined funding strategy, Anglo Asian Mining is focused on leveraging its established Azerbaijan operations to deliver long-term copper-led growth and transition towards mid-tier producer status.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>REDCENTRIC PLC - Final results for the year ended 31 March 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>REDCENTRIC PLC - Final results for the year ended 31 March 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1116</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2026 10:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1116</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Redcentric PLC reported FY26 as a transformative year, completing the &pound;124.9 million sale of its data centre business while delivering financial results in line with market expectations and maintaining a high proportion of recurring revenue. Revenue declined 2.3%, largely reflecting known legacy headwinds including the unwind of acquired SunGard contracts, the exit of an unprofitable customer agreement and temporary VMware-related effects, while underlying ARR showed marginal growth. Cost optimisation delivered &pound;1.6 million of annual savings, supported by a c.10% headcount reduction and significant IT estate rationalisation, helping maintain stable EBITDA margins despite lower revenue. Following &pound;21 million of debt repayment and &pound;90 million returned to shareholders, Redcentric has emerged with a substantially strengthened balance sheet and significant financial flexibility. Management&rsquo;s growth strategy is focused on scaling organic sales, expanding public-sector frameworks, improving customer acquisition and building a broader partner ecosystem. A key opportunity is Redcentric&rsquo;s position as one of only seven UK Broadcom VMware Pinnacle partners, where it already holds around 15% of the addressable market and is targeting further share gains. Investment will also focus on sovereign cloud, security, compliance, automation and AI. Looking ahead, management is targeting an adjusted EBITDA margin of approximately 20% over the medium term, a return to double-digit revenue growth, renewed dividend payments from FY27 and continued disciplined capital allocation.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Redcentric PLC reported FY26 as a transformative year, completing the &pound;124.9 million sale of its data centre business while delivering financial results in line with market expectations and maintaining a high proportion of recurring revenue. Revenue declined 2.3%, largely reflecting known legacy headwinds including the unwind of acquired SunGard contracts, the exit of an unprofitable customer agreement and temporary VMware-related effects, while underlying ARR showed marginal growth. Cost optimisation delivered &pound;1.6 million of annual savings, supported by a c.10% headcount reduction and significant IT estate rationalisation, helping maintain stable EBITDA margins despite lower revenue. Following &pound;21 million of debt repayment and &pound;90 million returned to shareholders, Redcentric has emerged with a substantially strengthened balance sheet and significant financial flexibility. Management&rsquo;s growth strategy is focused on scaling organic sales, expanding public-sector frameworks, improving customer acquisition and building a broader partner ecosystem. A key opportunity is Redcentric&rsquo;s position as one of only seven UK Broadcom VMware Pinnacle partners, where it already holds around 15% of the addressable market and is targeting further share gains. Investment will also focus on sovereign cloud, security, compliance, automation and AI. Looking ahead, management is targeting an adjusted EBITDA margin of approximately 20% over the medium term, a return to double-digit revenue growth, renewed dividend payments from FY27 and continued disciplined capital allocation.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790763121_YKGMjCzFBq6Z7ZehCenXPhPaMY9kPTxCdJ9dwqTH.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Redcentric PLC reported FY26 as a transformative year, completing the &pound;124.9 million sale of its data centre business while delivering financial results in line with market expectations and maintaining a high proportion of recurring revenue. Revenue declined 2.3%, largely reflecting known legacy headwinds including the unwind of acquired SunGard contracts, the exit of an unprofitable customer agreement and temporary VMware-related effects, while underlying ARR showed marginal growth. Cost optimisation delivered &pound;1.6 million of annual savings, supported by a c.10% headcount reduction and significant IT estate rationalisation, helping maintain stable EBITDA margins despite lower revenue. Following &pound;21 million of debt repayment and &pound;90 million returned to shareholders, Redcentric has emerged with a substantially strengthened balance sheet and significant financial flexibility. Management&rsquo;s growth strategy is focused on scaling organic sales, expanding public-sector frameworks, improving customer acquisition and building a broader partner ecosystem. A key opportunity is Redcentric&rsquo;s position as one of only seven UK Broadcom VMware Pinnacle partners, where it already holds around 15% of the addressable market and is targeting further share gains. Investment will also focus on sovereign cloud, security, compliance, automation and AI. Looking ahead, management is targeting an adjusted EBITDA margin of approximately 20% over the medium term, a return to double-digit revenue growth, renewed dividend payments from FY27 and continued disciplined capital allocation.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>NOVACYT S.A. - Interim results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>NOVACYT S.A. - Interim results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-for-the-six-months-ended-30-june-2026-2</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2026 09:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-for-the-six-months-ended-30-june-2026-2</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Novacyt S.A.&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights three consecutive half-year periods of revenue growth, significant cost reduction and continued expansion across its molecular diagnostics portfolio. H1 revenue increased 18% year on year to &pound;11.6 million, with the underlying business growing approximately 9% excluding the contribution from Southern Cross Diagnostics, acquired in March 2026. The acquisition has added nearly &pound;2 million of revenue since completion and provides access to the fast-growing Australian diagnostics market. Clinical revenue represented around three quarters of Group sales, while instrumentation revenue increased more than 30% to &pound;1.3 million, driven by demand for the LightBench Discover platform. Gross profit remained broadly stable at &pound;6.4 million, although gross margin declined to 56%, partly reflecting the lower-margin Southern Cross distribution business and temporary inventory fair-value adjustments. Adjusted EBITDA losses improved to approximately &pound;3.6 million, while operating costs excluding Southern Cross reduced by around 8%. Since acquiring Yourgene, Novacyt has reduced its underlying annualised cost base by approximately &pound;7 million and is targeting a further &pound;4 million restructuring programme, with most benefits expected from 2027. The Group ended June with &pound;8.9 million of cash and remains debt-free. Strategic growth initiatives include the launch of the IVDR-approved DPYD assay, further product development, geographic expansion and a five-year master collaboration agreement with Illumina covering technical and operational collaboration, R&amp;D and content manufacturing. With growth across clinical, research and instrumentation markets, a diversified geographic revenue base and continued focus on cost efficiency, Novacyt remains focused on building a scalable molecular diagnostics platform and returning towards sustainable profitability.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Novacyt S.A.&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights three consecutive half-year periods of revenue growth, significant cost reduction and continued expansion across its molecular diagnostics portfolio. H1 revenue increased 18% year on year to &pound;11.6 million, with the underlying business growing approximately 9% excluding the contribution from Southern Cross Diagnostics, acquired in March 2026. The acquisition has added nearly &pound;2 million of revenue since completion and provides access to the fast-growing Australian diagnostics market. Clinical revenue represented around three quarters of Group sales, while instrumentation revenue increased more than 30% to &pound;1.3 million, driven by demand for the LightBench Discover platform. Gross profit remained broadly stable at &pound;6.4 million, although gross margin declined to 56%, partly reflecting the lower-margin Southern Cross distribution business and temporary inventory fair-value adjustments. Adjusted EBITDA losses improved to approximately &pound;3.6 million, while operating costs excluding Southern Cross reduced by around 8%. Since acquiring Yourgene, Novacyt has reduced its underlying annualised cost base by approximately &pound;7 million and is targeting a further &pound;4 million restructuring programme, with most benefits expected from 2027. The Group ended June with &pound;8.9 million of cash and remains debt-free. Strategic growth initiatives include the launch of the IVDR-approved DPYD assay, further product development, geographic expansion and a five-year master collaboration agreement with Illumina covering technical and operational collaboration, R&amp;D and content manufacturing. With growth across clinical, research and instrumentation markets, a diversified geographic revenue base and continued focus on cost efficiency, Novacyt remains focused on building a scalable molecular diagnostics platform and returning towards sustainable profitability.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790759521_ggzFPWou8wGRfA62sqOPWhSQ45ImpdtUg0TrwpKP.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Novacyt S.A.&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights three consecutive half-year periods of revenue growth, significant cost reduction and continued expansion across its molecular diagnostics portfolio. H1 revenue increased 18% year on year to &pound;11.6 million, with the underlying business growing approximately 9% excluding the contribution from Southern Cross Diagnostics, acquired in March 2026. The acquisition has added nearly &pound;2 million of revenue since completion and provides access to the fast-growing Australian diagnostics market. Clinical revenue represented around three quarters of Group sales, while instrumentation revenue increased more than 30% to &pound;1.3 million, driven by demand for the LightBench Discover platform. Gross profit remained broadly stable at &pound;6.4 million, although gross margin declined to 56%, partly reflecting the lower-margin Southern Cross distribution business and temporary inventory fair-value adjustments. Adjusted EBITDA losses improved to approximately &pound;3.6 million, while operating costs excluding Southern Cross reduced by around 8%. Since acquiring Yourgene, Novacyt has reduced its underlying annualised cost base by approximately &pound;7 million and is targeting a further &pound;4 million restructuring programme, with most benefits expected from 2027. The Group ended June with &pound;8.9 million of cash and remains debt-free. Strategic growth initiatives include the launch of the IVDR-approved DPYD assay, further product development, geographic expansion and a five-year master collaboration agreement with Illumina covering technical and operational collaboration, R&amp;D and content manufacturing. With growth across clinical, research and instrumentation markets, a diversified geographic revenue base and continued focus on cost efficiency, Novacyt remains focused on building a scalable molecular diagnostics platform and returning towards sustainable profitability.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>RENALYTIX PLC - Company Update</title>
                <itunes:title>RENALYTIX PLC - Company Update</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/company-update-34</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2026 16:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/company-update-34</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Renalytix PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights a major strategic inflection point following its national distribution agreement with Quest Diagnostics, balance sheet renewal and continued commercial development of KidneyIntelX. The FDA-approved, Medicare-reimbursed prognostic test provides early risk assessment for chronic kidney disease progression, combining blood biomarkers and clinical data to classify patients by low, moderate or high risk. Renalytix has now processed more than 15,000 clinical reports, while clinical evidence continues to demonstrate the potential impact of KidneyIntelX on treatment decisions and kidney health outcomes. The partnership with Quest Diagnostics is expected to provide access to approximately 500,000 US physicians, 3,000 hospitals and more than 2,000 patient service centres, with a national launch targeted for Q1 2027. Renalytix is targeting 25,000 KidneyIntelX tests in 2027, creating significant potential for revenue growth and operating leverage while reducing the need for a large direct sales infrastructure and improving margins through streamlined sample logistics. The company has also strengthened its financial position through a &pound;10.5 million equity raise at a significant premium to the trading price and the elimination of convertible debt, taking debt to zero. Investment in laboratory capacity and automation is underway to support scalable testing volumes, with capacity targeted at up to 200,000 tests annually. Further growth catalysts include international diagnostic partnerships, CE marking, expansion of KidneyIntelX into pharmaceutical clinical trials and potential additional services revenue. With a strengthened balance sheet, national distribution strategy and expanding clinical applications, Renalytix is focused on scaling KidneyIntelX adoption and building a commercially sustainable precision diagnostics platform.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Renalytix PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights a major strategic inflection point following its national distribution agreement with Quest Diagnostics, balance sheet renewal and continued commercial development of KidneyIntelX. The FDA-approved, Medicare-reimbursed prognostic test provides early risk assessment for chronic kidney disease progression, combining blood biomarkers and clinical data to classify patients by low, moderate or high risk. Renalytix has now processed more than 15,000 clinical reports, while clinical evidence continues to demonstrate the potential impact of KidneyIntelX on treatment decisions and kidney health outcomes. The partnership with Quest Diagnostics is expected to provide access to approximately 500,000 US physicians, 3,000 hospitals and more than 2,000 patient service centres, with a national launch targeted for Q1 2027. Renalytix is targeting 25,000 KidneyIntelX tests in 2027, creating significant potential for revenue growth and operating leverage while reducing the need for a large direct sales infrastructure and improving margins through streamlined sample logistics. The company has also strengthened its financial position through a &pound;10.5 million equity raise at a significant premium to the trading price and the elimination of convertible debt, taking debt to zero. Investment in laboratory capacity and automation is underway to support scalable testing volumes, with capacity targeted at up to 200,000 tests annually. Further growth catalysts include international diagnostic partnerships, CE marking, expansion of KidneyIntelX into pharmaceutical clinical trials and potential additional services revenue. With a strengthened balance sheet, national distribution strategy and expanding clinical applications, Renalytix is focused on scaling KidneyIntelX adoption and building a commercially sustainable precision diagnostics platform.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790701921_JR63Q8slAVdxUtnPAOFh1F8urA2uVF7V2copyb81.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Renalytix PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights a major strategic inflection point following its national distribution agreement with Quest Diagnostics, balance sheet renewal and continued commercial development of KidneyIntelX. The FDA-approved, Medicare-reimbursed prognostic test provides early risk assessment for chronic kidney disease progression, combining blood biomarkers and clinical data to classify patients by low, moderate or high risk. Renalytix has now processed more than 15,000 clinical reports, while clinical evidence continues to demonstrate the potential impact of KidneyIntelX on treatment decisions and kidney health outcomes. The partnership with Quest Diagnostics is expected to provide access to approximately 500,000 US physicians, 3,000 hospitals and more than 2,000 patient service centres, with a national launch targeted for Q1 2027. Renalytix is targeting 25,000 KidneyIntelX tests in 2027, creating significant potential for revenue growth and operating leverage while reducing the need for a large direct sales infrastructure and improving margins through streamlined sample logistics. The company has also strengthened its financial position through a &pound;10.5 million equity raise at a significant premium to the trading price and the elimination of convertible debt, taking debt to zero. Investment in laboratory capacity and automation is underway to support scalable testing volumes, with capacity targeted at up to 200,000 tests annually. Further growth catalysts include international diagnostic partnerships, CE marking, expansion of KidneyIntelX into pharmaceutical clinical trials and potential additional services revenue. With a strengthened balance sheet, national distribution strategy and expanding clinical applications, Renalytix is focused on scaling KidneyIntelX adoption and building a commercially sustainable precision diagnostics platform.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>BILLINGTON HOLDINGS PLC - Interim Results</title>
                <itunes:title>BILLINGTON HOLDINGS PLC - Interim Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-608</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2026 16:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-608</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Billington Holdings PLC reported a strong first-half 2026 performance, with revenue rising 29% to &pound;54.0 million, underlying profit before tax increasing to &pound;3.1 million and underlying operating margin improving to 5.1%, supported by cost efficiencies, operational consolidation and higher steel content across projects. The group remains debt-free with net cash of &pound;12.6 million and expects working capital to unwind during the second half, with management indicating cash could return towards &pound;20 million by year-end. Billington&rsquo;s record order book provides strong revenue visibility through 2027 and into 2028, with approximately 75% of the broker&rsquo;s 2027 revenue forecast already covered and activity concentrated across data centres, energy from waste, defence, education, carbon capture and infrastructure. The company&rsquo;s growth strategy is focused on increasing output from existing facilities, process automation, targeting high-growth data and power generation markets, and selective acquisitions, particularly in infrastructure, rail, roads, power and renewable energy. Management also continues to invest in capacity, automation and apprenticeships while targeting further margin improvement. With a robust balance sheet, diversified order book and strong pipeline of opportunities, Billington enters the second half of 2026 with increased visibility over future revenue, margins and long-term growth.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Billington Holdings PLC reported a strong first-half 2026 performance, with revenue rising 29% to &pound;54.0 million, underlying profit before tax increasing to &pound;3.1 million and underlying operating margin improving to 5.1%, supported by cost efficiencies, operational consolidation and higher steel content across projects. The group remains debt-free with net cash of &pound;12.6 million and expects working capital to unwind during the second half, with management indicating cash could return towards &pound;20 million by year-end. Billington&rsquo;s record order book provides strong revenue visibility through 2027 and into 2028, with approximately 75% of the broker&rsquo;s 2027 revenue forecast already covered and activity concentrated across data centres, energy from waste, defence, education, carbon capture and infrastructure. The company&rsquo;s growth strategy is focused on increasing output from existing facilities, process automation, targeting high-growth data and power generation markets, and selective acquisitions, particularly in infrastructure, rail, roads, power and renewable energy. Management also continues to invest in capacity, automation and apprenticeships while targeting further margin improvement. With a robust balance sheet, diversified order book and strong pipeline of opportunities, Billington enters the second half of 2026 with increased visibility over future revenue, margins and long-term growth.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790705521_Kn9xe7wM5ufGO3uJkAGHMdLRncGPpWvYtKUOYZXF.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Billington Holdings PLC reported a strong first-half 2026 performance, with revenue rising 29% to &pound;54.0 million, underlying profit before tax increasing to &pound;3.1 million and underlying operating margin improving to 5.1%, supported by cost efficiencies, operational consolidation and higher steel content across projects. The group remains debt-free with net cash of &pound;12.6 million and expects working capital to unwind during the second half, with management indicating cash could return towards &pound;20 million by year-end. Billington&rsquo;s record order book provides strong revenue visibility through 2027 and into 2028, with approximately 75% of the broker&rsquo;s 2027 revenue forecast already covered and activity concentrated across data centres, energy from waste, defence, education, carbon capture and infrastructure. The company&rsquo;s growth strategy is focused on increasing output from existing facilities, process automation, targeting high-growth data and power generation markets, and selective acquisitions, particularly in infrastructure, rail, roads, power and renewable energy. Management also continues to invest in capacity, automation and apprenticeships while targeting further margin improvement. With a robust balance sheet, diversified order book and strong pipeline of opportunities, Billington enters the second half of 2026 with increased visibility over future revenue, margins and long-term growth.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>MANX FINANCIAL GROUP PLC - Interim results for the six months to 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>MANX FINANCIAL GROUP PLC - Interim results for the six months to 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/fy26-interim-results-1</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2026 14:30:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/fy26-interim-results-1</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Manx Financial Group PLC reported a solid H1 2026 investor update, with record operating income and loan book growth offset by higher investment-related costs. Operating income increased 17% to &pound;19.7 million, net interest income rose to &pound;18.8 million, and the net loan book reached a record &pound;422.9 million, while profit before tax was &pound;3.4 million as earnings normalised following prior-year one-offs. Total equity increased to &pound;45.5 million, supported by a strong capital position and continued dividend growth. The group&rsquo;s growth strategy remains centred on Conister Bank, Payment Assist and Manx Ventures, with Payment Assist delivering particularly strong momentum as H1 lending volumes increased 31.9% year on year to &pound;71 million across 126,500 loans. Management highlighted opportunities to expand the business through its garage payments ecosystem, an Irish consumer credit licence and, longer term, wider European markets. Manx Financial is also investing in AI, digital transformation and collections capabilities to improve operational efficiency, protect margins and support further revenue growth while keeping the cost base broadly stable. The restructuring of Business Lending Exchange, Blue Star and Manx Collections into Triscoll is expected to simplify operations and generate around &pound;1 million of incremental annualised profit before tax by the end of 2028. Management expects these investments to support stronger company performance through 2027 and 2028, with continued focus on capital optimisation, profitable loan book expansion and unlocking shareholder value from Payment Assist and Manx Ventures.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Manx Financial Group PLC reported a solid H1 2026 investor update, with record operating income and loan book growth offset by higher investment-related costs. Operating income increased 17% to &pound;19.7 million, net interest income rose to &pound;18.8 million, and the net loan book reached a record &pound;422.9 million, while profit before tax was &pound;3.4 million as earnings normalised following prior-year one-offs. Total equity increased to &pound;45.5 million, supported by a strong capital position and continued dividend growth. The group&rsquo;s growth strategy remains centred on Conister Bank, Payment Assist and Manx Ventures, with Payment Assist delivering particularly strong momentum as H1 lending volumes increased 31.9% year on year to &pound;71 million across 126,500 loans. Management highlighted opportunities to expand the business through its garage payments ecosystem, an Irish consumer credit licence and, longer term, wider European markets. Manx Financial is also investing in AI, digital transformation and collections capabilities to improve operational efficiency, protect margins and support further revenue growth while keeping the cost base broadly stable. The restructuring of Business Lending Exchange, Blue Star and Manx Collections into Triscoll is expected to simplify operations and generate around &pound;1 million of incremental annualised profit before tax by the end of 2028. Management expects these investments to support stronger company performance through 2027 and 2028, with continued focus on capital optimisation, profitable loan book expansion and unlocking shareholder value from Payment Assist and Manx Ventures.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790694721_moU4QHb3l1bOMfZkMY2jBTlM6LpmfJY3XnUM4G3q.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Manx Financial Group PLC reported a solid H1 2026 investor update, with record operating income and loan book growth offset by higher investment-related costs. Operating income increased 17% to &pound;19.7 million, net interest income rose to &pound;18.8 million, and the net loan book reached a record &pound;422.9 million, while profit before tax was &pound;3.4 million as earnings normalised following prior-year one-offs. Total equity increased to &pound;45.5 million, supported by a strong capital position and continued dividend growth. The group&rsquo;s growth strategy remains centred on Conister Bank, Payment Assist and Manx Ventures, with Payment Assist delivering particularly strong momentum as H1 lending volumes increased 31.9% year on year to &pound;71 million across 126,500 loans. Management highlighted opportunities to expand the business through its garage payments ecosystem, an Irish consumer credit licence and, longer term, wider European markets. Manx Financial is also investing in AI, digital transformation and collections capabilities to improve operational efficiency, protect margins and support further revenue growth while keeping the cost base broadly stable. The restructuring of Business Lending Exchange, Blue Star and Manx Collections into Triscoll is expected to simplify operations and generate around &pound;1 million of incremental annualised profit before tax by the end of 2028. Management expects these investments to support stronger company performance through 2027 and 2028, with continued focus on capital optimisation, profitable loan book expansion and unlocking shareholder value from Payment Assist and Manx Ventures.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>CHECKIT PLC - Results for the six months ended 31 July 2026 (“H1 FY27”)</title>
                <itunes:title>CHECKIT PLC - Results for the six months ended 31 July 2026 (“H1 FY27”)</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1114</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2026 14:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1114</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Checkit PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights a significant improvement in financial performance, with the Group returning to adjusted EBITDA profitability while simplifying its operations and strengthening its recurring revenue base. Continuing operations delivered adjusted EBITDA of &pound;0.3 million, a &pound;1.2 million year-on-year improvement, alongside revenue growth, improved gross margins and cash generation from continuing operating activities of &pound;0.3 million compared with a &pound;2.3 million outflow previously. Recurring revenue now represents 97% of total revenue, while ARR increased 5% to &pound;12.8 million, bookings improved to &pound;0.7 million and churn reduced from &pound;0.8 million to &pound;0.5 million. Checkit&rsquo;s growth strategy is centred on its mission-critical monitoring, workflow and compliance platform, with medical representing approximately 71% of continuing revenue and significant opportunities across the NHS, US blood and plasma markets, biotech, diagnostics and cell and gene therapy. The company is investing in a unified next-generation medical monitoring platform that will combine enhanced regulatory functionality, workflows, analytics and audit capabilities while reducing duplicated development and infrastructure costs. With 94% gross revenue retention, a target of 105&ndash;110% net revenue retention and substantial operational leverage, management is focused on expanding existing customer relationships through upselling and cross-selling. The two-year growth framework prioritises platform unification, deeper medical market penetration, selective premium retail opportunities, US expansion and AI-driven productivity gains, while maintaining adjusted EBITDA profitability and disciplined cash investment.</span></p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Checkit PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights a significant improvement in financial performance, with the Group returning to adjusted EBITDA profitability while simplifying its operations and strengthening its recurring revenue base. Continuing operations delivered adjusted EBITDA of &pound;0.3 million, a &pound;1.2 million year-on-year improvement, alongside revenue growth, improved gross margins and cash generation from continuing operating activities of &pound;0.3 million compared with a &pound;2.3 million outflow previously. Recurring revenue now represents 97% of total revenue, while ARR increased 5% to &pound;12.8 million, bookings improved to &pound;0.7 million and churn reduced from &pound;0.8 million to &pound;0.5 million. Checkit&rsquo;s growth strategy is centred on its mission-critical monitoring, workflow and compliance platform, with medical representing approximately 71% of continuing revenue and significant opportunities across the NHS, US blood and plasma markets, biotech, diagnostics and cell and gene therapy. The company is investing in a unified next-generation medical monitoring platform that will combine enhanced regulatory functionality, workflows, analytics and audit capabilities while reducing duplicated development and infrastructure costs. With 94% gross revenue retention, a target of 105&ndash;110% net revenue retention and substantial operational leverage, management is focused on expanding existing customer relationships through upselling and cross-selling. The two-year growth framework prioritises platform unification, deeper medical market penetration, selective premium retail opportunities, US expansion and AI-driven productivity gains, while maintaining adjusted EBITDA profitability and disciplined cash investment.</span></p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790691121_zmTfrhIlsisMEFQzuHiRa1yy8jDFuPyQybxxf9MO.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Checkit PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights a significant improvement in financial performance, with the Group returning to adjusted EBITDA profitability while simplifying its operations and strengthening its recurring revenue base. Continuing operations delivered adjusted EBITDA of &pound;0.3 million, a &pound;1.2 million year-on-year improvement, alongside revenue growth, improved gross margins and cash generation from continuing operating activities of &pound;0.3 million compared with a &pound;2.3 million outflow previously. Recurring revenue now represents 97% of total revenue, while ARR increased 5% to &pound;12.8 million, bookings improved to &pound;0.7 million and churn reduced from &pound;0.8 million to &pound;0.5 million. Checkit&rsquo;s growth strategy is centred on its mission-critical monitoring, workflow and compliance platform, with medical representing approximately 71% of continuing revenue and significant opportunities across the NHS, US blood and plasma markets, biotech, diagnostics and cell and gene therapy. The company is investing in a unified next-generation medical monitoring platform that will combine enhanced regulatory functionality, workflows, analytics and audit capabilities while reducing duplicated development and infrastructure costs. With 94% gross revenue retention, a target of 105&ndash;110% net revenue retention and substantial operational leverage, management is focused on expanding existing customer relationships through upselling and cross-selling. The two-year growth framework prioritises platform unification, deeper medical market penetration, selective premium retail opportunities, US expansion and AI-driven productivity gains, while maintaining adjusted EBITDA profitability and disciplined cash investment.</span></p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>S &amp; U PLC - Results for the six month period ended 5 August 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>S &amp; U PLC - Results for the six month period ended 5 August 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-636</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2026 12:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-636</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>S&amp;U PLC reported solid half-year financial results for the six months ended 5 August 2026, with profit before tax rising 1% to &pound;15.7 million, or approximately 7% on a like-for-like basis, while revenue increased 11% year on year. Net group receivables exceeded &pound;500 million for the first time, reaching &pound;541 million, reflecting continued investment in growth across Advantage Finance and Aspen Bridging, while the impairment charge remained broadly stable at &pound;8.2 million despite the larger loan book. Advantage delivered strong lending growth, with advances increasing 49% to &pound;105 million, improved repayment performance and a healthier arrears profile, while management continues to target a doubling of market share over its five-year growth strategy. Aspen receivables rose to a record &pound;199.9 million, supported by longer-term bridging and buy-to-let products, with credit quality remaining strong despite subdued UK property market conditions. A key focus of the investor update was funding capacity, with S&amp;U substantially completing two new three-year private securitisation warehouses that, alongside an RCF, are expected to increase available funding from &pound;337 million to approximately &pound;650 million and reduce overall finance costs. Management remains focused on sustainable growth, disciplined credit quality and operational efficiency, with increased funding capacity expected to support further revenue, profit and dividend growth over the coming years.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>S&amp;U PLC reported solid half-year financial results for the six months ended 5 August 2026, with profit before tax rising 1% to &pound;15.7 million, or approximately 7% on a like-for-like basis, while revenue increased 11% year on year. Net group receivables exceeded &pound;500 million for the first time, reaching &pound;541 million, reflecting continued investment in growth across Advantage Finance and Aspen Bridging, while the impairment charge remained broadly stable at &pound;8.2 million despite the larger loan book. Advantage delivered strong lending growth, with advances increasing 49% to &pound;105 million, improved repayment performance and a healthier arrears profile, while management continues to target a doubling of market share over its five-year growth strategy. Aspen receivables rose to a record &pound;199.9 million, supported by longer-term bridging and buy-to-let products, with credit quality remaining strong despite subdued UK property market conditions. A key focus of the investor update was funding capacity, with S&amp;U substantially completing two new three-year private securitisation warehouses that, alongside an RCF, are expected to increase available funding from &pound;337 million to approximately &pound;650 million and reduce overall finance costs. Management remains focused on sustainable growth, disciplined credit quality and operational efficiency, with increased funding capacity expected to support further revenue, profit and dividend growth over the coming years.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790683921_QBdVQJj3A89atsNs1SDS7Gy92V199zXip2FvJ9rX.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>S&amp;U PLC reported solid half-year financial results for the six months ended 5 August 2026, with profit before tax rising 1% to &pound;15.7 million, or approximately 7% on a like-for-like basis, while revenue increased 11% year on year. Net group receivables exceeded &pound;500 million for the first time, reaching &pound;541 million, reflecting continued investment in growth across Advantage Finance and Aspen Bridging, while the impairment charge remained broadly stable at &pound;8.2 million despite the larger loan book. Advantage delivered strong lending growth, with advances increasing 49% to &pound;105 million, improved repayment performance and a healthier arrears profile, while management continues to target a doubling of market share over its five-year growth strategy. Aspen receivables rose to a record &pound;199.9 million, supported by longer-term bridging and buy-to-let products, with credit quality remaining strong despite subdued UK property market conditions. A key focus of the investor update was funding capacity, with S&amp;U substantially completing two new three-year private securitisation warehouses that, alongside an RCF, are expected to increase available funding from &pound;337 million to approximately &pound;650 million and reduce overall finance costs. Management remains focused on sustainable growth, disciplined credit quality and operational efficiency, with increased funding capacity expected to support further revenue, profit and dividend growth over the coming years.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>MOLECULE GROUP PLC - Interim Results</title>
                <itunes:title>MOLECULE GROUP PLC - Interim Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-604</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2026 11:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-604</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Vulcan II Group PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update outlines the launch of its new Molecule identity alongside its H1 2026 financial results and strategy to build a leading UK regulated e-pharmacy platform. Following the &pound;40 million March 2026 fundraise and acquisitions of Cloud RX, Hyperdrug and WebMed, the Group is integrating its businesses under the Molecule brand, with a unified ERP system and 22,000 sq ft distribution centre in Leeds expected to be operational by the end of 2026. Pro forma H1 revenue was &pound;19.9 million, compared with reported revenue of &pound;10 million reflecting ownership of the acquired businesses from 19 March, while management indicated a full-year revenue guidance of just under &pound;39 million. The Group reported a &pound;0.6 million EBITDA loss on a reported basis, with significant investment during 2026 in acquisitions, restructuring, ERP implementation and warehouse infrastructure expected to result in a cleaner and more efficient cost base in 2027. Molecule is targeting the growing UK private e-pharmacy market, combining B2B prescription fulfilment, B2C digital healthcare, over-the-counter pharmacy products and veterinary services. Its growth strategy centres on organic expansion, cross-selling, digital marketing, data-led customer retention and selective further acquisitions within a fragmented market of approximately 250 small and medium-sized private e-pharmacy businesses. With around 1,500 prescribers using its Cloud RX platform, integration with approximately 80% of UK clinical practice management systems and a strengthened operational infrastructure, Molecule is positioned to pursue scalable revenue growth, improved margins and further consolidation opportunities across the UK digital pharmacy market.</span></p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Vulcan II Group PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update outlines the launch of its new Molecule identity alongside its H1 2026 financial results and strategy to build a leading UK regulated e-pharmacy platform. Following the &pound;40 million March 2026 fundraise and acquisitions of Cloud RX, Hyperdrug and WebMed, the Group is integrating its businesses under the Molecule brand, with a unified ERP system and 22,000 sq ft distribution centre in Leeds expected to be operational by the end of 2026. Pro forma H1 revenue was &pound;19.9 million, compared with reported revenue of &pound;10 million reflecting ownership of the acquired businesses from 19 March, while management indicated a full-year revenue guidance of just under &pound;39 million. The Group reported a &pound;0.6 million EBITDA loss on a reported basis, with significant investment during 2026 in acquisitions, restructuring, ERP implementation and warehouse infrastructure expected to result in a cleaner and more efficient cost base in 2027. Molecule is targeting the growing UK private e-pharmacy market, combining B2B prescription fulfilment, B2C digital healthcare, over-the-counter pharmacy products and veterinary services. Its growth strategy centres on organic expansion, cross-selling, digital marketing, data-led customer retention and selective further acquisitions within a fragmented market of approximately 250 small and medium-sized private e-pharmacy businesses. With around 1,500 prescribers using its Cloud RX platform, integration with approximately 80% of UK clinical practice management systems and a strengthened operational infrastructure, Molecule is positioned to pursue scalable revenue growth, improved margins and further consolidation opportunities across the UK digital pharmacy market.</span></p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790680321_hcuYvK3ToHTbyLujEZPdZmkhEEW8pUCBdzjxmDYV.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Vulcan II Group PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update outlines the launch of its new Molecule identity alongside its H1 2026 financial results and strategy to build a leading UK regulated e-pharmacy platform. Following the &pound;40 million March 2026 fundraise and acquisitions of Cloud RX, Hyperdrug and WebMed, the Group is integrating its businesses under the Molecule brand, with a unified ERP system and 22,000 sq ft distribution centre in Leeds expected to be operational by the end of 2026. Pro forma H1 revenue was &pound;19.9 million, compared with reported revenue of &pound;10 million reflecting ownership of the acquired businesses from 19 March, while management indicated a full-year revenue guidance of just under &pound;39 million. The Group reported a &pound;0.6 million EBITDA loss on a reported basis, with significant investment during 2026 in acquisitions, restructuring, ERP implementation and warehouse infrastructure expected to result in a cleaner and more efficient cost base in 2027. Molecule is targeting the growing UK private e-pharmacy market, combining B2B prescription fulfilment, B2C digital healthcare, over-the-counter pharmacy products and veterinary services. Its growth strategy centres on organic expansion, cross-selling, digital marketing, data-led customer retention and selective further acquisitions within a fragmented market of approximately 250 small and medium-sized private e-pharmacy businesses. With around 1,500 prescribers using its Cloud RX platform, integration with approximately 80% of UK clinical practice management systems and a strengthened operational infrastructure, Molecule is positioned to pursue scalable revenue growth, improved margins and further consolidation opportunities across the UK digital pharmacy market.</span></p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>US SOLAR FUND PLC - Interim Results for the period ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>US SOLAR FUND PLC - Interim Results for the period ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-646</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Mon, 28 Sep 2026 16:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-646</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>US Solar Fund PLC&rsquo;s 2026 interim results highlight stable NAV, improving operational performance and disciplined financial management across its 443 MW US solar portfolio. First half generation reached 357 GWh, broadly in line with forecasts, while remediation improved asset availability and performance. The company reported a $0.4 million IFRS profit, stable NAV of 60 cents per share and gearing of approximately 39 percent of gross asset value. US Solar Fund continues to benefit from rising US energy demand, data centre growth, supportive renewable energy policies and higher long term electricity price forecasts. Management is targeting further operational improvements while maintaining financial resilience and aims to declare a modest Q4 2026 dividend. A potential buyer is conducting detailed due diligence on the entire portfolio under an exclusivity period running to 16 October 2026, providing a potential route to value realisation.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>US Solar Fund PLC&rsquo;s 2026 interim results highlight stable NAV, improving operational performance and disciplined financial management across its 443 MW US solar portfolio. First half generation reached 357 GWh, broadly in line with forecasts, while remediation improved asset availability and performance. The company reported a $0.4 million IFRS profit, stable NAV of 60 cents per share and gearing of approximately 39 percent of gross asset value. US Solar Fund continues to benefit from rising US energy demand, data centre growth, supportive renewable energy policies and higher long term electricity price forecasts. Management is targeting further operational improvements while maintaining financial resilience and aims to declare a modest Q4 2026 dividend. A potential buyer is conducting detailed due diligence on the entire portfolio under an exclusivity period running to 16 October 2026, providing a potential route to value realisation.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790615521_aj1XRz5NCalGXzJPbEcUWQ6JYQj92iKrMWi3uuEG.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>US Solar Fund PLC&rsquo;s 2026 interim results highlight stable NAV, improving operational performance and disciplined financial management across its 443 MW US solar portfolio. First half generation reached 357 GWh, broadly in line with forecasts, while remediation improved asset availability and performance. The company reported a $0.4 million IFRS profit, stable NAV of 60 cents per share and gearing of approximately 39 percent of gross asset value. US Solar Fund continues to benefit from rising US energy demand, data centre growth, supportive renewable energy policies and higher long term electricity price forecasts. Management is targeting further operational improvements while maintaining financial resilience and aims to declare a modest Q4 2026 dividend. A potential buyer is conducting detailed due diligence on the entire portfolio under an exclusivity period running to 16 October 2026, providing a potential route to value realisation.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>SPACEANDPEOPLE PLC - Interim Results  for the six months ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>SPACEANDPEOPLE PLC - Interim Results  for the six months ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-627</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Mon, 28 Sep 2026 14:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-627</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>SpaceandPeople PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights resilient revenue, continued growth across customer acquisition and retail activities, and significant investment in digital transformation to support long-term expansion. Group revenue remained broadly in line with H1 2025 despite the non-repeat of several major brand experience events, with growth in customer acquisition, UK kiosk revenues and a 10% increase in German revenue helping offset lower UK promotional income. Gross profit declined 5%, while the Group moved to a slight operating loss following an unusually strong H1 2025, partly reflecting one-off costs in Germany after a retail client entered administration. Despite this, management confirmed that FY2026 trading remains in line with market expectations and is on track to deliver its strongest full year since 2017. Cash generation remained positive, with operating cash inflow of &pound;80,000 and a cash balance of just over &pound;1 million at the half year, alongside no bank debt. SpaceandPeople is investing heavily in a new digital platform, customer-facing website, automation and data capabilities designed to improve operational efficiency and support changing buyer behaviour, while additional client-facing and business development staff are being recruited to drive future revenue growth. The Group is also expanding its Rock Up and Pop Up offering, supporting brands moving from digital to physical retail through experiential activations and omnichannel customer acquisition. With strong UK venue opportunities, further German expansion and a developing pipeline of AI-powered tools and data insights, SpaceandPeople remains focused on sustainable growth, operational efficiency and building its market-leading experiential retail platform.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>SpaceandPeople PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights resilient revenue, continued growth across customer acquisition and retail activities, and significant investment in digital transformation to support long-term expansion. Group revenue remained broadly in line with H1 2025 despite the non-repeat of several major brand experience events, with growth in customer acquisition, UK kiosk revenues and a 10% increase in German revenue helping offset lower UK promotional income. Gross profit declined 5%, while the Group moved to a slight operating loss following an unusually strong H1 2025, partly reflecting one-off costs in Germany after a retail client entered administration. Despite this, management confirmed that FY2026 trading remains in line with market expectations and is on track to deliver its strongest full year since 2017. Cash generation remained positive, with operating cash inflow of &pound;80,000 and a cash balance of just over &pound;1 million at the half year, alongside no bank debt. SpaceandPeople is investing heavily in a new digital platform, customer-facing website, automation and data capabilities designed to improve operational efficiency and support changing buyer behaviour, while additional client-facing and business development staff are being recruited to drive future revenue growth. The Group is also expanding its Rock Up and Pop Up offering, supporting brands moving from digital to physical retail through experiential activations and omnichannel customer acquisition. With strong UK venue opportunities, further German expansion and a developing pipeline of AI-powered tools and data insights, SpaceandPeople remains focused on sustainable growth, operational efficiency and building its market-leading experiential retail platform.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790604721_0xFbwtywhjn7CP7GTFuuP8GvosSWD3XAz9MWfMMi.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>SpaceandPeople PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights resilient revenue, continued growth across customer acquisition and retail activities, and significant investment in digital transformation to support long-term expansion. Group revenue remained broadly in line with H1 2025 despite the non-repeat of several major brand experience events, with growth in customer acquisition, UK kiosk revenues and a 10% increase in German revenue helping offset lower UK promotional income. Gross profit declined 5%, while the Group moved to a slight operating loss following an unusually strong H1 2025, partly reflecting one-off costs in Germany after a retail client entered administration. Despite this, management confirmed that FY2026 trading remains in line with market expectations and is on track to deliver its strongest full year since 2017. Cash generation remained positive, with operating cash inflow of &pound;80,000 and a cash balance of just over &pound;1 million at the half year, alongside no bank debt. SpaceandPeople is investing heavily in a new digital platform, customer-facing website, automation and data capabilities designed to improve operational efficiency and support changing buyer behaviour, while additional client-facing and business development staff are being recruited to drive future revenue growth. The Group is also expanding its Rock Up and Pop Up offering, supporting brands moving from digital to physical retail through experiential activations and omnichannel customer acquisition. With strong UK venue opportunities, further German expansion and a developing pipeline of AI-powered tools and data insights, SpaceandPeople remains focused on sustainable growth, operational efficiency and building its market-leading experiential retail platform.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>CHRISTIE GROUP PLC - Interim results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>CHRISTIE GROUP PLC - Interim results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/christie-group-interim-results-presentation-2026</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Mon, 28 Sep 2026 13:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/christie-group-interim-results-presentation-2026</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Christie Group PLC reported a strong set of interim financial results for the six months ended 30 June 2026, with revenue rising 5.4% to &pound;36.0m and underlying operating profit increasing 11.1% to &pound;2.4m, driving an improved operating margin of 6.6%. EBITDA rose by nearly 9% to &pound;3.1m, while adjusted EPS increased 116% to 5.69p and cash strengthened to &pound;8.7m. The group continued to benefit from resilient transaction activity across its specialist professional services businesses, with Christie &amp; Co selling 607 businesses in H1, up 11.2% year on year, while its valuation operations assessed more than &pound;4.4bn of businesses. Christie Finance delivered 15% growth and increased its instruction pipeline by 27%, while Christie Insurance commissions rose 31%. Management highlighted a healthy transactional pipeline, robust investor and lending appetite, and continued momentum into the second half, supporting expectations for full-year performance in line with current market forecasts. Christie Group&rsquo;s growth strategy remains focused on expanding its UK market share, increasing higher-margin transactional and finance brokerage activity, and extending its sector expertise across Europe, including recent expansion into Ireland. The group continues to target a blended operating margin of 10% over time, supported by its asset-light model, strong cash generation, international growth opportunities and investment in experienced fee-earning teams. Reflecting confidence in the outlook, the interim dividend was increased by 67% to 1.25p.&nbsp;</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Christie Group PLC reported a strong set of interim financial results for the six months ended 30 June 2026, with revenue rising 5.4% to &pound;36.0m and underlying operating profit increasing 11.1% to &pound;2.4m, driving an improved operating margin of 6.6%. EBITDA rose by nearly 9% to &pound;3.1m, while adjusted EPS increased 116% to 5.69p and cash strengthened to &pound;8.7m. The group continued to benefit from resilient transaction activity across its specialist professional services businesses, with Christie &amp; Co selling 607 businesses in H1, up 11.2% year on year, while its valuation operations assessed more than &pound;4.4bn of businesses. Christie Finance delivered 15% growth and increased its instruction pipeline by 27%, while Christie Insurance commissions rose 31%. Management highlighted a healthy transactional pipeline, robust investor and lending appetite, and continued momentum into the second half, supporting expectations for full-year performance in line with current market forecasts. Christie Group&rsquo;s growth strategy remains focused on expanding its UK market share, increasing higher-margin transactional and finance brokerage activity, and extending its sector expertise across Europe, including recent expansion into Ireland. The group continues to target a blended operating margin of 10% over time, supported by its asset-light model, strong cash generation, international growth opportunities and investment in experienced fee-earning teams. Reflecting confidence in the outlook, the interim dividend was increased by 67% to 1.25p.&nbsp;</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790608321_eaa37d9e-e885-4dbd-b28a-2d7262606240.christie-hy26-interim-results-presentation.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Christie Group PLC reported a strong set of interim financial results for the six months ended 30 June 2026, with revenue rising 5.4% to &pound;36.0m and underlying operating profit increasing 11.1% to &pound;2.4m, driving an improved operating margin of 6.6%. EBITDA rose by nearly 9% to &pound;3.1m, while adjusted EPS increased 116% to 5.69p and cash strengthened to &pound;8.7m. The group continued to benefit from resilient transaction activity across its specialist professional services businesses, with Christie &amp; Co selling 607 businesses in H1, up 11.2% year on year, while its valuation operations assessed more than &pound;4.4bn of businesses. Christie Finance delivered 15% growth and increased its instruction pipeline by 27%, while Christie Insurance commissions rose 31%. Management highlighted a healthy transactional pipeline, robust investor and lending appetite, and continued momentum into the second half, supporting expectations for full-year performance in line with current market forecasts. Christie Group&rsquo;s growth strategy remains focused on expanding its UK market share, increasing higher-margin transactional and finance brokerage activity, and extending its sector expertise across Europe, including recent expansion into Ireland. The group continues to target a blended operating margin of 10% over time, supported by its asset-light model, strong cash generation, international growth opportunities and investment in experienced fee-earning teams. Reflecting confidence in the outlook, the interim dividend was increased by 67% to 1.25p.&nbsp;</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>THERACRYF PLC - Final Results for the year ended 31 March 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>THERACRYF PLC - Final Results for the year ended 31 March 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/final-results-208</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Mon, 28 Sep 2026 13:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/final-results-208</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Theracryf PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights significant progress in advancing its neuropsychiatry pipeline, with the lead OX1 antagonist programme moving towards first-in-human clinical development and generating growing interest from potential partners and acquirers. The company&rsquo;s lead asset is being developed initially for binge eating disorder, with potential expansion into alcohol and cocaine use disorders, supported by preclinical data indicating a highly selective profile designed to reduce impulsive behaviour without the sedation associated with OX2 inhibition. Theracryf has successfully completed key clinical-enabling milestones, including large-scale manufacturing and two-species toxicology, with no adverse observations reported at doses up to 100 times the anticipated therapeutic dose. Global granted patent coverage has also been established, while an additional manufacturing-related patent application could extend protection into 2046. Financially, the company reported a &pound;3.5 million loss for the year, with the majority of increased expenditure directed towards R&amp;D, and held &pound;1.5 million of cash at the March year end before a subsequent &pound;1.05 million top-up fundraise. Management expects to submit its clinical application in Australia during Q4 2026, with regulatory approval targeted before year end. Australia has been selected for its speed, cost efficiency and R&amp;D tax incentives, supporting the company&rsquo;s strategy of reaching the clinic while preserving capital. Alongside the OX1 programme, Theracryf is progressing a dopamine modulator targeting fatigue associated with multiple sclerosis and other neurological conditions. With clinical development milestones approaching and ongoing partnering discussions, Theracryf remains focused on advancing its pipeline, strengthening intellectual property and unlocking commercial value through potential licensing or strategic transactions.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Theracryf PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights significant progress in advancing its neuropsychiatry pipeline, with the lead OX1 antagonist programme moving towards first-in-human clinical development and generating growing interest from potential partners and acquirers. The company&rsquo;s lead asset is being developed initially for binge eating disorder, with potential expansion into alcohol and cocaine use disorders, supported by preclinical data indicating a highly selective profile designed to reduce impulsive behaviour without the sedation associated with OX2 inhibition. Theracryf has successfully completed key clinical-enabling milestones, including large-scale manufacturing and two-species toxicology, with no adverse observations reported at doses up to 100 times the anticipated therapeutic dose. Global granted patent coverage has also been established, while an additional manufacturing-related patent application could extend protection into 2046. Financially, the company reported a &pound;3.5 million loss for the year, with the majority of increased expenditure directed towards R&amp;D, and held &pound;1.5 million of cash at the March year end before a subsequent &pound;1.05 million top-up fundraise. Management expects to submit its clinical application in Australia during Q4 2026, with regulatory approval targeted before year end. Australia has been selected for its speed, cost efficiency and R&amp;D tax incentives, supporting the company&rsquo;s strategy of reaching the clinic while preserving capital. Alongside the OX1 programme, Theracryf is progressing a dopamine modulator targeting fatigue associated with multiple sclerosis and other neurological conditions. With clinical development milestones approaching and ongoing partnering discussions, Theracryf remains focused on advancing its pipeline, strengthening intellectual property and unlocking commercial value through potential licensing or strategic transactions.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790601121_l3GvQuofmFqlpMkKWA6ICTdtpke2TLN57BUBmRRh.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Theracryf PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights significant progress in advancing its neuropsychiatry pipeline, with the lead OX1 antagonist programme moving towards first-in-human clinical development and generating growing interest from potential partners and acquirers. The company&rsquo;s lead asset is being developed initially for binge eating disorder, with potential expansion into alcohol and cocaine use disorders, supported by preclinical data indicating a highly selective profile designed to reduce impulsive behaviour without the sedation associated with OX2 inhibition. Theracryf has successfully completed key clinical-enabling milestones, including large-scale manufacturing and two-species toxicology, with no adverse observations reported at doses up to 100 times the anticipated therapeutic dose. Global granted patent coverage has also been established, while an additional manufacturing-related patent application could extend protection into 2046. Financially, the company reported a &pound;3.5 million loss for the year, with the majority of increased expenditure directed towards R&amp;D, and held &pound;1.5 million of cash at the March year end before a subsequent &pound;1.05 million top-up fundraise. Management expects to submit its clinical application in Australia during Q4 2026, with regulatory approval targeted before year end. Australia has been selected for its speed, cost efficiency and R&amp;D tax incentives, supporting the company&rsquo;s strategy of reaching the clinic while preserving capital. Alongside the OX1 programme, Theracryf is progressing a dopamine modulator targeting fatigue associated with multiple sclerosis and other neurological conditions. With clinical development milestones approaching and ongoing partnering discussions, Theracryf remains focused on advancing its pipeline, strengthening intellectual property and unlocking commercial value through potential licensing or strategic transactions.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>BLACKBIRD PLC - Interim results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>BLACKBIRD PLC - Interim results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-641</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Mon, 28 Sep 2026 11:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-641</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Blackbird PLC&rsquo;s interim results investor update highlighted accelerating commercial momentum at Elevate.io, with subscription growth in Q3 expected at around 235% and free-to-paid conversion improving from approximately 1% in March to 2.4% at the end of June and around 3.4% by late September. Churn has reduced to approximately 11%, while annual recurring revenue (ARR) increased from around &pound;30,000 in June to approximately &pound;90,000 by the end of September, reflecting early progress in building a scalable revenue engine.</p>
<p>Product development remains central to Blackbird&rsquo;s growth strategy, with Elevate adding improved audio, fonts, AI-powered voice isolation, colour grading, project recovery and enhanced graphics capabilities. A new GPU-accelerated graphics and text engine is designed to deliver desktop-level performance in the browser, alongside planned integrations, webcam capture, audio effects and wider AI-assisted editing functionality. Marketing efficiency has also improved, with customer acquisition cost reduced by almost two-thirds versus earlier in the year, while Blackbird is increasing investment in YouTube, digital PR, remarketing and AI/LLM discovery.</p>
<p>Management said marketing teams remain a particularly attractive segment, converting to paid plans at roughly twice the rate of hobbyists and creators, while usage across the platform continues to rise. Blackbird is closely monitoring its cash position and indicated that equity fundraising is currently the primary funding route under consideration as it seeks to support further Elevate growth.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Blackbird PLC&rsquo;s interim results investor update highlighted accelerating commercial momentum at Elevate.io, with subscription growth in Q3 expected at around 235% and free-to-paid conversion improving from approximately 1% in March to 2.4% at the end of June and around 3.4% by late September. Churn has reduced to approximately 11%, while annual recurring revenue (ARR) increased from around &pound;30,000 in June to approximately &pound;90,000 by the end of September, reflecting early progress in building a scalable revenue engine.</p>
<p>Product development remains central to Blackbird&rsquo;s growth strategy, with Elevate adding improved audio, fonts, AI-powered voice isolation, colour grading, project recovery and enhanced graphics capabilities. A new GPU-accelerated graphics and text engine is designed to deliver desktop-level performance in the browser, alongside planned integrations, webcam capture, audio effects and wider AI-assisted editing functionality. Marketing efficiency has also improved, with customer acquisition cost reduced by almost two-thirds versus earlier in the year, while Blackbird is increasing investment in YouTube, digital PR, remarketing and AI/LLM discovery.</p>
<p>Management said marketing teams remain a particularly attractive segment, converting to paid plans at roughly twice the rate of hobbyists and creators, while usage across the platform continues to rise. Blackbird is closely monitoring its cash position and indicated that equity fundraising is currently the primary funding route under consideration as it seeks to support further Elevate growth.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790597521_AT8IufGBZbJH8y6Ldst1gmc0y1grgpJC9lAE23Ib.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Blackbird PLC&rsquo;s interim results investor update highlighted accelerating commercial momentum at Elevate.io, with subscription growth in Q3 expected at around 235% and free-to-paid conversion improving from approximately 1% in March to 2.4% at the end of June and around 3.4% by late September. Churn has reduced to approximately 11%, while annual recurring revenue (ARR) increased from around &pound;30,000 in June to approximately &pound;90,000 by the end of September, reflecting early progress in building a scalable revenue engine.</p>
<p>Product development remains central to Blackbird&rsquo;s growth strategy, with Elevate adding improved audio, fonts, AI-powered voice isolation, colour grading, project recovery and enhanced graphics capabilities. A new GPU-accelerated graphics and text engine is designed to deliver desktop-level performance in the browser, alongside planned integrations, webcam capture, audio effects and wider AI-assisted editing functionality. Marketing efficiency has also improved, with customer acquisition cost reduced by almost two-thirds versus earlier in the year, while Blackbird is increasing investment in YouTube, digital PR, remarketing and AI/LLM discovery.</p>
<p>Management said marketing teams remain a particularly attractive segment, converting to paid plans at roughly twice the rate of hobbyists and creators, while usage across the platform continues to rise. Blackbird is closely monitoring its cash position and indicated that equity fundraising is currently the primary funding route under consideration as it seeks to support further Elevate growth.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>LIKEWISE GROUP PLC - Interim Results for the six-month period ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>LIKEWISE GROUP PLC - Interim Results for the six-month period ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/half-year-results-167</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Mon, 28 Sep 2026 10:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/half-year-results-167</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Likewise PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights strong revenue growth, accelerating sales momentum and continued investment in distribution capacity to support the Group&rsquo;s long-term growth strategy. Revenue increased by more than 15% to just under &pound;90 million, while underlying profit before tax rose to &pound;1.3 million and gross margins improved despite supplier price inflation and approximately &pound;200,000 of additional fuel-related cost pressures. Momentum strengthened through the summer, with Q3 sales up 29.1% year on year, supporting management&rsquo;s confidence in upgraded full-year expectations of at least &pound;5 million in profit. The Group has expanded its UK flooring distribution network to 14 centres, serving more than 9,000 independent customers across residential and commercial markets, with 72 suppliers and a growing sales and logistics operation. Investment in Howley Park, Newport and the new Corby distribution hub is increasing supply-chain efficiency and cutting capacity, while a new Manchester hub is expected to further expand the Group&rsquo;s operational footprint in the North West. Following a recent equity raise, Likewise has enhanced its financial flexibility to pursue market opportunities, increase capacity and support further market-share gains. With sales approaching &pound;200 million and an ambition to reach &pound;300 million, the Group expects increasing scale and operational gearing to drive further margin improvement and support its progressive dividend policy, including a 20% increase in the interim dividend.</span></p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Likewise PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights strong revenue growth, accelerating sales momentum and continued investment in distribution capacity to support the Group&rsquo;s long-term growth strategy. Revenue increased by more than 15% to just under &pound;90 million, while underlying profit before tax rose to &pound;1.3 million and gross margins improved despite supplier price inflation and approximately &pound;200,000 of additional fuel-related cost pressures. Momentum strengthened through the summer, with Q3 sales up 29.1% year on year, supporting management&rsquo;s confidence in upgraded full-year expectations of at least &pound;5 million in profit. The Group has expanded its UK flooring distribution network to 14 centres, serving more than 9,000 independent customers across residential and commercial markets, with 72 suppliers and a growing sales and logistics operation. Investment in Howley Park, Newport and the new Corby distribution hub is increasing supply-chain efficiency and cutting capacity, while a new Manchester hub is expected to further expand the Group&rsquo;s operational footprint in the North West. Following a recent equity raise, Likewise has enhanced its financial flexibility to pursue market opportunities, increase capacity and support further market-share gains. With sales approaching &pound;200 million and an ambition to reach &pound;300 million, the Group expects increasing scale and operational gearing to drive further margin improvement and support its progressive dividend policy, including a 20% increase in the interim dividend.</span></p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790593921_O7LnAZs0BROrECBuIfgtZmOXW5uRS0GhWR2ub8LG.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Likewise PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights strong revenue growth, accelerating sales momentum and continued investment in distribution capacity to support the Group&rsquo;s long-term growth strategy. Revenue increased by more than 15% to just under &pound;90 million, while underlying profit before tax rose to &pound;1.3 million and gross margins improved despite supplier price inflation and approximately &pound;200,000 of additional fuel-related cost pressures. Momentum strengthened through the summer, with Q3 sales up 29.1% year on year, supporting management&rsquo;s confidence in upgraded full-year expectations of at least &pound;5 million in profit. The Group has expanded its UK flooring distribution network to 14 centres, serving more than 9,000 independent customers across residential and commercial markets, with 72 suppliers and a growing sales and logistics operation. Investment in Howley Park, Newport and the new Corby distribution hub is increasing supply-chain efficiency and cutting capacity, while a new Manchester hub is expected to further expand the Group&rsquo;s operational footprint in the North West. Following a recent equity raise, Likewise has enhanced its financial flexibility to pursue market opportunities, increase capacity and support further market-share gains. With sales approaching &pound;200 million and an ambition to reach &pound;300 million, the Group expects increasing scale and operational gearing to drive further margin improvement and support its progressive dividend policy, including a 20% increase in the interim dividend.</span></p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>TARGET HEALTHCARE REIT PLC - Full Year Results</title>
                <itunes:title>TARGET HEALTHCARE REIT PLC - Full Year Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/full-year-results-339</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Mon, 28 Sep 2026 10:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/full-year-results-339</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Target Healthcare REIT PLC reported a strong set of full year results for the year ended June 2026, delivering its highest total accounting return since launch at 12%. Adjusted EPRA earnings rose to &pound;40.6 million from &pound;37.7 million, with EPRA EPS increasing to 6.54p, while EPRA NTA per share grew to 122.1p. The dividend increased to 6.03p per share, supported by 109% dividend cover and 3.7% like-for-like growth in annualised contracted rent. Portfolio performance remained resilient, with 87 care homes valued at approximately &pound;924 million, &pound;61.1 million of contracted rental income and a 26-year weighted average unexpired lease term. Active asset management included &pound;97 million of disposals at an average 11% premium, &pound;45 million of acquisitions, rent arrears recovery and six successful re-tenantings, while rent collection returned to 100%. Net loan-to-value fell to 16.1%, providing capacity to support the company&rsquo;s growth strategy. Target Healthcare REIT highlighted a growing investment pipeline significantly exceeding available capital, with opportunities at net initial yields above 6% and &pound;75 million of committed capital available for further deployment. Management expects future growth to be driven by selective acquisitions, capital recycling, increasing earnings and a progressive dividend, supported by long-term demographic demand for modern, purpose-built UK care homes.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Target Healthcare REIT PLC reported a strong set of full year results for the year ended June 2026, delivering its highest total accounting return since launch at 12%. Adjusted EPRA earnings rose to &pound;40.6 million from &pound;37.7 million, with EPRA EPS increasing to 6.54p, while EPRA NTA per share grew to 122.1p. The dividend increased to 6.03p per share, supported by 109% dividend cover and 3.7% like-for-like growth in annualised contracted rent. Portfolio performance remained resilient, with 87 care homes valued at approximately &pound;924 million, &pound;61.1 million of contracted rental income and a 26-year weighted average unexpired lease term. Active asset management included &pound;97 million of disposals at an average 11% premium, &pound;45 million of acquisitions, rent arrears recovery and six successful re-tenantings, while rent collection returned to 100%. Net loan-to-value fell to 16.1%, providing capacity to support the company&rsquo;s growth strategy. Target Healthcare REIT highlighted a growing investment pipeline significantly exceeding available capital, with opportunities at net initial yields above 6% and &pound;75 million of committed capital available for further deployment. Management expects future growth to be driven by selective acquisitions, capital recycling, increasing earnings and a progressive dividend, supported by long-term demographic demand for modern, purpose-built UK care homes.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790590321_CgIHWIfW49CYDM3M75oMkrYUI4FCY7q5f9YLxMIO.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Target Healthcare REIT PLC reported a strong set of full year results for the year ended June 2026, delivering its highest total accounting return since launch at 12%. Adjusted EPRA earnings rose to &pound;40.6 million from &pound;37.7 million, with EPRA EPS increasing to 6.54p, while EPRA NTA per share grew to 122.1p. The dividend increased to 6.03p per share, supported by 109% dividend cover and 3.7% like-for-like growth in annualised contracted rent. Portfolio performance remained resilient, with 87 care homes valued at approximately &pound;924 million, &pound;61.1 million of contracted rental income and a 26-year weighted average unexpired lease term. Active asset management included &pound;97 million of disposals at an average 11% premium, &pound;45 million of acquisitions, rent arrears recovery and six successful re-tenantings, while rent collection returned to 100%. Net loan-to-value fell to 16.1%, providing capacity to support the company&rsquo;s growth strategy. Target Healthcare REIT highlighted a growing investment pipeline significantly exceeding available capital, with opportunities at net initial yields above 6% and &pound;75 million of committed capital available for further deployment. Management expects future growth to be driven by selective acquisitions, capital recycling, increasing earnings and a progressive dividend, supported by long-term demographic demand for modern, purpose-built UK care homes.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>PHOENIX COPPER LIMITED - Investor Presentation</title>
                <itunes:title>PHOENIX COPPER LIMITED - Investor Presentation</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1113</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Fri, 25 Sep 2026 15:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1113</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Phoenix Copper Limited provided an investor update on progress at its Empire Mine project in Idaho following its July 2026 fundraise of just over &pound;3 million. The proceeds have been used to repay all short-term debt and advance the project, while cash management and the disposal of non-core assets have extended the company&rsquo;s funding runway well into Q4 2026. Management confirmed that additional financing will be required before year-end and is actively pursuing less dilutive funding alternatives. Operationally, Phoenix Copper is updating the Empire Mine mineral reserve using current metal prices, with completion targeted within 45&ndash;60 days, followed by an updated pre-feasibility study incorporating revised capital costs, operating costs and project cash flow. The updated reserve and PFS will support final engineering studies, which the company aims to complete by spring 2027 before submitting final permitting documentation. Management indicated that, assuming full funding, detailed engineering and permitting could take approximately 18&ndash;24 months, followed by around six months of favourable-weather construction before revenue generation. The wider Empire property also offers significant exploration potential, with Phoenix controlling additional mineral claims above a larger porphyry system. The company reiterated its commitment to progressing Empire Mine into production while maintaining regular communication with investors.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Phoenix Copper Limited provided an investor update on progress at its Empire Mine project in Idaho following its July 2026 fundraise of just over &pound;3 million. The proceeds have been used to repay all short-term debt and advance the project, while cash management and the disposal of non-core assets have extended the company&rsquo;s funding runway well into Q4 2026. Management confirmed that additional financing will be required before year-end and is actively pursuing less dilutive funding alternatives. Operationally, Phoenix Copper is updating the Empire Mine mineral reserve using current metal prices, with completion targeted within 45&ndash;60 days, followed by an updated pre-feasibility study incorporating revised capital costs, operating costs and project cash flow. The updated reserve and PFS will support final engineering studies, which the company aims to complete by spring 2027 before submitting final permitting documentation. Management indicated that, assuming full funding, detailed engineering and permitting could take approximately 18&ndash;24 months, followed by around six months of favourable-weather construction before revenue generation. The wider Empire property also offers significant exploration potential, with Phoenix controlling additional mineral claims above a larger porphyry system. The company reiterated its commitment to progressing Empire Mine into production while maintaining regular communication with investors.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790349121_b8ABfCyb2ACQ8rsoNOPptZxNiuPFqEzzFiLP2pdN.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Phoenix Copper Limited provided an investor update on progress at its Empire Mine project in Idaho following its July 2026 fundraise of just over &pound;3 million. The proceeds have been used to repay all short-term debt and advance the project, while cash management and the disposal of non-core assets have extended the company&rsquo;s funding runway well into Q4 2026. Management confirmed that additional financing will be required before year-end and is actively pursuing less dilutive funding alternatives. Operationally, Phoenix Copper is updating the Empire Mine mineral reserve using current metal prices, with completion targeted within 45&ndash;60 days, followed by an updated pre-feasibility study incorporating revised capital costs, operating costs and project cash flow. The updated reserve and PFS will support final engineering studies, which the company aims to complete by spring 2027 before submitting final permitting documentation. Management indicated that, assuming full funding, detailed engineering and permitting could take approximately 18&ndash;24 months, followed by around six months of favourable-weather construction before revenue generation. The wider Empire property also offers significant exploration potential, with Phoenix controlling additional mineral claims above a larger porphyry system. The company reiterated its commitment to progressing Empire Mine into production while maintaining regular communication with investors.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>BIOPHARMA CREDIT PLC - Half Year Results</title>
                <itunes:title>BIOPHARMA CREDIT PLC - Half Year Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/half-year-results-169</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Fri, 25 Sep 2026 14:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/half-year-results-169</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>BioPharma Credit PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights a well-diversified portfolio of debt investments across small and mid-sized life sciences companies, supported by specialist healthcare expertise and disciplined credit selection. The Group invests primarily in loans to pharmaceutical businesses, alongside selected medical device and diagnostics companies, with its investment team tracking more than 300 potential borrowers annually. The portfolio was described as the most diversified since IPO in 2017, with projected IRRs to maturity in the low double digits, supported by floating-rate exposure, upfront fees and potential prepayment premiums. Recent investment activity includes a new loan to Kestra Medical Technologies, a Swiss franc-denominated facility for Idorsia, a pre-approval investment in Mineralys Therapeutics and debt financing alongside ArchiMed for Experion. The Group has also continued to realise value from convertible investments, including selling the majority of its CENAS position at 132 compared with an acquisition price of 100. BioPharma Credit reported net income per share of slightly below $4.50 for the first half, with the year-on-year movement reflecting lower prepayment activity and the absence of a one-off $88 million settlement payment received from Biogen in the prior-year period rather than deterioration in portfolio quality. The company also completed the sale of its Lumira Colombia investment, recovering approximately 101% of its initial investment, marking its only default in 17 years. With a highly specialised investment strategy, diversified portfolio, strong collateralisation and continued deployment into life sciences debt opportunities, BioPharma Credit remains focused on generating attractive risk-adjusted returns and sustainable income for shareholders.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>BioPharma Credit PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights a well-diversified portfolio of debt investments across small and mid-sized life sciences companies, supported by specialist healthcare expertise and disciplined credit selection. The Group invests primarily in loans to pharmaceutical businesses, alongside selected medical device and diagnostics companies, with its investment team tracking more than 300 potential borrowers annually. The portfolio was described as the most diversified since IPO in 2017, with projected IRRs to maturity in the low double digits, supported by floating-rate exposure, upfront fees and potential prepayment premiums. Recent investment activity includes a new loan to Kestra Medical Technologies, a Swiss franc-denominated facility for Idorsia, a pre-approval investment in Mineralys Therapeutics and debt financing alongside ArchiMed for Experion. The Group has also continued to realise value from convertible investments, including selling the majority of its CENAS position at 132 compared with an acquisition price of 100. BioPharma Credit reported net income per share of slightly below $4.50 for the first half, with the year-on-year movement reflecting lower prepayment activity and the absence of a one-off $88 million settlement payment received from Biogen in the prior-year period rather than deterioration in portfolio quality. The company also completed the sale of its Lumira Colombia investment, recovering approximately 101% of its initial investment, marking its only default in 17 years. With a highly specialised investment strategy, diversified portfolio, strong collateralisation and continued deployment into life sciences debt opportunities, BioPharma Credit remains focused on generating attractive risk-adjusted returns and sustainable income for shareholders.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790345521_NIxAz1LDDrQkxjsnqx5jSt05w2wpO50dF0ov5HEf.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>BioPharma Credit PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights a well-diversified portfolio of debt investments across small and mid-sized life sciences companies, supported by specialist healthcare expertise and disciplined credit selection. The Group invests primarily in loans to pharmaceutical businesses, alongside selected medical device and diagnostics companies, with its investment team tracking more than 300 potential borrowers annually. The portfolio was described as the most diversified since IPO in 2017, with projected IRRs to maturity in the low double digits, supported by floating-rate exposure, upfront fees and potential prepayment premiums. Recent investment activity includes a new loan to Kestra Medical Technologies, a Swiss franc-denominated facility for Idorsia, a pre-approval investment in Mineralys Therapeutics and debt financing alongside ArchiMed for Experion. The Group has also continued to realise value from convertible investments, including selling the majority of its CENAS position at 132 compared with an acquisition price of 100. BioPharma Credit reported net income per share of slightly below $4.50 for the first half, with the year-on-year movement reflecting lower prepayment activity and the absence of a one-off $88 million settlement payment received from Biogen in the prior-year period rather than deterioration in portfolio quality. The company also completed the sale of its Lumira Colombia investment, recovering approximately 101% of its initial investment, marking its only default in 17 years. With a highly specialised investment strategy, diversified portfolio, strong collateralisation and continued deployment into life sciences debt opportunities, BioPharma Credit remains focused on generating attractive risk-adjusted returns and sustainable income for shareholders.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>SYSTEM1 GROUP PLC - Annual General Meeting</title>
                <itunes:title>SYSTEM1 GROUP PLC - Annual General Meeting</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/annual-general-meeting-243</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Fri, 25 Sep 2026 11:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/annual-general-meeting-243</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company will be hosting SYSTEM1 GROUP PLC - Annual General Meeting, at 25th Sep 2026 at 11:00am BST.]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company will be hosting SYSTEM1 GROUP PLC - Annual General Meeting, at 25th Sep 2026 at 11:00am BST.]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790341921_3cpoSstI4CGgf49hqH36EOA7nSXk6tS5OGlH7HFX.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company will be hosting SYSTEM1 GROUP PLC - Annual General Meeting, at 25th Sep 2026 at 11:00am BST.]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>MORTGAGE ADVICE BUREAU (HOLDINGS) PLC - Interim results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>MORTGAGE ADVICE BUREAU (HOLDINGS) PLC - Interim results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-609</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Fri, 25 Sep 2026 11:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-609</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Mortgage Advice Bureau (Holdings) PLC delivered a resilient H1 2026 performance despite mortgage pricing volatility and a weaker UK housing market, with total mortgage lending increasing 16% to &pound;16.5bn and revenue rising 8.6% to &pound;161m. Gross profit increased 15.6% to &pound;47.4m, with gross margin expanding to 29.4%, while adjusted profit before tax grew 2.1% to &pound;14.8m. Growth was driven by strong refinancing activity, with remortgage lending up 29% and product transfers increasing 44%, although the shift towards lower-revenue refinancing products weighed on revenue growth and margins. Average mainstream adviser numbers increased 8.7% to 2,163, while the Group maintained a strong balance sheet with net debt of &pound;15.1m, leverage of 0.4x and 98% cash conversion. Management reiterated its growth strategy centred on digital customer acquisition, AI-enabled lead generation, adviser productivity and the integration of recently acquired businesses. Mortgage Advice Bureau also plans to consolidate its invested businesses into larger operating groups, expand its MAB franchise model and deepen partnerships with major digital lead providers. Looking ahead, management expects significant refinancing opportunities, with 2027 product maturities around 30% higher than 2026, while maintaining cautious assumptions for the purchase market. The Group continues to invest in technology, data and AI as it seeks to improve operating efficiency, customer engagement and long-term earnings growth.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Mortgage Advice Bureau (Holdings) PLC delivered a resilient H1 2026 performance despite mortgage pricing volatility and a weaker UK housing market, with total mortgage lending increasing 16% to &pound;16.5bn and revenue rising 8.6% to &pound;161m. Gross profit increased 15.6% to &pound;47.4m, with gross margin expanding to 29.4%, while adjusted profit before tax grew 2.1% to &pound;14.8m. Growth was driven by strong refinancing activity, with remortgage lending up 29% and product transfers increasing 44%, although the shift towards lower-revenue refinancing products weighed on revenue growth and margins. Average mainstream adviser numbers increased 8.7% to 2,163, while the Group maintained a strong balance sheet with net debt of &pound;15.1m, leverage of 0.4x and 98% cash conversion. Management reiterated its growth strategy centred on digital customer acquisition, AI-enabled lead generation, adviser productivity and the integration of recently acquired businesses. Mortgage Advice Bureau also plans to consolidate its invested businesses into larger operating groups, expand its MAB franchise model and deepen partnerships with major digital lead providers. Looking ahead, management expects significant refinancing opportunities, with 2027 product maturities around 30% higher than 2026, while maintaining cautious assumptions for the purchase market. The Group continues to invest in technology, data and AI as it seeks to improve operating efficiency, customer engagement and long-term earnings growth.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790338321_ml0s1WOeSVyTHrwAjop7kXLHJ1ZkmHfhBk9uYOrU.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Mortgage Advice Bureau (Holdings) PLC delivered a resilient H1 2026 performance despite mortgage pricing volatility and a weaker UK housing market, with total mortgage lending increasing 16% to &pound;16.5bn and revenue rising 8.6% to &pound;161m. Gross profit increased 15.6% to &pound;47.4m, with gross margin expanding to 29.4%, while adjusted profit before tax grew 2.1% to &pound;14.8m. Growth was driven by strong refinancing activity, with remortgage lending up 29% and product transfers increasing 44%, although the shift towards lower-revenue refinancing products weighed on revenue growth and margins. Average mainstream adviser numbers increased 8.7% to 2,163, while the Group maintained a strong balance sheet with net debt of &pound;15.1m, leverage of 0.4x and 98% cash conversion. Management reiterated its growth strategy centred on digital customer acquisition, AI-enabled lead generation, adviser productivity and the integration of recently acquired businesses. Mortgage Advice Bureau also plans to consolidate its invested businesses into larger operating groups, expand its MAB franchise model and deepen partnerships with major digital lead providers. Looking ahead, management expects significant refinancing opportunities, with 2027 product maturities around 30% higher than 2026, while maintaining cautious assumptions for the purchase market. The Group continues to invest in technology, data and AI as it seeks to improve operating efficiency, customer engagement and long-term earnings growth.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>GALLIFORD TRY HOLDINGS PLC - Full Year Results</title>
                <itunes:title>GALLIFORD TRY HOLDINGS PLC - Full Year Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/full-year-results-340</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Fri, 25 Sep 2026 11:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/full-year-results-340</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Galliford Try Holdings PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights strong financial performance, continued margin progression and a high-quality order book supporting the Group&rsquo;s growth strategy through 2030. Revenue increased 3% to &pound;1.93 billion, ahead of previous guidance, while divisional adjusted operating margins reached 3.5%, one year ahead of target, driving adjusted operating profit 24% higher to &pound;55.9 million. The Group&rsquo;s order book increased 5% to &pound;4.3 billion, providing approximately 90% visibility of FY2027 revenue and 62% of FY2028 revenue at the period end. Building delivered a 3.5% margin and 17% growth in adjusted operating profit, while Infrastructure revenue increased 7.7%, supported by strong performance in highways and a smooth transition into AMP8 water investment. Galliford Try also generated strong cash flow, ending the period with approximately &pound;216 million of cash and no bank debt, while announcing a further &pound;15 million share buyback. The Group&rsquo;s strategy targets revenue above &pound;2.2 billion and margins of at least 4% by 2030, supported by organic growth across building, highways and water, faster expansion of higher-margin specialist businesses, and entry into the affordable homes market. Further growth is expected through selective bolt-on M&amp;A focused on capital maintenance, water technologies, fire protection, asset security and hard facilities management. With 95% of its order book exposed to public and regulated markets, extensive UK framework coverage and strong demand for infrastructure investment, Galliford Try remains focused on disciplined growth, risk management, margin improvement and sustainable shareholder returns.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Galliford Try Holdings PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights strong financial performance, continued margin progression and a high-quality order book supporting the Group&rsquo;s growth strategy through 2030. Revenue increased 3% to &pound;1.93 billion, ahead of previous guidance, while divisional adjusted operating margins reached 3.5%, one year ahead of target, driving adjusted operating profit 24% higher to &pound;55.9 million. The Group&rsquo;s order book increased 5% to &pound;4.3 billion, providing approximately 90% visibility of FY2027 revenue and 62% of FY2028 revenue at the period end. Building delivered a 3.5% margin and 17% growth in adjusted operating profit, while Infrastructure revenue increased 7.7%, supported by strong performance in highways and a smooth transition into AMP8 water investment. Galliford Try also generated strong cash flow, ending the period with approximately &pound;216 million of cash and no bank debt, while announcing a further &pound;15 million share buyback. The Group&rsquo;s strategy targets revenue above &pound;2.2 billion and margins of at least 4% by 2030, supported by organic growth across building, highways and water, faster expansion of higher-margin specialist businesses, and entry into the affordable homes market. Further growth is expected through selective bolt-on M&amp;A focused on capital maintenance, water technologies, fire protection, asset security and hard facilities management. With 95% of its order book exposed to public and regulated markets, extensive UK framework coverage and strong demand for infrastructure investment, Galliford Try remains focused on disciplined growth, risk management, margin improvement and sustainable shareholder returns.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790334721_NgWHFfDgAdno02IoA9Tq7OtcDMNEYCclFICDl1jt.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Galliford Try Holdings PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights strong financial performance, continued margin progression and a high-quality order book supporting the Group&rsquo;s growth strategy through 2030. Revenue increased 3% to &pound;1.93 billion, ahead of previous guidance, while divisional adjusted operating margins reached 3.5%, one year ahead of target, driving adjusted operating profit 24% higher to &pound;55.9 million. The Group&rsquo;s order book increased 5% to &pound;4.3 billion, providing approximately 90% visibility of FY2027 revenue and 62% of FY2028 revenue at the period end. Building delivered a 3.5% margin and 17% growth in adjusted operating profit, while Infrastructure revenue increased 7.7%, supported by strong performance in highways and a smooth transition into AMP8 water investment. Galliford Try also generated strong cash flow, ending the period with approximately &pound;216 million of cash and no bank debt, while announcing a further &pound;15 million share buyback. The Group&rsquo;s strategy targets revenue above &pound;2.2 billion and margins of at least 4% by 2030, supported by organic growth across building, highways and water, faster expansion of higher-margin specialist businesses, and entry into the affordable homes market. Further growth is expected through selective bolt-on M&amp;A focused on capital maintenance, water technologies, fire protection, asset security and hard facilities management. With 95% of its order book exposed to public and regulated markets, extensive UK framework coverage and strong demand for infrastructure investment, Galliford Try remains focused on disciplined growth, risk management, margin improvement and sustainable shareholder returns.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>BANGO PLC - Interim Results</title>
                <itunes:title>BANGO PLC - Interim Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-599</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Fri, 25 Sep 2026 10:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-599</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Bango PLC reported strong progress in its H1 2026 financial results, with improving revenue quality, operating leverage and cash generation across its Payments and Subscriptions divisions. Annual recurring revenue increased 31% year-on-year to $20.4 million, supported by 119% net revenue retention and continued expansion from existing Digital Vending Machine (DVM) customers. Adjusted EBITDA rose 34% to $9.0 million, while the EBITDA margin increased to 35%, reflecting higher gross margins and structural cost reductions. Cash EBITDA reached $3.7 million in the first half, compared with $2.3 million for the whole of FY2025. Subscription revenue grew 13%, with recurring subscription revenue increasing 39%, while DVM sales momentum remained strong with eight new wins secured to date. Bango also reduced core administrative expenses by 15% and continued to lower capital intensity, strengthening cash conversion and supporting deleveraging. The company&rsquo;s growth strategy remains focused on expanding DVM adoption among major telecom operators, while developing opportunities across banking, retail and connected TV. Management expects the Subscriptions business to become cash EBITDA positive in FY2027 and confirmed that trading remains in line with full-year market expectations.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Bango PLC reported strong progress in its H1 2026 financial results, with improving revenue quality, operating leverage and cash generation across its Payments and Subscriptions divisions. Annual recurring revenue increased 31% year-on-year to $20.4 million, supported by 119% net revenue retention and continued expansion from existing Digital Vending Machine (DVM) customers. Adjusted EBITDA rose 34% to $9.0 million, while the EBITDA margin increased to 35%, reflecting higher gross margins and structural cost reductions. Cash EBITDA reached $3.7 million in the first half, compared with $2.3 million for the whole of FY2025. Subscription revenue grew 13%, with recurring subscription revenue increasing 39%, while DVM sales momentum remained strong with eight new wins secured to date. Bango also reduced core administrative expenses by 15% and continued to lower capital intensity, strengthening cash conversion and supporting deleveraging. The company&rsquo;s growth strategy remains focused on expanding DVM adoption among major telecom operators, while developing opportunities across banking, retail and connected TV. Management expects the Subscriptions business to become cash EBITDA positive in FY2027 and confirmed that trading remains in line with full-year market expectations.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790352721_IvtTcfv46OM4RDH6AQUYRr6UoC0us7UTPfccenLN.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Bango PLC reported strong progress in its H1 2026 financial results, with improving revenue quality, operating leverage and cash generation across its Payments and Subscriptions divisions. Annual recurring revenue increased 31% year-on-year to $20.4 million, supported by 119% net revenue retention and continued expansion from existing Digital Vending Machine (DVM) customers. Adjusted EBITDA rose 34% to $9.0 million, while the EBITDA margin increased to 35%, reflecting higher gross margins and structural cost reductions. Cash EBITDA reached $3.7 million in the first half, compared with $2.3 million for the whole of FY2025. Subscription revenue grew 13%, with recurring subscription revenue increasing 39%, while DVM sales momentum remained strong with eight new wins secured to date. Bango also reduced core administrative expenses by 15% and continued to lower capital intensity, strengthening cash conversion and supporting deleveraging. The company&rsquo;s growth strategy remains focused on expanding DVM adoption among major telecom operators, while developing opportunities across banking, retail and connected TV. Management expects the Subscriptions business to become cash EBITDA positive in FY2027 and confirmed that trading remains in line with full-year market expectations.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>LIVING REIT PLC - Interim Results</title>
                <itunes:title>LIVING REIT PLC - Interim Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-611</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Fri, 25 Sep 2026 10:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-611</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Living REIT PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights continued earnings growth from its core specialist supported housing (SSH) portfolio alongside a transformational strategic expansion into the wider UK living sector. For the six months to 30 June 2026, net rental income increased 2.3% to &pound;20.2 million, while adjusted EPRA earnings rose 2.2%, supporting a 3% increase in the dividend target for the second consecutive year. Rent collection improved to 92.7%, dividend cover remained strong at 1.2x and EPRA NTA increased 1.2% to &pound;95.4 per share. Living REIT PLC&rsquo;s proactive asset management strategy continues to support income resilience, with 91% of the portfolio inspected and 89% of approved providers engaged over the previous 12 months. Following the period end, the company completed the acquisition of a &pound;185 million senior living portfolio comprising 2,163 homes, funded through new equity, cash and &pound;92 million of long-dated debt fixed for 17 years at 3.46%. The acquisition increases pro forma gross asset value to &pound;825 million, net rental income to &pound;52 million and the portfolio to 5,464 lettable homes, with management targeting high single-digit earnings accretion in FY2027. The expanded investment strategy targets structurally supported, undersupplied living sectors with inflation-linked income and opportunities for further growth. Living REIT PLC remains focused on active portfolio optimisation, debt reduction, further acquisitions and building a diversified UK living platform capable of delivering sustainable income and long-term shareholder value.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Living REIT PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights continued earnings growth from its core specialist supported housing (SSH) portfolio alongside a transformational strategic expansion into the wider UK living sector. For the six months to 30 June 2026, net rental income increased 2.3% to &pound;20.2 million, while adjusted EPRA earnings rose 2.2%, supporting a 3% increase in the dividend target for the second consecutive year. Rent collection improved to 92.7%, dividend cover remained strong at 1.2x and EPRA NTA increased 1.2% to &pound;95.4 per share. Living REIT PLC&rsquo;s proactive asset management strategy continues to support income resilience, with 91% of the portfolio inspected and 89% of approved providers engaged over the previous 12 months. Following the period end, the company completed the acquisition of a &pound;185 million senior living portfolio comprising 2,163 homes, funded through new equity, cash and &pound;92 million of long-dated debt fixed for 17 years at 3.46%. The acquisition increases pro forma gross asset value to &pound;825 million, net rental income to &pound;52 million and the portfolio to 5,464 lettable homes, with management targeting high single-digit earnings accretion in FY2027. The expanded investment strategy targets structurally supported, undersupplied living sectors with inflation-linked income and opportunities for further growth. Living REIT PLC remains focused on active portfolio optimisation, debt reduction, further acquisitions and building a diversified UK living platform capable of delivering sustainable income and long-term shareholder value.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790331121_nFXucpZbBklrxQSNIozKYie4KGMdXntRgii0s9AK.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Living REIT PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights continued earnings growth from its core specialist supported housing (SSH) portfolio alongside a transformational strategic expansion into the wider UK living sector. For the six months to 30 June 2026, net rental income increased 2.3% to &pound;20.2 million, while adjusted EPRA earnings rose 2.2%, supporting a 3% increase in the dividend target for the second consecutive year. Rent collection improved to 92.7%, dividend cover remained strong at 1.2x and EPRA NTA increased 1.2% to &pound;95.4 per share. Living REIT PLC&rsquo;s proactive asset management strategy continues to support income resilience, with 91% of the portfolio inspected and 89% of approved providers engaged over the previous 12 months. Following the period end, the company completed the acquisition of a &pound;185 million senior living portfolio comprising 2,163 homes, funded through new equity, cash and &pound;92 million of long-dated debt fixed for 17 years at 3.46%. The acquisition increases pro forma gross asset value to &pound;825 million, net rental income to &pound;52 million and the portfolio to 5,464 lettable homes, with management targeting high single-digit earnings accretion in FY2027. The expanded investment strategy targets structurally supported, undersupplied living sectors with inflation-linked income and opportunities for further growth. Living REIT PLC remains focused on active portfolio optimisation, debt reduction, further acquisitions and building a diversified UK living platform capable of delivering sustainable income and long-term shareholder value.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>TINYBUILD INC. - Interim results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>TINYBUILD INC. - Interim results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/hy-results-12</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 16:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/hy-results-12</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>tinyBuild Inc. delivered a strong H1 2026 investor update, with revenue increasing 18% organically to $20.0 million, marking a third consecutive six-month period of growth as new releases and the back catalogue performed well. Adjusted EBITDA was $3.2 million, with operating profit of $1.1 million, while software development investment remained stable at $6.4 million as the Group continued to fund more than 30 projects across its catalogue and pipeline. Operating cash flow reached $6.4 million and the period-end cash position increased to $4.7 million, while deferred revenue rose 26% to $2.4 million. Management highlighted a diversified, multi-franchise growth strategy focused increasingly on first-party and owned intellectual property, supported by strong publishing performance from titles including SAND and Restory. SAND became tinyBuild&rsquo;s most commercially successful launch to date at the time of release, while post-period launch Graveyard Keeper 2 was tracking above internal expectations and could surpass SAND&rsquo;s launch performance. The pipeline includes Kingmakers, Last Harbour and other new IP, with management continuing to prioritise disciplined development budgets, innovative marketing and portfolio diversification. The Board expects FY2026 financial results to finish ahead of market expectations, supported by recent launch momentum, a more balanced H1/H2 profit contribution and lower anticipated marketing spend in the second half.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>tinyBuild Inc. delivered a strong H1 2026 investor update, with revenue increasing 18% organically to $20.0 million, marking a third consecutive six-month period of growth as new releases and the back catalogue performed well. Adjusted EBITDA was $3.2 million, with operating profit of $1.1 million, while software development investment remained stable at $6.4 million as the Group continued to fund more than 30 projects across its catalogue and pipeline. Operating cash flow reached $6.4 million and the period-end cash position increased to $4.7 million, while deferred revenue rose 26% to $2.4 million. Management highlighted a diversified, multi-franchise growth strategy focused increasingly on first-party and owned intellectual property, supported by strong publishing performance from titles including SAND and Restory. SAND became tinyBuild&rsquo;s most commercially successful launch to date at the time of release, while post-period launch Graveyard Keeper 2 was tracking above internal expectations and could surpass SAND&rsquo;s launch performance. The pipeline includes Kingmakers, Last Harbour and other new IP, with management continuing to prioritise disciplined development budgets, innovative marketing and portfolio diversification. The Board expects FY2026 financial results to finish ahead of market expectations, supported by recent launch momentum, a more balanced H1/H2 profit contribution and lower anticipated marketing spend in the second half.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790266321_TmltBTmc5bVTWfRnCJMWJLggZwc74nS0T6eXXD7z.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>tinyBuild Inc. delivered a strong H1 2026 investor update, with revenue increasing 18% organically to $20.0 million, marking a third consecutive six-month period of growth as new releases and the back catalogue performed well. Adjusted EBITDA was $3.2 million, with operating profit of $1.1 million, while software development investment remained stable at $6.4 million as the Group continued to fund more than 30 projects across its catalogue and pipeline. Operating cash flow reached $6.4 million and the period-end cash position increased to $4.7 million, while deferred revenue rose 26% to $2.4 million. Management highlighted a diversified, multi-franchise growth strategy focused increasingly on first-party and owned intellectual property, supported by strong publishing performance from titles including SAND and Restory. SAND became tinyBuild&rsquo;s most commercially successful launch to date at the time of release, while post-period launch Graveyard Keeper 2 was tracking above internal expectations and could surpass SAND&rsquo;s launch performance. The pipeline includes Kingmakers, Last Harbour and other new IP, with management continuing to prioritise disciplined development budgets, innovative marketing and portfolio diversification. The Board expects FY2026 financial results to finish ahead of market expectations, supported by recent launch momentum, a more balanced H1/H2 profit contribution and lower anticipated marketing spend in the second half.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>IOFINA PLC - Interim Results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>IOFINA PLC - Interim Results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-2026-1</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 14:30:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-2026-1</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Iofina PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights strong operational and financial performance, underpinned by higher iodine production, lower unit costs and continued investment in production capacity. Iodine production increased 29% year on year, adding 88 metric tonnes, while revenue rose 7% to $31.3 million. Gross profit increased significantly to $10.2 million from $6.3 million, reflecting higher production volumes, disciplined cost control and a 15% reduction in average iodine production costs. EBITDA doubled to $6.6 million, while the Group moved from net debt of $0.8 million to net cash of $7.2 million at 30 June 2026. Operating cash flow reached $7.8 million, funding $5.8 million of capital expenditure during the period. Iofina is progressing its &ldquo;Pathway to 2,000&rdquo; strategy to substantially increase iodine production, with its largest facility to date, IO#12 in the Permian Basin, expected to come online shortly and increase production capacity beyond 1,000 metric tonnes on a run-rate basis. The company has also agreed plans for IO#13 and IO#14 in Oklahoma, targeted for commissioning in the first half of 2027, alongside opportunities for further, larger facilities and additional brine supply partnerships. With iodine demand supported by growing applications including X-ray contrast media, pharmaceuticals and industrial uses, Iofina sees further potential for revenue and profitability growth. Supported by a strong balance sheet, available banking facilities, established customer relationships and a growing production pipeline, management remains focused on expanding iodine output, developing value-added chemical derivatives and delivering sustainable long-term growth.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Iofina PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights strong operational and financial performance, underpinned by higher iodine production, lower unit costs and continued investment in production capacity. Iodine production increased 29% year on year, adding 88 metric tonnes, while revenue rose 7% to $31.3 million. Gross profit increased significantly to $10.2 million from $6.3 million, reflecting higher production volumes, disciplined cost control and a 15% reduction in average iodine production costs. EBITDA doubled to $6.6 million, while the Group moved from net debt of $0.8 million to net cash of $7.2 million at 30 June 2026. Operating cash flow reached $7.8 million, funding $5.8 million of capital expenditure during the period. Iofina is progressing its &ldquo;Pathway to 2,000&rdquo; strategy to substantially increase iodine production, with its largest facility to date, IO#12 in the Permian Basin, expected to come online shortly and increase production capacity beyond 1,000 metric tonnes on a run-rate basis. The company has also agreed plans for IO#13 and IO#14 in Oklahoma, targeted for commissioning in the first half of 2027, alongside opportunities for further, larger facilities and additional brine supply partnerships. With iodine demand supported by growing applications including X-ray contrast media, pharmaceuticals and industrial uses, Iofina sees further potential for revenue and profitability growth. Supported by a strong balance sheet, available banking facilities, established customer relationships and a growing production pipeline, management remains focused on expanding iodine output, developing value-added chemical derivatives and delivering sustainable long-term growth.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790262721_6BUNrNQJD6XVnBYrFsvgSnLZNEPmVLOjWz6RCuMn.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Iofina PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights strong operational and financial performance, underpinned by higher iodine production, lower unit costs and continued investment in production capacity. Iodine production increased 29% year on year, adding 88 metric tonnes, while revenue rose 7% to $31.3 million. Gross profit increased significantly to $10.2 million from $6.3 million, reflecting higher production volumes, disciplined cost control and a 15% reduction in average iodine production costs. EBITDA doubled to $6.6 million, while the Group moved from net debt of $0.8 million to net cash of $7.2 million at 30 June 2026. Operating cash flow reached $7.8 million, funding $5.8 million of capital expenditure during the period. Iofina is progressing its &ldquo;Pathway to 2,000&rdquo; strategy to substantially increase iodine production, with its largest facility to date, IO#12 in the Permian Basin, expected to come online shortly and increase production capacity beyond 1,000 metric tonnes on a run-rate basis. The company has also agreed plans for IO#13 and IO#14 in Oklahoma, targeted for commissioning in the first half of 2027, alongside opportunities for further, larger facilities and additional brine supply partnerships. With iodine demand supported by growing applications including X-ray contrast media, pharmaceuticals and industrial uses, Iofina sees further potential for revenue and profitability growth. Supported by a strong balance sheet, available banking facilities, established customer relationships and a growing production pipeline, management remains focused on expanding iodine output, developing value-added chemical derivatives and delivering sustainable long-term growth.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>POOLBEG PHARMA PLC - Company Presentation</title>
                <itunes:title>POOLBEG PHARMA PLC - Company Presentation</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-645</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 14:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-645</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Poolbeg Pharma PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights significant clinical progress and growing commercial momentum for PLP 001, the company&rsquo;s oral preventative therapy for cytokine release syndrome (CRS) associated with cancer immunotherapies. The clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company reported encouraging interim data from its first-in-patient topical trial in relapsed/refractory multiple myeloma patients receiving the T-cell engager teclistamab, with the independent safety review committee confirming that the study can continue without protocol modifications. The single-arm, open-label trial is targeting approximately 30 patients and is designed to assess PLP 001&rsquo;s safety, pharmacokinetics and potential to reduce the incidence and severity of CRS, with rapid data generation expected over the initial one-to-two-month treatment period. Poolbeg believes PLP 001 could enable cancer immunotherapies to be administered in outpatient, community or home settings, reducing hospitalisation and treatment burden. Independent US payer research also identified CRS as a significant healthcare cost and indicated commercially meaningful willingness to pay for an effective preventative therapy, with research suggesting multi-billion-dollar peak sales potential in the US alone. With positive clinical momentum, FDA feedback supporting a clear development pathway, expanding intellectual property protection and ongoing discussions with pharmaceutical partners, Poolbeg&rsquo;s growth strategy is focused on progressing PLP 001 towards potential Phase 3 development and securing a strategic partnership. The company also maintains a cash runway into Q2 2028, providing financial flexibility as partnering discussions progress.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Poolbeg Pharma PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights significant clinical progress and growing commercial momentum for PLP 001, the company&rsquo;s oral preventative therapy for cytokine release syndrome (CRS) associated with cancer immunotherapies. The clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company reported encouraging interim data from its first-in-patient topical trial in relapsed/refractory multiple myeloma patients receiving the T-cell engager teclistamab, with the independent safety review committee confirming that the study can continue without protocol modifications. The single-arm, open-label trial is targeting approximately 30 patients and is designed to assess PLP 001&rsquo;s safety, pharmacokinetics and potential to reduce the incidence and severity of CRS, with rapid data generation expected over the initial one-to-two-month treatment period. Poolbeg believes PLP 001 could enable cancer immunotherapies to be administered in outpatient, community or home settings, reducing hospitalisation and treatment burden. Independent US payer research also identified CRS as a significant healthcare cost and indicated commercially meaningful willingness to pay for an effective preventative therapy, with research suggesting multi-billion-dollar peak sales potential in the US alone. With positive clinical momentum, FDA feedback supporting a clear development pathway, expanding intellectual property protection and ongoing discussions with pharmaceutical partners, Poolbeg&rsquo;s growth strategy is focused on progressing PLP 001 towards potential Phase 3 development and securing a strategic partnership. The company also maintains a cash runway into Q2 2028, providing financial flexibility as partnering discussions progress.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790273521_RgMegyTAdqqPEVRzxW6aO7YKgSgWiFCFEqrCNFX4.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Poolbeg Pharma PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights significant clinical progress and growing commercial momentum for PLP 001, the company&rsquo;s oral preventative therapy for cytokine release syndrome (CRS) associated with cancer immunotherapies. The clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company reported encouraging interim data from its first-in-patient topical trial in relapsed/refractory multiple myeloma patients receiving the T-cell engager teclistamab, with the independent safety review committee confirming that the study can continue without protocol modifications. The single-arm, open-label trial is targeting approximately 30 patients and is designed to assess PLP 001&rsquo;s safety, pharmacokinetics and potential to reduce the incidence and severity of CRS, with rapid data generation expected over the initial one-to-two-month treatment period. Poolbeg believes PLP 001 could enable cancer immunotherapies to be administered in outpatient, community or home settings, reducing hospitalisation and treatment burden. Independent US payer research also identified CRS as a significant healthcare cost and indicated commercially meaningful willingness to pay for an effective preventative therapy, with research suggesting multi-billion-dollar peak sales potential in the US alone. With positive clinical momentum, FDA feedback supporting a clear development pathway, expanding intellectual property protection and ongoing discussions with pharmaceutical partners, Poolbeg&rsquo;s growth strategy is focused on progressing PLP 001 towards potential Phase 3 development and securing a strategic partnership. The company also maintains a cash runway into Q2 2028, providing financial flexibility as partnering discussions progress.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>RASPBERRY PI HOLDINGS PLC - Half year results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>RASPBERRY PI HOLDINGS PLC - Half year results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-618</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 14:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-618</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Raspberry Pi Holdings PLC delivered a record H1 2026 performance, with strong demand, higher pricing and improved unit economics driving significant growth in revenue and profitability. The Group shipped 4.2 million units, up 17% year-on-year, while its customer order backlog increased to 2.6 million units, reflecting robust demand for higher-value Raspberry Pi 4, Raspberry Pi 5 and Compute Module products. Revenue increased by more than 90%, supported by higher volumes and pricing, while gross profit rose 79% to $59.0 million and adjusted EBITDA more than doubled to $40.3 million from $19.4 million. Gross profit per board increased 53% to $12.20, although management expects some normalisation in H2 as lower-cost memory inventory is replaced by purchases at current market prices. Raspberry Pi has strengthened its supply chain through strategic DRAM purchases and supplier diversification, providing sufficient memory to support production through the remainder of 2026 and into 2027. The growth strategy remains focused on increasing unit sales, expanding margins through engineering and proprietary silicon, and deepening direct OEM relationships. Growth opportunities include edge AI, smart home, aerospace and defence, alongside the expanding semiconductor business. With higher H2 volumes expected, increased Sony manufacturing capacity and a substantial order book, Raspberry Pi expects full-year adjusted EBITDA to exceed previous market consensus.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Raspberry Pi Holdings PLC delivered a record H1 2026 performance, with strong demand, higher pricing and improved unit economics driving significant growth in revenue and profitability. The Group shipped 4.2 million units, up 17% year-on-year, while its customer order backlog increased to 2.6 million units, reflecting robust demand for higher-value Raspberry Pi 4, Raspberry Pi 5 and Compute Module products. Revenue increased by more than 90%, supported by higher volumes and pricing, while gross profit rose 79% to $59.0 million and adjusted EBITDA more than doubled to $40.3 million from $19.4 million. Gross profit per board increased 53% to $12.20, although management expects some normalisation in H2 as lower-cost memory inventory is replaced by purchases at current market prices. Raspberry Pi has strengthened its supply chain through strategic DRAM purchases and supplier diversification, providing sufficient memory to support production through the remainder of 2026 and into 2027. The growth strategy remains focused on increasing unit sales, expanding margins through engineering and proprietary silicon, and deepening direct OEM relationships. Growth opportunities include edge AI, smart home, aerospace and defence, alongside the expanding semiconductor business. With higher H2 volumes expected, increased Sony manufacturing capacity and a substantial order book, Raspberry Pi expects full-year adjusted EBITDA to exceed previous market consensus.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790269921_yZQ4roeaYbswlguqqpNsPLkHmXwFEpullkNdGhkD.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Raspberry Pi Holdings PLC delivered a record H1 2026 performance, with strong demand, higher pricing and improved unit economics driving significant growth in revenue and profitability. The Group shipped 4.2 million units, up 17% year-on-year, while its customer order backlog increased to 2.6 million units, reflecting robust demand for higher-value Raspberry Pi 4, Raspberry Pi 5 and Compute Module products. Revenue increased by more than 90%, supported by higher volumes and pricing, while gross profit rose 79% to $59.0 million and adjusted EBITDA more than doubled to $40.3 million from $19.4 million. Gross profit per board increased 53% to $12.20, although management expects some normalisation in H2 as lower-cost memory inventory is replaced by purchases at current market prices. Raspberry Pi has strengthened its supply chain through strategic DRAM purchases and supplier diversification, providing sufficient memory to support production through the remainder of 2026 and into 2027. The growth strategy remains focused on increasing unit sales, expanding margins through engineering and proprietary silicon, and deepening direct OEM relationships. Growth opportunities include edge AI, smart home, aerospace and defence, alongside the expanding semiconductor business. With higher H2 volumes expected, increased Sony manufacturing capacity and a substantial order book, Raspberry Pi expects full-year adjusted EBITDA to exceed previous market consensus.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>EMV CAPITAL PLC - Interim Results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>EMV CAPITAL PLC - Interim Results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-629</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 14:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-629</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>EMV Capital PLC reported continued progress in its H1 2026 investor update, with assets under management (AUM) increasing 4% to &pound;117.5 million and adjusted net asset value rising 16% to &pound;34.0 million, equivalent to 123p per share. Core venture capital revenue grew 9% to &pound;1.5 million, supported by a 20% increase in value creation services and higher corporate finance fees, with approximately 70% of core operating costs now covered by revenue. The Group reported a &pound;17.8 million statutory profit, although this included a &pound;25.1 million non-cash gain following the deconsolidation of Glycotest and ProAxsis; excluding major non-recurring items, the underlying net loss was &pound;2.1 million. EMV Capital continues to target &pound;200 million of AUM, supported by its venture build and co-investment strategy, fund management growth and portfolio value creation. Management highlighted potential catalysts across AMR Bio, Glycotest, ProAxsis and DeepTech Recycling, including the Rotterdam-based recycling project, while &pound;3.6 million of third-party equity and debt was syndicated during the period. The company remains focused on increasing recurring revenue, progressing towards operational breakeven and generating longer-term shareholder returns through portfolio growth, carried interest and future M&amp;A or IPO exits.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>EMV Capital PLC reported continued progress in its H1 2026 investor update, with assets under management (AUM) increasing 4% to &pound;117.5 million and adjusted net asset value rising 16% to &pound;34.0 million, equivalent to 123p per share. Core venture capital revenue grew 9% to &pound;1.5 million, supported by a 20% increase in value creation services and higher corporate finance fees, with approximately 70% of core operating costs now covered by revenue. The Group reported a &pound;17.8 million statutory profit, although this included a &pound;25.1 million non-cash gain following the deconsolidation of Glycotest and ProAxsis; excluding major non-recurring items, the underlying net loss was &pound;2.1 million. EMV Capital continues to target &pound;200 million of AUM, supported by its venture build and co-investment strategy, fund management growth and portfolio value creation. Management highlighted potential catalysts across AMR Bio, Glycotest, ProAxsis and DeepTech Recycling, including the Rotterdam-based recycling project, while &pound;3.6 million of third-party equity and debt was syndicated during the period. The company remains focused on increasing recurring revenue, progressing towards operational breakeven and generating longer-term shareholder returns through portfolio growth, carried interest and future M&amp;A or IPO exits.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790259121_2dXn5zihVxAuXXNlM74LbDGUmLjXUIjeLbAx4Hg6.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>EMV Capital PLC reported continued progress in its H1 2026 investor update, with assets under management (AUM) increasing 4% to &pound;117.5 million and adjusted net asset value rising 16% to &pound;34.0 million, equivalent to 123p per share. Core venture capital revenue grew 9% to &pound;1.5 million, supported by a 20% increase in value creation services and higher corporate finance fees, with approximately 70% of core operating costs now covered by revenue. The Group reported a &pound;17.8 million statutory profit, although this included a &pound;25.1 million non-cash gain following the deconsolidation of Glycotest and ProAxsis; excluding major non-recurring items, the underlying net loss was &pound;2.1 million. EMV Capital continues to target &pound;200 million of AUM, supported by its venture build and co-investment strategy, fund management growth and portfolio value creation. Management highlighted potential catalysts across AMR Bio, Glycotest, ProAxsis and DeepTech Recycling, including the Rotterdam-based recycling project, while &pound;3.6 million of third-party equity and debt was syndicated during the period. The company remains focused on increasing recurring revenue, progressing towards operational breakeven and generating longer-term shareholder returns through portfolio growth, carried interest and future M&amp;A or IPO exits.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>FIRST PROPERTY GROUP PLC - Annual General Meeting</title>
                <itunes:title>FIRST PROPERTY GROUP PLC - Annual General Meeting</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/annual-general-meeting-246</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 12:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/annual-general-meeting-246</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company will be hosting FIRST PROPERTY GROUP PLC - Annual General Meeting, at 24th Sep 2026 at 12:00pm BST.]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company will be hosting FIRST PROPERTY GROUP PLC - Annual General Meeting, at 24th Sep 2026 at 12:00pm BST.]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790251921_WwZ0DxXD4kvw39omgnc0J5WCZ8xqDVBQeHYSUHtF.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company will be hosting FIRST PROPERTY GROUP PLC - Annual General Meeting, at 24th Sep 2026 at 12:00pm BST.]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>OXFORD BIOMEDICA PLC - Investor Presentation</title>
                <itunes:title>OXFORD BIOMEDICA PLC - Investor Presentation</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1117</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 11:15:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1117</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Oxford Biomedica PLC delivered continued commercial and financial momentum in its H1 2026 investor update, with revenue rising 10% on a constant currency basis to &pound;80.2 million, supported by a 20% increase in manufacturing revenue as clinical and commercial launch activity expanded. Adjusted EBITDA improved to a &pound;2.5 million loss from &pound;3.9 million a year earlier, reflecting revenue growth and disciplined cost control. The company reiterated FY2026 revenue guidance of &pound;180&ndash;200 million, with &pound;168 million of forecast revenue already covered by contracted orders, while maintaining expectations for 25&ndash;30% revenue growth and at least double-digit margins in 2027. Commercial momentum remains strong, with 60 active client programmes, including nine at late-stage or commercial development, and 22 new clients signed by the presentation date. The opportunity pipeline stood at $713 million at the half year, while contracted orders increased from &pound;97 million at the end of June to &pound;127 million by the end of August as opportunities converted into signed business. Oxford Biomedica continues to expand its multi-vector, multi-site CDMO platform across the UK, US and France, with growing AAV demand and increasing commercial manufacturing activity. Management remains focused on operating leverage, network utilisation and cost efficiencies, supporting its growth strategy and ambition to reach approximately &pound;500 million of revenue by 2030, alongside an EBITDA margin approaching 30% by 2030/31.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Oxford Biomedica PLC delivered continued commercial and financial momentum in its H1 2026 investor update, with revenue rising 10% on a constant currency basis to &pound;80.2 million, supported by a 20% increase in manufacturing revenue as clinical and commercial launch activity expanded. Adjusted EBITDA improved to a &pound;2.5 million loss from &pound;3.9 million a year earlier, reflecting revenue growth and disciplined cost control. The company reiterated FY2026 revenue guidance of &pound;180&ndash;200 million, with &pound;168 million of forecast revenue already covered by contracted orders, while maintaining expectations for 25&ndash;30% revenue growth and at least double-digit margins in 2027. Commercial momentum remains strong, with 60 active client programmes, including nine at late-stage or commercial development, and 22 new clients signed by the presentation date. The opportunity pipeline stood at $713 million at the half year, while contracted orders increased from &pound;97 million at the end of June to &pound;127 million by the end of August as opportunities converted into signed business. Oxford Biomedica continues to expand its multi-vector, multi-site CDMO platform across the UK, US and France, with growing AAV demand and increasing commercial manufacturing activity. Management remains focused on operating leverage, network utilisation and cost efficiencies, supporting its growth strategy and ambition to reach approximately &pound;500 million of revenue by 2030, alongside an EBITDA margin approaching 30% by 2030/31.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790277121_EoTyooYYMfplnJEujA24FVpPTnSP0Hnkj4Qnrpkl.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Oxford Biomedica PLC delivered continued commercial and financial momentum in its H1 2026 investor update, with revenue rising 10% on a constant currency basis to &pound;80.2 million, supported by a 20% increase in manufacturing revenue as clinical and commercial launch activity expanded. Adjusted EBITDA improved to a &pound;2.5 million loss from &pound;3.9 million a year earlier, reflecting revenue growth and disciplined cost control. The company reiterated FY2026 revenue guidance of &pound;180&ndash;200 million, with &pound;168 million of forecast revenue already covered by contracted orders, while maintaining expectations for 25&ndash;30% revenue growth and at least double-digit margins in 2027. Commercial momentum remains strong, with 60 active client programmes, including nine at late-stage or commercial development, and 22 new clients signed by the presentation date. The opportunity pipeline stood at $713 million at the half year, while contracted orders increased from &pound;97 million at the end of June to &pound;127 million by the end of August as opportunities converted into signed business. Oxford Biomedica continues to expand its multi-vector, multi-site CDMO platform across the UK, US and France, with growing AAV demand and increasing commercial manufacturing activity. Management remains focused on operating leverage, network utilisation and cost efficiencies, supporting its growth strategy and ambition to reach approximately &pound;500 million of revenue by 2030, alongside an EBITDA margin approaching 30% by 2030/31.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>EJF INVESTMENTS LTD - H1 Results and Investor Update</title>
                <itunes:title>EJF INVESTMENTS LTD - H1 Results and Investor Update</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1110</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 11:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1110</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>EJF Investments Limited&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights strong first-half performance, with a total return of just under 9% in the six months, following a 13% return in 2025, and continued progress in delivering steady, income-focused returns. The investment trust focuses on regulated debt issued by US banks and insurance companies, particularly smaller institutions serving the US small-business economy, with 77% of gross assets invested in regulated debt at the end of June and a further 6% in credit risk transfer (CRT) loans. Management believes the current interest-rate environment, constructive regulatory backdrop and resilient US domestic economy are supportive for the strategy, while increased US bank M&amp;A activity provides potential additional value through the re-rating of debt issued by acquired institutions. The portfolio is predominantly investment-grade, with the trust reporting just one default across more than 360 investments over nine years. New regulated debt transactions completed in 2025 and 2026 have generated yields of approximately 13%&ndash;16%, compared with lower yields on legacy positions, supporting the potential for continued dividend growth. EJF has maintained quarterly dividends for nine years without a reduction or suspension and recently increased its dividend guidance. The trust is also focused on narrowing its share price discount, which has reduced from more than 40% to approximately 18%, while higher trading volumes reflect growing investor engagement. With a substantial pipeline of US regulated financial-sector debt, disciplined portfolio construction and potential optionality from a preferred share issuance, EJF Investments remains focused on delivering sustainable income and long-term shareholder returns.</span></p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>EJF Investments Limited&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights strong first-half performance, with a total return of just under 9% in the six months, following a 13% return in 2025, and continued progress in delivering steady, income-focused returns. The investment trust focuses on regulated debt issued by US banks and insurance companies, particularly smaller institutions serving the US small-business economy, with 77% of gross assets invested in regulated debt at the end of June and a further 6% in credit risk transfer (CRT) loans. Management believes the current interest-rate environment, constructive regulatory backdrop and resilient US domestic economy are supportive for the strategy, while increased US bank M&amp;A activity provides potential additional value through the re-rating of debt issued by acquired institutions. The portfolio is predominantly investment-grade, with the trust reporting just one default across more than 360 investments over nine years. New regulated debt transactions completed in 2025 and 2026 have generated yields of approximately 13%&ndash;16%, compared with lower yields on legacy positions, supporting the potential for continued dividend growth. EJF has maintained quarterly dividends for nine years without a reduction or suspension and recently increased its dividend guidance. The trust is also focused on narrowing its share price discount, which has reduced from more than 40% to approximately 18%, while higher trading volumes reflect growing investor engagement. With a substantial pipeline of US regulated financial-sector debt, disciplined portfolio construction and potential optionality from a preferred share issuance, EJF Investments remains focused on delivering sustainable income and long-term shareholder returns.</span></p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790323921_Fz7H4ck8GUYDBe9fiMi0ERdOSFngvhDWQaDQJzT3.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>EJF Investments Limited&rsquo;s latest investor update highlights strong first-half performance, with a total return of just under 9% in the six months, following a 13% return in 2025, and continued progress in delivering steady, income-focused returns. The investment trust focuses on regulated debt issued by US banks and insurance companies, particularly smaller institutions serving the US small-business economy, with 77% of gross assets invested in regulated debt at the end of June and a further 6% in credit risk transfer (CRT) loans. Management believes the current interest-rate environment, constructive regulatory backdrop and resilient US domestic economy are supportive for the strategy, while increased US bank M&amp;A activity provides potential additional value through the re-rating of debt issued by acquired institutions. The portfolio is predominantly investment-grade, with the trust reporting just one default across more than 360 investments over nine years. New regulated debt transactions completed in 2025 and 2026 have generated yields of approximately 13%&ndash;16%, compared with lower yields on legacy positions, supporting the potential for continued dividend growth. EJF has maintained quarterly dividends for nine years without a reduction or suspension and recently increased its dividend guidance. The trust is also focused on narrowing its share price discount, which has reduced from more than 40% to approximately 18%, while higher trading volumes reflect growing investor engagement. With a substantial pipeline of US regulated financial-sector debt, disciplined portfolio construction and potential optionality from a preferred share issuance, EJF Investments remains focused on delivering sustainable income and long-term shareholder returns.</span></p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>FRP ADVISORY GROUP PLC - Annual General Meeting</title>
                <itunes:title>FRP ADVISORY GROUP PLC - Annual General Meeting</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/annual-general-meeting-248</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 10:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/annual-general-meeting-248</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company will be hosting FRP ADVISORY GROUP PLC - Annual General Meeting, at 24th Sep 2026 at 10:00am BST.]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company will be hosting FRP ADVISORY GROUP PLC - Annual General Meeting, at 24th Sep 2026 at 10:00am BST.]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790248321_LvKiXPM8oUbN93Ue1zgOmHrSpCaNapZ8fCpgLoYw.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company will be hosting FRP ADVISORY GROUP PLC - Annual General Meeting, at 24th Sep 2026 at 10:00am BST.]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>HARBOUR ENERGY PLC - Investor Presentation</title>
                <itunes:title>HARBOUR ENERGY PLC - Investor Presentation</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1076</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 10:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1076</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Harbour Energy PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights record production, stronger free cash flow and continued portfolio transformation, with the Group increasingly focused on lower-cost, lower-tax assets with long-term growth potential. First-half production exceeded 500,000 barrels of oil equivalent per day, supported by strong operational execution, accelerated project delivery in Norway and contributions from the US Gulf of America business. Harbour increased its 2026 free cash flow guidance from $600 million to $1.8 billion, based on $80 Brent and $16 European gas for H2, with potential free cash flow of around $2.3 billion under $90 Brent and $20 European gas assumptions. The company continues to strengthen its balance sheet through accelerated debt reduction while delivering shareholder returns linked directly to free cash flow, with at least $800 million of distributions expected under the current outlook. Norway remains the cornerstone of long-term cash generation, with five developments expected online in 2026 and further projects progressing towards final investment decisions, while the UK portfolio continues to generate strong cash flow despite a challenging fiscal environment. Argentina provides significant resource and LNG growth potential, while the US Gulf portfolio is expected to increase production towards 65,000&ndash;70,000 barrels per day by 2028. Mexico represents a major longer-term growth opportunity through the Zama and Canterell projects. From 2027, Harbour expects to invest $2&ndash;2.3 billion annually to sustain production of 475,000&ndash;500,000 barrels per day through 2030. With an investment-grade balance sheet, diversified production and disciplined capital allocation, Harbour remains focused on margin expansion, free cash flow generation and competitive shareholder returns.</span></p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Harbour Energy PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights record production, stronger free cash flow and continued portfolio transformation, with the Group increasingly focused on lower-cost, lower-tax assets with long-term growth potential. First-half production exceeded 500,000 barrels of oil equivalent per day, supported by strong operational execution, accelerated project delivery in Norway and contributions from the US Gulf of America business. Harbour increased its 2026 free cash flow guidance from $600 million to $1.8 billion, based on $80 Brent and $16 European gas for H2, with potential free cash flow of around $2.3 billion under $90 Brent and $20 European gas assumptions. The company continues to strengthen its balance sheet through accelerated debt reduction while delivering shareholder returns linked directly to free cash flow, with at least $800 million of distributions expected under the current outlook. Norway remains the cornerstone of long-term cash generation, with five developments expected online in 2026 and further projects progressing towards final investment decisions, while the UK portfolio continues to generate strong cash flow despite a challenging fiscal environment. Argentina provides significant resource and LNG growth potential, while the US Gulf portfolio is expected to increase production towards 65,000&ndash;70,000 barrels per day by 2028. Mexico represents a major longer-term growth opportunity through the Zama and Canterell projects. From 2027, Harbour expects to invest $2&ndash;2.3 billion annually to sustain production of 475,000&ndash;500,000 barrels per day through 2030. With an investment-grade balance sheet, diversified production and disciplined capital allocation, Harbour remains focused on margin expansion, free cash flow generation and competitive shareholder returns.</span></p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790244721_paSL7PAbpkfwqTtlR3LZ44rey6fe4QhW4wi6DYS0.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Harbour Energy PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights record production, stronger free cash flow and continued portfolio transformation, with the Group increasingly focused on lower-cost, lower-tax assets with long-term growth potential. First-half production exceeded 500,000 barrels of oil equivalent per day, supported by strong operational execution, accelerated project delivery in Norway and contributions from the US Gulf of America business. Harbour increased its 2026 free cash flow guidance from $600 million to $1.8 billion, based on $80 Brent and $16 European gas for H2, with potential free cash flow of around $2.3 billion under $90 Brent and $20 European gas assumptions. The company continues to strengthen its balance sheet through accelerated debt reduction while delivering shareholder returns linked directly to free cash flow, with at least $800 million of distributions expected under the current outlook. Norway remains the cornerstone of long-term cash generation, with five developments expected online in 2026 and further projects progressing towards final investment decisions, while the UK portfolio continues to generate strong cash flow despite a challenging fiscal environment. Argentina provides significant resource and LNG growth potential, while the US Gulf portfolio is expected to increase production towards 65,000&ndash;70,000 barrels per day by 2028. Mexico represents a major longer-term growth opportunity through the Zama and Canterell projects. From 2027, Harbour expects to invest $2&ndash;2.3 billion annually to sustain production of 475,000&ndash;500,000 barrels per day through 2030. With an investment-grade balance sheet, diversified production and disciplined capital allocation, Harbour remains focused on margin expansion, free cash flow generation and competitive shareholder returns.</span></p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>AEOREMA COMMUNICATIONS PLC - Investor update</title>
                <itunes:title>AEOREMA COMMUNICATIONS PLC - Investor update</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-630</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 16:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-630</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Aeorema Communications PLC delivered a record first-half performance, with revenue rising to &pound;17.5 million from &pound;13.2 million and profit before tax reaching &pound;1.5 million, representing the strongest six-month period in the company&rsquo;s history. Growth was driven by a record Cannes Lions programme, where Aeorema delivered 17 activations for 17 clients, alongside major projects at South by Southwest and Possible Miami. Company performance also benefited from improved operational efficiency, including a 33% reduction in headcount over the past 24 months, helping underlying profit margins more than double. Aeorema ended June with &pound;4.8 million of cash and maintained a strong cash-generative model, supported by substantial upfront client payments. The group&rsquo;s growth strategy is focused on securing larger, higher-value projects, increasing multi-year contracts and expanding its presence across major global &ldquo;tentpole&rdquo; events, with further opportunities in the US market. Management highlighted strong client retention, increasing repeat business and improving revenue visibility, with around 80&ndash;90% of clients undertaking multiple annual events engaging Aeorema across more than one project. The company expects to deliver its best full year to date, forecasting revenue of at least &pound;23 million and profit before tax of more than &pound;1 million, while continuing its progressive dividend policy and share buyback programme. With organic growth strengthening and a healthy cash position, management is also increasingly considering selective M&amp;A opportunities to support further expansion.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Aeorema Communications PLC delivered a record first-half performance, with revenue rising to &pound;17.5 million from &pound;13.2 million and profit before tax reaching &pound;1.5 million, representing the strongest six-month period in the company&rsquo;s history. Growth was driven by a record Cannes Lions programme, where Aeorema delivered 17 activations for 17 clients, alongside major projects at South by Southwest and Possible Miami. Company performance also benefited from improved operational efficiency, including a 33% reduction in headcount over the past 24 months, helping underlying profit margins more than double. Aeorema ended June with &pound;4.8 million of cash and maintained a strong cash-generative model, supported by substantial upfront client payments. The group&rsquo;s growth strategy is focused on securing larger, higher-value projects, increasing multi-year contracts and expanding its presence across major global &ldquo;tentpole&rdquo; events, with further opportunities in the US market. Management highlighted strong client retention, increasing repeat business and improving revenue visibility, with around 80&ndash;90% of clients undertaking multiple annual events engaging Aeorema across more than one project. The company expects to deliver its best full year to date, forecasting revenue of at least &pound;23 million and profit before tax of more than &pound;1 million, while continuing its progressive dividend policy and share buyback programme. With organic growth strengthening and a healthy cash position, management is also increasingly considering selective M&amp;A opportunities to support further expansion.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790179921_NLMWGHNg9i9Svkv3MvNRgB6mHSqcCdzhkPbZnpqQ.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Aeorema Communications PLC delivered a record first-half performance, with revenue rising to &pound;17.5 million from &pound;13.2 million and profit before tax reaching &pound;1.5 million, representing the strongest six-month period in the company&rsquo;s history. Growth was driven by a record Cannes Lions programme, where Aeorema delivered 17 activations for 17 clients, alongside major projects at South by Southwest and Possible Miami. Company performance also benefited from improved operational efficiency, including a 33% reduction in headcount over the past 24 months, helping underlying profit margins more than double. Aeorema ended June with &pound;4.8 million of cash and maintained a strong cash-generative model, supported by substantial upfront client payments. The group&rsquo;s growth strategy is focused on securing larger, higher-value projects, increasing multi-year contracts and expanding its presence across major global &ldquo;tentpole&rdquo; events, with further opportunities in the US market. Management highlighted strong client retention, increasing repeat business and improving revenue visibility, with around 80&ndash;90% of clients undertaking multiple annual events engaging Aeorema across more than one project. The company expects to deliver its best full year to date, forecasting revenue of at least &pound;23 million and profit before tax of more than &pound;1 million, while continuing its progressive dividend policy and share buyback programme. With organic growth strengthening and a healthy cash position, management is also increasingly considering selective M&amp;A opportunities to support further expansion.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>GETECH GROUP PLC - Interim Results for the six months to 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>GETECH GROUP PLC - Interim Results for the six months to 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-637</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 15:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-637</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>GETECH Group PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights a significant improvement in trading momentum, profitability and cash generation following the business turnaround initiated in 2025. Revenue increased 15% year on year to &pound;2.4 million, while adjusted EBITDA moved into positive territory at &pound;0.2 million compared with a &pound;0.1 million loss in H1 2025. The Group&rsquo;s order book strengthened from &pound;4.0 million at the half year to &pound;4.7 million by 31 August 2026, while annualised recurring revenue increased to &pound;3.0 million, providing greater visibility over future revenues. GETECH&rsquo;s growth strategy centres on its position as a specialist provider of subsurface and geospatial insight to the energy and natural resources sectors, supported by proprietary geoscience data, the GLOB knowledge platform, gravity and magnetic datasets, software, AI and machine learning. Post-period contract wins included a new multi-year GLOB subscription with a European oil and gas supermajor and a contract worth more than &euro;1 million from the European Commission for a Europe-wide geological assessment of natural hydrogen potential. The company continues to target growth in ARR through new customers, expanded relationships with existing clients and enhanced product offerings, while maintaining disciplined cost control. Operating cash flow improved significantly, with &pound;0.9 million generated during H1 compared with a &pound;0.3 million outflow in H1 2025. With exploration activity increasing across oil and gas, mining and natural hydrogen, alongside opportunities in geothermal and geospatial markets, GETECH remains focused on converting its growing pipeline into contracted revenue and building a sustainably cash-generative business. Management remains confident of meeting FY2026 market expectations.</span></p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>GETECH Group PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights a significant improvement in trading momentum, profitability and cash generation following the business turnaround initiated in 2025. Revenue increased 15% year on year to &pound;2.4 million, while adjusted EBITDA moved into positive territory at &pound;0.2 million compared with a &pound;0.1 million loss in H1 2025. The Group&rsquo;s order book strengthened from &pound;4.0 million at the half year to &pound;4.7 million by 31 August 2026, while annualised recurring revenue increased to &pound;3.0 million, providing greater visibility over future revenues. GETECH&rsquo;s growth strategy centres on its position as a specialist provider of subsurface and geospatial insight to the energy and natural resources sectors, supported by proprietary geoscience data, the GLOB knowledge platform, gravity and magnetic datasets, software, AI and machine learning. Post-period contract wins included a new multi-year GLOB subscription with a European oil and gas supermajor and a contract worth more than &euro;1 million from the European Commission for a Europe-wide geological assessment of natural hydrogen potential. The company continues to target growth in ARR through new customers, expanded relationships with existing clients and enhanced product offerings, while maintaining disciplined cost control. Operating cash flow improved significantly, with &pound;0.9 million generated during H1 compared with a &pound;0.3 million outflow in H1 2025. With exploration activity increasing across oil and gas, mining and natural hydrogen, alongside opportunities in geothermal and geospatial markets, GETECH remains focused on converting its growing pipeline into contracted revenue and building a sustainably cash-generative business. Management remains confident of meeting FY2026 market expectations.</span></p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790176321_2Hg9aiAY7eSqKkW9ZgiksqiPNc8CftVxWqAiBLcr.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>GETECH Group PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights a significant improvement in trading momentum, profitability and cash generation following the business turnaround initiated in 2025. Revenue increased 15% year on year to &pound;2.4 million, while adjusted EBITDA moved into positive territory at &pound;0.2 million compared with a &pound;0.1 million loss in H1 2025. The Group&rsquo;s order book strengthened from &pound;4.0 million at the half year to &pound;4.7 million by 31 August 2026, while annualised recurring revenue increased to &pound;3.0 million, providing greater visibility over future revenues. GETECH&rsquo;s growth strategy centres on its position as a specialist provider of subsurface and geospatial insight to the energy and natural resources sectors, supported by proprietary geoscience data, the GLOB knowledge platform, gravity and magnetic datasets, software, AI and machine learning. Post-period contract wins included a new multi-year GLOB subscription with a European oil and gas supermajor and a contract worth more than &euro;1 million from the European Commission for a Europe-wide geological assessment of natural hydrogen potential. The company continues to target growth in ARR through new customers, expanded relationships with existing clients and enhanced product offerings, while maintaining disciplined cost control. Operating cash flow improved significantly, with &pound;0.9 million generated during H1 compared with a &pound;0.3 million outflow in H1 2025. With exploration activity increasing across oil and gas, mining and natural hydrogen, alongside opportunities in geothermal and geospatial markets, GETECH remains focused on converting its growing pipeline into contracted revenue and building a sustainably cash-generative business. Management remains confident of meeting FY2026 market expectations.</span></p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>FONIX PLC - Final Results</title>
                <itunes:title>FONIX PLC - Final Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/final-results-209</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 15:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/final-results-209</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Fonix PLC delivered a strong FY26 performance, trading ahead of market expectations and returning to double-digit growth, with gross profit increasing by nearly 13% and adjusted EBITDA growing broadly in line despite continued investment in people, product development and international expansion. The company&rsquo;s growth strategy remains focused on two key areas: expanding into new European markets and increasing transaction volumes through product innovation. Fonix is now established across the UK, Ireland and Portugal, has launched with two broadcasters in Switzerland, is progressing its entry into France and expects to announce a sixth market during FY27. Product development is centred on Comps Portal, PayFlex and RCS-based rich messaging, designed to broaden payment channels, recover failed mobile transactions and generate additional revenue from existing customer audiences. Management highlighted strong customer retention, with major client relationships extending for many years, alongside 100% platform uptime and continued growth across mobile payments and messaging. The business remains highly cash generative, debt free and capital-light, supporting increased ordinary dividends and a &pound;2.4 million share buyback during FY26. Looking ahead, Fonix expects international expansion, product innovation and further penetration of its existing customer base to support sustainable growth in gross profit, EBITDA and shareholder returns over the medium term.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Fonix PLC delivered a strong FY26 performance, trading ahead of market expectations and returning to double-digit growth, with gross profit increasing by nearly 13% and adjusted EBITDA growing broadly in line despite continued investment in people, product development and international expansion. The company&rsquo;s growth strategy remains focused on two key areas: expanding into new European markets and increasing transaction volumes through product innovation. Fonix is now established across the UK, Ireland and Portugal, has launched with two broadcasters in Switzerland, is progressing its entry into France and expects to announce a sixth market during FY27. Product development is centred on Comps Portal, PayFlex and RCS-based rich messaging, designed to broaden payment channels, recover failed mobile transactions and generate additional revenue from existing customer audiences. Management highlighted strong customer retention, with major client relationships extending for many years, alongside 100% platform uptime and continued growth across mobile payments and messaging. The business remains highly cash generative, debt free and capital-light, supporting increased ordinary dividends and a &pound;2.4 million share buyback during FY26. Looking ahead, Fonix expects international expansion, product innovation and further penetration of its existing customer base to support sustainable growth in gross profit, EBITDA and shareholder returns over the medium term.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790183521_niFVhqsU3x5g800H0aSwPZdDdErnWFXbr4yYnCLF.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Fonix PLC delivered a strong FY26 performance, trading ahead of market expectations and returning to double-digit growth, with gross profit increasing by nearly 13% and adjusted EBITDA growing broadly in line despite continued investment in people, product development and international expansion. The company&rsquo;s growth strategy remains focused on two key areas: expanding into new European markets and increasing transaction volumes through product innovation. Fonix is now established across the UK, Ireland and Portugal, has launched with two broadcasters in Switzerland, is progressing its entry into France and expects to announce a sixth market during FY27. Product development is centred on Comps Portal, PayFlex and RCS-based rich messaging, designed to broaden payment channels, recover failed mobile transactions and generate additional revenue from existing customer audiences. Management highlighted strong customer retention, with major client relationships extending for many years, alongside 100% platform uptime and continued growth across mobile payments and messaging. The business remains highly cash generative, debt free and capital-light, supporting increased ordinary dividends and a &pound;2.4 million share buyback during FY26. Looking ahead, Fonix expects international expansion, product innovation and further penetration of its existing customer base to support sustainable growth in gross profit, EBITDA and shareholder returns over the medium term.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>ELIXIRR INTERNATIONAL PLC - H1 Results</title>
                <itunes:title>ELIXIRR INTERNATIONAL PLC - H1 Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-617</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 12:30:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-617</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Elixirr International PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights record financial performance, strong client demand and continued investment in AI, technology and global growth. Revenue increased 25% to &pound;89.0 million, while adjusted EBITDA rose 29% to &pound;27.6 million, delivering a 31.0% EBITDA margin and demonstrating continued focus on high-quality, high-margin growth. Adjusted profit before tax increased 25% to &pound;25.1 million, while adjusted diluted EPS grew 18%. The Group continued to deepen relationships with its largest clients, with 35 gold clients generating more than &pound;1 million of fees on a trailing 12-month basis, up 13% year on year, while clients generating more than &pound;2 million increased 50% to 24. Cross-selling revenue reached &pound;19 million during the period, taking cumulative cross-sale revenue since IPO above &pound;100 million. AI is becoming an increasingly important growth driver, with AI revenue increasing 185% year on year to &pound;8 million, supported by Elixirr&rsquo;s proprietary Elixirr OS platform, which is being used to enhance both business development and client delivery. The company continues to expand its capabilities through organic investment, senior talent and selective programmatic M&amp;A, including the acquisition of Quadrant, while strengthening its US footprint. Elixirr&rsquo;s growth strategy remains focused on organic growth, deeper client relationships, selective acquisitions and maintaining premium margins. Despite seasonal working capital movements and acquisition-related investment, management expects the business to deliver FY2026 adjusted EBITDA broadly in line with market expectations, with revenue also broadly in line. With multiple avenues for growth and increasing demand for AI-enabled consulting and technology services, Elixirr remains focused on long-term value creation and sustainable profitable growth.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Elixirr International PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights record financial performance, strong client demand and continued investment in AI, technology and global growth. Revenue increased 25% to &pound;89.0 million, while adjusted EBITDA rose 29% to &pound;27.6 million, delivering a 31.0% EBITDA margin and demonstrating continued focus on high-quality, high-margin growth. Adjusted profit before tax increased 25% to &pound;25.1 million, while adjusted diluted EPS grew 18%. The Group continued to deepen relationships with its largest clients, with 35 gold clients generating more than &pound;1 million of fees on a trailing 12-month basis, up 13% year on year, while clients generating more than &pound;2 million increased 50% to 24. Cross-selling revenue reached &pound;19 million during the period, taking cumulative cross-sale revenue since IPO above &pound;100 million. AI is becoming an increasingly important growth driver, with AI revenue increasing 185% year on year to &pound;8 million, supported by Elixirr&rsquo;s proprietary Elixirr OS platform, which is being used to enhance both business development and client delivery. The company continues to expand its capabilities through organic investment, senior talent and selective programmatic M&amp;A, including the acquisition of Quadrant, while strengthening its US footprint. Elixirr&rsquo;s growth strategy remains focused on organic growth, deeper client relationships, selective acquisitions and maintaining premium margins. Despite seasonal working capital movements and acquisition-related investment, management expects the business to deliver FY2026 adjusted EBITDA broadly in line with market expectations, with revenue also broadly in line. With multiple avenues for growth and increasing demand for AI-enabled consulting and technology services, Elixirr remains focused on long-term value creation and sustainable profitable growth.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790255521_f5396887-ede5-4ae4-bf96-085c4fc3d40c.elixirr-23rd-september-2-ffmpeg.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Elixirr International PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights record financial performance, strong client demand and continued investment in AI, technology and global growth. Revenue increased 25% to &pound;89.0 million, while adjusted EBITDA rose 29% to &pound;27.6 million, delivering a 31.0% EBITDA margin and demonstrating continued focus on high-quality, high-margin growth. Adjusted profit before tax increased 25% to &pound;25.1 million, while adjusted diluted EPS grew 18%. The Group continued to deepen relationships with its largest clients, with 35 gold clients generating more than &pound;1 million of fees on a trailing 12-month basis, up 13% year on year, while clients generating more than &pound;2 million increased 50% to 24. Cross-selling revenue reached &pound;19 million during the period, taking cumulative cross-sale revenue since IPO above &pound;100 million. AI is becoming an increasingly important growth driver, with AI revenue increasing 185% year on year to &pound;8 million, supported by Elixirr&rsquo;s proprietary Elixirr OS platform, which is being used to enhance both business development and client delivery. The company continues to expand its capabilities through organic investment, senior talent and selective programmatic M&amp;A, including the acquisition of Quadrant, while strengthening its US footprint. Elixirr&rsquo;s growth strategy remains focused on organic growth, deeper client relationships, selective acquisitions and maintaining premium margins. Despite seasonal working capital movements and acquisition-related investment, management expects the business to deliver FY2026 adjusted EBITDA broadly in line with market expectations, with revenue also broadly in line. With multiple avenues for growth and increasing demand for AI-enabled consulting and technology services, Elixirr remains focused on long-term value creation and sustainable profitable growth.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>CHAPEL DOWN GROUP PLC - Interim results for the period ending 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>CHAPEL DOWN GROUP PLC - Interim results for the period ending 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/half-year-results-173</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 12:30:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/half-year-results-173</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Chapel Down Group PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights continued revenue growth, successful premiumisation and improving profitability, supported by strong demand for English sparkling wine. Net sales revenue increased 19% to &pound;9.4 million, marking the seventh consecutive quarter of growth, while wine sales rose 18%. Traditional method sparkling wine revenue grew 26% and now represents 74% of total wine sales, up from 70% a year earlier, driving gross profit 28% higher to &pound;4.7 million and gross margin expansion of 3.5 percentage points to 49.6%. Adjusted EBITDA increased 27% to &pound;1.3 million despite higher brand investment, with marketing spend rising to &pound;1.4 million as Chapel Down strengthened partnerships, distribution and consumer engagement. UK e-commerce revenue grew 12%, while international revenue increased 66% to &pound;0.8 million, supported by expansion in the US from 11 to 31 states and a new listing across 250 Whole Foods stores. The company continues to develop premium single-vineyard wines, expand its UK market footprint and build an international growth platform, while disciplined capital management supports investment in maturing wine stocks and production capacity. Operating cash flow improved to &pound;0.6 million, although net debt increased to &pound;14 million as inventory rose by &pound;3.8 million. For FY2026, the board expects stronger gross profit, adjusted EBITDA at least 10% above market expectations and lower year-end net debt than previously anticipated. With over 50% of the 2026 harvest completed and expected to be high quality, Chapel Down remains focused on premiumisation, brand leadership and long-term growth in the English sparkling wine market.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Chapel Down Group PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights continued revenue growth, successful premiumisation and improving profitability, supported by strong demand for English sparkling wine. Net sales revenue increased 19% to &pound;9.4 million, marking the seventh consecutive quarter of growth, while wine sales rose 18%. Traditional method sparkling wine revenue grew 26% and now represents 74% of total wine sales, up from 70% a year earlier, driving gross profit 28% higher to &pound;4.7 million and gross margin expansion of 3.5 percentage points to 49.6%. Adjusted EBITDA increased 27% to &pound;1.3 million despite higher brand investment, with marketing spend rising to &pound;1.4 million as Chapel Down strengthened partnerships, distribution and consumer engagement. UK e-commerce revenue grew 12%, while international revenue increased 66% to &pound;0.8 million, supported by expansion in the US from 11 to 31 states and a new listing across 250 Whole Foods stores. The company continues to develop premium single-vineyard wines, expand its UK market footprint and build an international growth platform, while disciplined capital management supports investment in maturing wine stocks and production capacity. Operating cash flow improved to &pound;0.6 million, although net debt increased to &pound;14 million as inventory rose by &pound;3.8 million. For FY2026, the board expects stronger gross profit, adjusted EBITDA at least 10% above market expectations and lower year-end net debt than previously anticipated. With over 50% of the 2026 harvest completed and expected to be high quality, Chapel Down remains focused on premiumisation, brand leadership and long-term growth in the English sparkling wine market.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790169121_VJu6DxX45HzeIRUgiAseqJKrbDQ97BdQ3QNpDd11.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Chapel Down Group PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights continued revenue growth, successful premiumisation and improving profitability, supported by strong demand for English sparkling wine. Net sales revenue increased 19% to &pound;9.4 million, marking the seventh consecutive quarter of growth, while wine sales rose 18%. Traditional method sparkling wine revenue grew 26% and now represents 74% of total wine sales, up from 70% a year earlier, driving gross profit 28% higher to &pound;4.7 million and gross margin expansion of 3.5 percentage points to 49.6%. Adjusted EBITDA increased 27% to &pound;1.3 million despite higher brand investment, with marketing spend rising to &pound;1.4 million as Chapel Down strengthened partnerships, distribution and consumer engagement. UK e-commerce revenue grew 12%, while international revenue increased 66% to &pound;0.8 million, supported by expansion in the US from 11 to 31 states and a new listing across 250 Whole Foods stores. The company continues to develop premium single-vineyard wines, expand its UK market footprint and build an international growth platform, while disciplined capital management supports investment in maturing wine stocks and production capacity. Operating cash flow improved to &pound;0.6 million, although net debt increased to &pound;14 million as inventory rose by &pound;3.8 million. For FY2026, the board expects stronger gross profit, adjusted EBITDA at least 10% above market expectations and lower year-end net debt than previously anticipated. With over 50% of the 2026 harvest completed and expected to be high quality, Chapel Down remains focused on premiumisation, brand leadership and long-term growth in the English sparkling wine market.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>MICROLISE GROUP PLC - Interim Results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>MICROLISE GROUP PLC - Interim Results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/h1-fy26</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 12:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/h1-fy26</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Microlise Group PLC delivered a solid H1 2026 performance, with direct customer ARR increasing 12% to &pound;47.1 million, direct NRR of 106% and churn remaining low at 1.1%. Adjusted EBITDA margin recovered materially to 13.2%, supported by restructuring benefits, tighter cost control and a growing mix of higher-margin direct customer software revenue. Recurring revenue remained stable at around &pound;30 million and represented 76% of group revenue, while gross margin improved to 67.1% from 65.6%. Management continues to prioritise its direct customer growth strategy, including further investment in its TMS platform, mid-market proposition, go-to-market teams, AI capabilities and integrated Microlise One data platform. The UK mid-market represents an estimated &pound;65 million ARR opportunity, while cross-selling and upselling within the existing customer base offers a wider &pound;300 million opportunity. The sales pipeline increased 18% year on year, providing further support for future growth. Microlise expects FY2026 revenue to be broadly in line with current market expectations, with adjusted EBITDA also in line, while investment in operational efficiency and higher-margin software is expected to support continued margin expansion and accelerated direct customer growth from FY2027 onwards.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Microlise Group PLC delivered a solid H1 2026 performance, with direct customer ARR increasing 12% to &pound;47.1 million, direct NRR of 106% and churn remaining low at 1.1%. Adjusted EBITDA margin recovered materially to 13.2%, supported by restructuring benefits, tighter cost control and a growing mix of higher-margin direct customer software revenue. Recurring revenue remained stable at around &pound;30 million and represented 76% of group revenue, while gross margin improved to 67.1% from 65.6%. Management continues to prioritise its direct customer growth strategy, including further investment in its TMS platform, mid-market proposition, go-to-market teams, AI capabilities and integrated Microlise One data platform. The UK mid-market represents an estimated &pound;65 million ARR opportunity, while cross-selling and upselling within the existing customer base offers a wider &pound;300 million opportunity. The sales pipeline increased 18% year on year, providing further support for future growth. Microlise expects FY2026 revenue to be broadly in line with current market expectations, with adjusted EBITDA also in line, while investment in operational efficiency and higher-margin software is expected to support continued margin expansion and accelerated direct customer growth from FY2027 onwards.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790187121_kXTNW4a1ydL1WrRVtUaUKUxkP1mUNqBsisnIm47W.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Microlise Group PLC delivered a solid H1 2026 performance, with direct customer ARR increasing 12% to &pound;47.1 million, direct NRR of 106% and churn remaining low at 1.1%. Adjusted EBITDA margin recovered materially to 13.2%, supported by restructuring benefits, tighter cost control and a growing mix of higher-margin direct customer software revenue. Recurring revenue remained stable at around &pound;30 million and represented 76% of group revenue, while gross margin improved to 67.1% from 65.6%. Management continues to prioritise its direct customer growth strategy, including further investment in its TMS platform, mid-market proposition, go-to-market teams, AI capabilities and integrated Microlise One data platform. The UK mid-market represents an estimated &pound;65 million ARR opportunity, while cross-selling and upselling within the existing customer base offers a wider &pound;300 million opportunity. The sales pipeline increased 18% year on year, providing further support for future growth. Microlise expects FY2026 revenue to be broadly in line with current market expectations, with adjusted EBITDA also in line, while investment in operational efficiency and higher-margin software is expected to support continued margin expansion and accelerated direct customer growth from FY2027 onwards.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>KOOTH PLC - Interim Results</title>
                <itunes:title>KOOTH PLC - Interim Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-623</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 10:30:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-623</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Kooth PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights strong operational progress, improving profitability and significant growth opportunities across the US and UK digital mental health markets. Revenue was &pound;30.8 million, with reported ARR reaching &pound;62.9 million, while gross profit increased to &pound;23 million and gross margins strengthened to more than 74%. Profit after tax improved to &pound;2.0 million, compared with a &pound;1.3 million loss in H1 2025, while cash increased to approximately &pound;23 million, leaving Kooth debt-free with a strong balance sheet. Strategic progress included the successful launch of Saluna in the UK, with more than 7,000 new registered users in its first two weeks, nearly double the level recorded in the same period last year. In the US, Kooth expanded its footprint through a new Michigan contract and continues to progress its California contract renewal, supported by growing adoption of Saluna and strong clinical evidence. Management sees substantial market potential from the $18 billion US social media settlement, which is creating new funding opportunities for evidence-based, population-scale digital behavioural health services. Kooth is targeting further growth through accelerated US pipeline conversion, expanded payer relationships, UK policy opportunities, selective partnerships and continued investment in its proprietary AI capabilities. With 100% recurring revenue, 74%+ gross margins, zero debt, &pound;23 million of net cash and 25 years of clinical experience, Kooth is positioned to pursue long-term, high-margin growth across its core markets.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kooth PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights strong operational progress, improving profitability and significant growth opportunities across the US and UK digital mental health markets. Revenue was &pound;30.8 million, with reported ARR reaching &pound;62.9 million, while gross profit increased to &pound;23 million and gross margins strengthened to more than 74%. Profit after tax improved to &pound;2.0 million, compared with a &pound;1.3 million loss in H1 2025, while cash increased to approximately &pound;23 million, leaving Kooth debt-free with a strong balance sheet. Strategic progress included the successful launch of Saluna in the UK, with more than 7,000 new registered users in its first two weeks, nearly double the level recorded in the same period last year. In the US, Kooth expanded its footprint through a new Michigan contract and continues to progress its California contract renewal, supported by growing adoption of Saluna and strong clinical evidence. Management sees substantial market potential from the $18 billion US social media settlement, which is creating new funding opportunities for evidence-based, population-scale digital behavioural health services. Kooth is targeting further growth through accelerated US pipeline conversion, expanded payer relationships, UK policy opportunities, selective partnerships and continued investment in its proprietary AI capabilities. With 100% recurring revenue, 74%+ gross margins, zero debt, &pound;23 million of net cash and 25 years of clinical experience, Kooth is positioned to pursue long-term, high-margin growth across its core markets.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790161921_FDZzMMHrLeMd3jJeBdse46AILV7zzQ4yL8QHiUID.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Kooth PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights strong operational progress, improving profitability and significant growth opportunities across the US and UK digital mental health markets. Revenue was &pound;30.8 million, with reported ARR reaching &pound;62.9 million, while gross profit increased to &pound;23 million and gross margins strengthened to more than 74%. Profit after tax improved to &pound;2.0 million, compared with a &pound;1.3 million loss in H1 2025, while cash increased to approximately &pound;23 million, leaving Kooth debt-free with a strong balance sheet. Strategic progress included the successful launch of Saluna in the UK, with more than 7,000 new registered users in its first two weeks, nearly double the level recorded in the same period last year. In the US, Kooth expanded its footprint through a new Michigan contract and continues to progress its California contract renewal, supported by growing adoption of Saluna and strong clinical evidence. Management sees substantial market potential from the $18 billion US social media settlement, which is creating new funding opportunities for evidence-based, population-scale digital behavioural health services. Kooth is targeting further growth through accelerated US pipeline conversion, expanded payer relationships, UK policy opportunities, selective partnerships and continued investment in its proprietary AI capabilities. With 100% recurring revenue, 74%+ gross margins, zero debt, &pound;23 million of net cash and 25 years of clinical experience, Kooth is positioned to pursue long-term, high-margin growth across its core markets.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>DIGITALBOX PLC - Results for the six months to June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>DIGITALBOX PLC - Results for the six months to June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/results-for-the-six-months-to-june-2026</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 10:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/results-for-the-six-months-to-june-2026</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Digitalbox PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights a resilient performance despite significant audience and platform headwinds, with management focused on strengthening revenue diversification and positioning the business for growth. Group revenue declined 7% as changes to Meta&rsquo;s algorithms reduced audience reach, while overall audience was down 28% year on year. Despite this, advertising performance remained strong, with average session values increasing 20%, supported by Digitalbox&rsquo;s established brands, content expertise and exposure to attractive UK and US digital advertising markets. Adjusted EBITDA was a loss of &pound;43,000, compared with &pound;129,000 in H1 2025, while restructuring and an impairment charge reflected the impact of changing market conditions. Cash generation remained robust, with 65% aggregate cash conversion and approximately &pound;2 million of cash reserves at the half year. Digitalbox&rsquo;s growth strategy centres on expanding its portfolio, scaling original short-form video, growing its social reach and developing new revenue streams through creator networks, branded content and direct sales. More than 200 creators are already engaged, with plans for over 500 original video pieces and 30 entertainment creators generating around 20 million monthly video views during Q4. The company is also deploying AI through its Signal Forge platform, reducing editorial research time by around 75% and increasing published story volumes. With a strong brand portfolio, growing creator ecosystem, disciplined cost management and selective acquisition strategy, Digitalbox aims to build a more diversified digital media model and sustain momentum into 2027.</span></p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Digitalbox PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights a resilient performance despite significant audience and platform headwinds, with management focused on strengthening revenue diversification and positioning the business for growth. Group revenue declined 7% as changes to Meta&rsquo;s algorithms reduced audience reach, while overall audience was down 28% year on year. Despite this, advertising performance remained strong, with average session values increasing 20%, supported by Digitalbox&rsquo;s established brands, content expertise and exposure to attractive UK and US digital advertising markets. Adjusted EBITDA was a loss of &pound;43,000, compared with &pound;129,000 in H1 2025, while restructuring and an impairment charge reflected the impact of changing market conditions. Cash generation remained robust, with 65% aggregate cash conversion and approximately &pound;2 million of cash reserves at the half year. Digitalbox&rsquo;s growth strategy centres on expanding its portfolio, scaling original short-form video, growing its social reach and developing new revenue streams through creator networks, branded content and direct sales. More than 200 creators are already engaged, with plans for over 500 original video pieces and 30 entertainment creators generating around 20 million monthly video views during Q4. The company is also deploying AI through its Signal Forge platform, reducing editorial research time by around 75% and increasing published story volumes. With a strong brand portfolio, growing creator ecosystem, disciplined cost management and selective acquisition strategy, Digitalbox aims to build a more diversified digital media model and sustain momentum into 2027.</span></p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790165521_vm9Z6gbGE4vQ10wIE9VE30ppM6GzUZ3gnkf4EyTC.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p data-pm-slice="1 1 []"><span>Digitalbox PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights a resilient performance despite significant audience and platform headwinds, with management focused on strengthening revenue diversification and positioning the business for growth. Group revenue declined 7% as changes to Meta&rsquo;s algorithms reduced audience reach, while overall audience was down 28% year on year. Despite this, advertising performance remained strong, with average session values increasing 20%, supported by Digitalbox&rsquo;s established brands, content expertise and exposure to attractive UK and US digital advertising markets. Adjusted EBITDA was a loss of &pound;43,000, compared with &pound;129,000 in H1 2025, while restructuring and an impairment charge reflected the impact of changing market conditions. Cash generation remained robust, with 65% aggregate cash conversion and approximately &pound;2 million of cash reserves at the half year. Digitalbox&rsquo;s growth strategy centres on expanding its portfolio, scaling original short-form video, growing its social reach and developing new revenue streams through creator networks, branded content and direct sales. More than 200 creators are already engaged, with plans for over 500 original video pieces and 30 entertainment creators generating around 20 million monthly video views during Q4. The company is also deploying AI through its Signal Forge platform, reducing editorial research time by around 75% and increasing published story volumes. With a strong brand portfolio, growing creator ecosystem, disciplined cost management and selective acquisition strategy, Digitalbox aims to build a more diversified digital media model and sustain momentum into 2027.</span></p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>CERES POWER HOLDINGS PLC - Interim results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>CERES POWER HOLDINGS PLC - Interim results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/ceres-power-interim-results</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 09:30:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/ceres-power-interim-results</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Ceres Power Holdings PLC delivered strong strategic and financial progress in the first half of 2026, advancing its growth strategy around new manufacturing licences, partner scale-up and the commercialisation of its Endura solid oxide technology platform. The company achieved around half of its &pound;45 million contracted full-year revenue guidance during H1, supported by high-margin licensing income, while a streamlined cost base reduced losses and R&amp;D expenditure. Ceres also strengthened its balance sheet through an oversubscribed equity raise of more than &pound;100 million, providing capital to support partners as production moves towards commercial scale. Existing manufacturing partners continue to advance, with Doosan securing its first export stack order, Delta progressing production in Taiwan and planning a new Guanyin manufacturing facility, and Weichai targeting initial production and significant capacity growth. Management highlighted accelerating demand for distributed and behind-the-meter power generation, particularly for data centres and energy-intensive industries, and sees an approximately 22GW power opportunity by 2030. Ceres remains confident in signing a new manufacturing licence agreement during 2026, supported by a growing global pipeline, while royalty revenue is expected to become an increasingly important part of the revenue mix as partners scale towards gigawatt-level production later this decade.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ceres Power Holdings PLC delivered strong strategic and financial progress in the first half of 2026, advancing its growth strategy around new manufacturing licences, partner scale-up and the commercialisation of its Endura solid oxide technology platform. The company achieved around half of its &pound;45 million contracted full-year revenue guidance during H1, supported by high-margin licensing income, while a streamlined cost base reduced losses and R&amp;D expenditure. Ceres also strengthened its balance sheet through an oversubscribed equity raise of more than &pound;100 million, providing capital to support partners as production moves towards commercial scale. Existing manufacturing partners continue to advance, with Doosan securing its first export stack order, Delta progressing production in Taiwan and planning a new Guanyin manufacturing facility, and Weichai targeting initial production and significant capacity growth. Management highlighted accelerating demand for distributed and behind-the-meter power generation, particularly for data centres and energy-intensive industries, and sees an approximately 22GW power opportunity by 2030. Ceres remains confident in signing a new manufacturing licence agreement during 2026, supported by a growing global pipeline, while royalty revenue is expected to become an increasingly important part of the revenue mix as partners scale towards gigawatt-level production later this decade.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790172721_CMLAiV4I3KWnsjhEvr1Ra39Qjo1auJIBLgV0gyS1.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Ceres Power Holdings PLC delivered strong strategic and financial progress in the first half of 2026, advancing its growth strategy around new manufacturing licences, partner scale-up and the commercialisation of its Endura solid oxide technology platform. The company achieved around half of its &pound;45 million contracted full-year revenue guidance during H1, supported by high-margin licensing income, while a streamlined cost base reduced losses and R&amp;D expenditure. Ceres also strengthened its balance sheet through an oversubscribed equity raise of more than &pound;100 million, providing capital to support partners as production moves towards commercial scale. Existing manufacturing partners continue to advance, with Doosan securing its first export stack order, Delta progressing production in Taiwan and planning a new Guanyin manufacturing facility, and Weichai targeting initial production and significant capacity growth. Management highlighted accelerating demand for distributed and behind-the-meter power generation, particularly for data centres and energy-intensive industries, and sees an approximately 22GW power opportunity by 2030. Ceres remains confident in signing a new manufacturing licence agreement during 2026, supported by a growing global pipeline, while royalty revenue is expected to become an increasingly important part of the revenue mix as partners scale towards gigawatt-level production later this decade.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>AURRIGO INTERNATIONAL PLC - Interim Results</title>
                <itunes:title>AURRIGO INTERNATIONAL PLC - Interim Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-625</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2026 09:30:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-625</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Aurrigo International PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights strong momentum across its automotive, autonomous and emerging defence operations, supported by recovering automotive revenues, continued commercial validation of its autonomous technology and a strengthened operational platform. Group revenue increased 19% year on year, while the automotive division delivered its strongest first-half performance since the company&rsquo;s IPO, following a recovery from previous tariff disruption and the Jaguar Land Rover cyber incident. Aurrigo also secured its largest-ever contract, including a &pound;4.3 million framework agreement with a next-generation supercar manufacturer, and won its first defence contract, successfully delivering the programme in full and on time. The autonomous business continues to develop its AutoSIM simulation platform, AutoStack autonomous driving software and AutoConnect fleet-management and cybersecurity platform, alongside a growing portfolio of airport vehicles including Auto-DollyTug, Auto-Cargo and Auto-Shuttle. The company has completed its move to a new 6.3-acre Coventry facility, providing approximately 131,000 square feet of space and capacity for up to 500 vehicles annually, supporting future manufacturing scale-up and its global hub strategy. Aurrigo remains engaged with its established aviation customers, with no customer losses reported, while targeting a global market of more than 700 airports with potential applications for autonomous technology. With &pound;8.4 million of cash at the half-year end, a growing international footprint and significant opportunities across aviation, automotive and defence, management is focused on scaling its technology, expanding global deployments and converting its pipeline into future revenue growth.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Aurrigo International PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights strong momentum across its automotive, autonomous and emerging defence operations, supported by recovering automotive revenues, continued commercial validation of its autonomous technology and a strengthened operational platform. Group revenue increased 19% year on year, while the automotive division delivered its strongest first-half performance since the company&rsquo;s IPO, following a recovery from previous tariff disruption and the Jaguar Land Rover cyber incident. Aurrigo also secured its largest-ever contract, including a &pound;4.3 million framework agreement with a next-generation supercar manufacturer, and won its first defence contract, successfully delivering the programme in full and on time. The autonomous business continues to develop its AutoSIM simulation platform, AutoStack autonomous driving software and AutoConnect fleet-management and cybersecurity platform, alongside a growing portfolio of airport vehicles including Auto-DollyTug, Auto-Cargo and Auto-Shuttle. The company has completed its move to a new 6.3-acre Coventry facility, providing approximately 131,000 square feet of space and capacity for up to 500 vehicles annually, supporting future manufacturing scale-up and its global hub strategy. Aurrigo remains engaged with its established aviation customers, with no customer losses reported, while targeting a global market of more than 700 airports with potential applications for autonomous technology. With &pound;8.4 million of cash at the half-year end, a growing international footprint and significant opportunities across aviation, automotive and defence, management is focused on scaling its technology, expanding global deployments and converting its pipeline into future revenue growth.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790158321_66paWgxjlLKQnzqvwCA2uudwW02M6WqcVhb3SD3f.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Aurrigo International PLC&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights strong momentum across its automotive, autonomous and emerging defence operations, supported by recovering automotive revenues, continued commercial validation of its autonomous technology and a strengthened operational platform. Group revenue increased 19% year on year, while the automotive division delivered its strongest first-half performance since the company&rsquo;s IPO, following a recovery from previous tariff disruption and the Jaguar Land Rover cyber incident. Aurrigo also secured its largest-ever contract, including a &pound;4.3 million framework agreement with a next-generation supercar manufacturer, and won its first defence contract, successfully delivering the programme in full and on time. The autonomous business continues to develop its AutoSIM simulation platform, AutoStack autonomous driving software and AutoConnect fleet-management and cybersecurity platform, alongside a growing portfolio of airport vehicles including Auto-DollyTug, Auto-Cargo and Auto-Shuttle. The company has completed its move to a new 6.3-acre Coventry facility, providing approximately 131,000 square feet of space and capacity for up to 500 vehicles annually, supporting future manufacturing scale-up and its global hub strategy. Aurrigo remains engaged with its established aviation customers, with no customer losses reported, while targeting a global market of more than 700 airports with potential applications for autonomous technology. With &pound;8.4 million of cash at the half-year end, a growing international footprint and significant opportunities across aviation, automotive and defence, management is focused on scaling its technology, expanding global deployments and converting its pipeline into future revenue growth.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>THE MISSION GROUP PLC - Results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>THE MISSION GROUP PLC - Results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-626</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 16:30:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-626</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>THE MISSION GROUP PLC reported a stronger H1 2026 performance, with management highlighting progress from its strategic reset focused on simplicity, prioritisation and growth. Despite a 3% year-on-year decline in revenue, headline profit before tax increased 43%, operating profit rose 15% and earnings per share advanced by around one-third, supported by &pound;1.5 million of operating expenditure savings and improved margins. The Group also strengthened its balance sheet, reducing debt by &pound;4.4 million year on year, with bank debt falling from &pound;13.7 million to &pound;11.0 million and acquisition-related earnout liabilities declining to &pound;0.8 million. Management expects leverage to fall below 1x EBITDA by year-end and remains on track to meet FY2026 operating profit and margin expectations. Growth strategy priorities include further investment in Mongoose, expansion into the US sports and events market, development of AI-enabled services, selective value-accretive acquisitions and new products and services, which management aims to contribute at least 20% of gross profit over the next three years. The company is targeting further margin expansion over time, with management indicating sustainable operating margins should ultimately exceed 15%, while maintaining disciplined capital allocation and reviewing the potential return of dividends in 2027.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>THE MISSION GROUP PLC reported a stronger H1 2026 performance, with management highlighting progress from its strategic reset focused on simplicity, prioritisation and growth. Despite a 3% year-on-year decline in revenue, headline profit before tax increased 43%, operating profit rose 15% and earnings per share advanced by around one-third, supported by &pound;1.5 million of operating expenditure savings and improved margins. The Group also strengthened its balance sheet, reducing debt by &pound;4.4 million year on year, with bank debt falling from &pound;13.7 million to &pound;11.0 million and acquisition-related earnout liabilities declining to &pound;0.8 million. Management expects leverage to fall below 1x EBITDA by year-end and remains on track to meet FY2026 operating profit and margin expectations. Growth strategy priorities include further investment in Mongoose, expansion into the US sports and events market, development of AI-enabled services, selective value-accretive acquisitions and new products and services, which management aims to contribute at least 20% of gross profit over the next three years. The company is targeting further margin expansion over time, with management indicating sustainable operating margins should ultimately exceed 15%, while maintaining disciplined capital allocation and reviewing the potential return of dividends in 2027.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790100721_hZC2fhB66gwf4c3XF9CDbm7WqJsyq4ryS5pHETHN.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>THE MISSION GROUP PLC reported a stronger H1 2026 performance, with management highlighting progress from its strategic reset focused on simplicity, prioritisation and growth. Despite a 3% year-on-year decline in revenue, headline profit before tax increased 43%, operating profit rose 15% and earnings per share advanced by around one-third, supported by &pound;1.5 million of operating expenditure savings and improved margins. The Group also strengthened its balance sheet, reducing debt by &pound;4.4 million year on year, with bank debt falling from &pound;13.7 million to &pound;11.0 million and acquisition-related earnout liabilities declining to &pound;0.8 million. Management expects leverage to fall below 1x EBITDA by year-end and remains on track to meet FY2026 operating profit and margin expectations. Growth strategy priorities include further investment in Mongoose, expansion into the US sports and events market, development of AI-enabled services, selective value-accretive acquisitions and new products and services, which management aims to contribute at least 20% of gross profit over the next three years. The company is targeting further margin expansion over time, with management indicating sustainable operating margins should ultimately exceed 15%, while maintaining disciplined capital allocation and reviewing the potential return of dividends in 2027.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>INVINITY ENERGY SYSTEMS PLC - Interim Results</title>
                <itunes:title>INVINITY ENERGY SYSTEMS PLC - Interim Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-638</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 16:30:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-638</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Invinity Energy Systems PLC delivered an encouraging interim results update, highlighting accelerating commercial momentum, continued product cost reductions and a growing global pipeline for its vanadium flow battery technology. Customer orders increased around threefold year-on-year to more than 30MWh, while the wider commercial pipeline stands at just under 13GWh, supported by opportunities across North America, Europe and the rapidly expanding AI data centre market. The company reported &pound;1.7m of project and grant income for the first half and a reduced gross loss, while continued R&amp;D investment is targeting a 66% product cost reduction by early 2027, with further reductions anticipated towards 2030. Invinity&rsquo;s growth strategy is increasingly focused on large-scale energy storage, commercial and industrial applications and AI infrastructure, where unlimited cycling, low degradation and a 30-year asset life provide potential advantages over conventional lithium-ion solutions. The 1.5GWh FlexBase data centre project remains a major strategic opportunity, with engineering work progressing through development milestones ahead of the fulfilment phase. Management also highlighted plans to establish US manufacturing capacity, supported by attractive local incentives, while continuing to develop its UK operations. With improving margins, declining product costs, a substantial order pipeline and increasing demand for flexible long-duration energy storage, Invinity is focused on converting its technology leadership into scalable revenue growth and stronger commercial performance.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Invinity Energy Systems PLC delivered an encouraging interim results update, highlighting accelerating commercial momentum, continued product cost reductions and a growing global pipeline for its vanadium flow battery technology. Customer orders increased around threefold year-on-year to more than 30MWh, while the wider commercial pipeline stands at just under 13GWh, supported by opportunities across North America, Europe and the rapidly expanding AI data centre market. The company reported &pound;1.7m of project and grant income for the first half and a reduced gross loss, while continued R&amp;D investment is targeting a 66% product cost reduction by early 2027, with further reductions anticipated towards 2030. Invinity&rsquo;s growth strategy is increasingly focused on large-scale energy storage, commercial and industrial applications and AI infrastructure, where unlimited cycling, low degradation and a 30-year asset life provide potential advantages over conventional lithium-ion solutions. The 1.5GWh FlexBase data centre project remains a major strategic opportunity, with engineering work progressing through development milestones ahead of the fulfilment phase. Management also highlighted plans to establish US manufacturing capacity, supported by attractive local incentives, while continuing to develop its UK operations. With improving margins, declining product costs, a substantial order pipeline and increasing demand for flexible long-duration energy storage, Invinity is focused on converting its technology leadership into scalable revenue growth and stronger commercial performance.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790097121_ZLAIkeN501dhhb6qV48XAHL6jcnYTyiTULGNicTY.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Invinity Energy Systems PLC delivered an encouraging interim results update, highlighting accelerating commercial momentum, continued product cost reductions and a growing global pipeline for its vanadium flow battery technology. Customer orders increased around threefold year-on-year to more than 30MWh, while the wider commercial pipeline stands at just under 13GWh, supported by opportunities across North America, Europe and the rapidly expanding AI data centre market. The company reported &pound;1.7m of project and grant income for the first half and a reduced gross loss, while continued R&amp;D investment is targeting a 66% product cost reduction by early 2027, with further reductions anticipated towards 2030. Invinity&rsquo;s growth strategy is increasingly focused on large-scale energy storage, commercial and industrial applications and AI infrastructure, where unlimited cycling, low degradation and a 30-year asset life provide potential advantages over conventional lithium-ion solutions. The 1.5GWh FlexBase data centre project remains a major strategic opportunity, with engineering work progressing through development milestones ahead of the fulfilment phase. Management also highlighted plans to establish US manufacturing capacity, supported by attractive local incentives, while continuing to develop its UK operations. With improving margins, declining product costs, a substantial order pipeline and increasing demand for flexible long-duration energy storage, Invinity is focused on converting its technology leadership into scalable revenue growth and stronger commercial performance.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>TRANSENSE TECHNOLOGIES PLC - Final Results for the year ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>TRANSENSE TECHNOLOGIES PLC - Final Results for the year ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/final-results-207</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 16:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/final-results-207</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Transense Technologies PLC presented its FY2026 financial results and investor update, highlighting continued progress across its SAWsense and Translogik businesses despite lower Group revenue following the reduced Bridgestone iTrack royalty rate. Total revenue declined to &pound;4.63 million from &pound;5.55 million, while gross margins remained strong at approximately 88%. Adjusted EBITDA was &pound;0.66 million, operating cash generation reached approximately &pound;0.88 million, and year-end cash stood at &pound;1.5 million, providing capacity for continued investment. SAWsense revenue grew 20%, supported by strong aerospace activity with customers including GE Aerospace and Airbus, 39% growth in e-drive and significant expansion in robotics, while investment in the pilot production line strengthens the route towards higher-volume applications. Translogik revenue was broadly flat as weaker sales to major tyre manufacturers were offset by growth through fleets, software partners, distributors and subscription-based channels. Management highlighted the new Continental programme, alongside partnerships with Bartec and Haltec/Hamilton channels, new tyre inspection and inflation products and an expanding recurring-revenue model as key growth drivers. The Bridgestone iTrack royalty remains a significant contributor, with FY2027 revenue expected at approximately &pound;2.1&ndash;&pound;2.2 million and management estimating a further &pound;7.5 million of royalty income over the remaining four years. Looking ahead, current trading is in line with plans, with management targeting revenue growth across SAWsense and Translogik and positioning both businesses to become financially self-sufficient before the iTrack royalty expires around 2030.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Transense Technologies PLC presented its FY2026 financial results and investor update, highlighting continued progress across its SAWsense and Translogik businesses despite lower Group revenue following the reduced Bridgestone iTrack royalty rate. Total revenue declined to &pound;4.63 million from &pound;5.55 million, while gross margins remained strong at approximately 88%. Adjusted EBITDA was &pound;0.66 million, operating cash generation reached approximately &pound;0.88 million, and year-end cash stood at &pound;1.5 million, providing capacity for continued investment. SAWsense revenue grew 20%, supported by strong aerospace activity with customers including GE Aerospace and Airbus, 39% growth in e-drive and significant expansion in robotics, while investment in the pilot production line strengthens the route towards higher-volume applications. Translogik revenue was broadly flat as weaker sales to major tyre manufacturers were offset by growth through fleets, software partners, distributors and subscription-based channels. Management highlighted the new Continental programme, alongside partnerships with Bartec and Haltec/Hamilton channels, new tyre inspection and inflation products and an expanding recurring-revenue model as key growth drivers. The Bridgestone iTrack royalty remains a significant contributor, with FY2027 revenue expected at approximately &pound;2.1&ndash;&pound;2.2 million and management estimating a further &pound;7.5 million of royalty income over the remaining four years. Looking ahead, current trading is in line with plans, with management targeting revenue growth across SAWsense and Translogik and positioning both businesses to become financially self-sufficient before the iTrack royalty expires around 2030.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790104321_LhTP5APxmXWyKCputkF1wTFLnfxPaln38YVlza9G.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Transense Technologies PLC presented its FY2026 financial results and investor update, highlighting continued progress across its SAWsense and Translogik businesses despite lower Group revenue following the reduced Bridgestone iTrack royalty rate. Total revenue declined to &pound;4.63 million from &pound;5.55 million, while gross margins remained strong at approximately 88%. Adjusted EBITDA was &pound;0.66 million, operating cash generation reached approximately &pound;0.88 million, and year-end cash stood at &pound;1.5 million, providing capacity for continued investment. SAWsense revenue grew 20%, supported by strong aerospace activity with customers including GE Aerospace and Airbus, 39% growth in e-drive and significant expansion in robotics, while investment in the pilot production line strengthens the route towards higher-volume applications. Translogik revenue was broadly flat as weaker sales to major tyre manufacturers were offset by growth through fleets, software partners, distributors and subscription-based channels. Management highlighted the new Continental programme, alongside partnerships with Bartec and Haltec/Hamilton channels, new tyre inspection and inflation products and an expanding recurring-revenue model as key growth drivers. The Bridgestone iTrack royalty remains a significant contributor, with FY2027 revenue expected at approximately &pound;2.1&ndash;&pound;2.2 million and management estimating a further &pound;7.5 million of royalty income over the remaining four years. Looking ahead, current trading is in line with plans, with management targeting revenue growth across SAWsense and Translogik and positioning both businesses to become financially self-sufficient before the iTrack royalty expires around 2030.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>ACG METALS LIMITED - 2026 CPR update and H1 Interims</title>
                <itunes:title>ACG METALS LIMITED - 2026 CPR update and H1 Interims</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-615</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 16:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-615</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>ACG Metals Limited&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights significant operational and financial progress at its Gediktepe copper-gold project in T&uuml;rkiye, alongside a substantial increase in production potential and asset value. Following the acquisition of Gediktepe in 2024, ACG has invested approximately $200 million to develop and expand the operation, with updated technical studies increasing the project NPV to approximately $1.2 billion at consensus pricing and $1.4 billion at spot prices. Expected average production over the next five years has increased from around 20,000 to more than 36,000 tonnes of copper equivalent, supported by three processing facilities covering sulphide, SART and oxide ore. H1 2026 financial results delivered approximately $90 million of revenue, $50 million of EBITDA and $30 million of cash flow, with around $60 million of cash on the balance sheet at the period end. The company is progressing the SART plant, targeted for production in Q3 2027, while a newly acquired licence is expected to extend oxide production by six to seven years and provide additional exploration upside. ACG has also developed patented processing technology that has increased recoveries from below 75% to above 85% while reducing cyanide consumption and operating costs. With strong cash generation, disciplined cost control, an expanded resource base, an 11-year initial mine life and further exploration potential, ACG&rsquo;s growth strategy combines organic production expansion with selective M&amp;A, while planned bond refinancing is expected to reduce financing costs.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>ACG Metals Limited&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights significant operational and financial progress at its Gediktepe copper-gold project in T&uuml;rkiye, alongside a substantial increase in production potential and asset value. Following the acquisition of Gediktepe in 2024, ACG has invested approximately $200 million to develop and expand the operation, with updated technical studies increasing the project NPV to approximately $1.2 billion at consensus pricing and $1.4 billion at spot prices. Expected average production over the next five years has increased from around 20,000 to more than 36,000 tonnes of copper equivalent, supported by three processing facilities covering sulphide, SART and oxide ore. H1 2026 financial results delivered approximately $90 million of revenue, $50 million of EBITDA and $30 million of cash flow, with around $60 million of cash on the balance sheet at the period end. The company is progressing the SART plant, targeted for production in Q3 2027, while a newly acquired licence is expected to extend oxide production by six to seven years and provide additional exploration upside. ACG has also developed patented processing technology that has increased recoveries from below 75% to above 85% while reducing cyanide consumption and operating costs. With strong cash generation, disciplined cost control, an expanded resource base, an 11-year initial mine life and further exploration potential, ACG&rsquo;s growth strategy combines organic production expansion with selective M&amp;A, while planned bond refinancing is expected to reduce financing costs.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790093521_a1BFK14gpa16fUnXI1ATOMDyVLlrCjwKlMPkjmgo.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>ACG Metals Limited&rsquo;s H1 2026 investor update highlights significant operational and financial progress at its Gediktepe copper-gold project in T&uuml;rkiye, alongside a substantial increase in production potential and asset value. Following the acquisition of Gediktepe in 2024, ACG has invested approximately $200 million to develop and expand the operation, with updated technical studies increasing the project NPV to approximately $1.2 billion at consensus pricing and $1.4 billion at spot prices. Expected average production over the next five years has increased from around 20,000 to more than 36,000 tonnes of copper equivalent, supported by three processing facilities covering sulphide, SART and oxide ore. H1 2026 financial results delivered approximately $90 million of revenue, $50 million of EBITDA and $30 million of cash flow, with around $60 million of cash on the balance sheet at the period end. The company is progressing the SART plant, targeted for production in Q3 2027, while a newly acquired licence is expected to extend oxide production by six to seven years and provide additional exploration upside. ACG has also developed patented processing technology that has increased recoveries from below 75% to above 85% while reducing cyanide consumption and operating costs. With strong cash generation, disciplined cost control, an expanded resource base, an 11-year initial mine life and further exploration potential, ACG&rsquo;s growth strategy combines organic production expansion with selective M&amp;A, while planned bond refinancing is expected to reduce financing costs.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>MERIDIAN MINING PLC - Investor Presentation to discuss the Cabaçal DFS Results</title>
                <itunes:title>MERIDIAN MINING PLC - Investor Presentation to discuss the Cabaçal DFS Results</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1118</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 15:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/investor-presentation-1118</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Meridian Mining PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update outlines the results of its definitive feasibility study (DFS) for the Caba&ccedil;al copper-gold project in Brazil, highlighting strong project economics and a clear pathway towards construction and production. The DFS delivers a post-tax NPV of more than US$2 billion and an IRR above 108%, with a rapid 0.9-year payback and an NPV-to-capex ratio of 6.5x. The project has a 13.9-year mine life, an initial 18-month construction period and planned throughput expansion to 4.5 million tonnes per annum. Mineral reserves have increased to 56 million tonnes, while the resource has grown to 70 million tonnes, providing further potential for reserve growth and mine-life extension. The operation is expected to produce a high-quality copper concentrate with approximately 29% copper, supported by recoveries of 92.8% for copper and 89% for gold, with no reported impurities. Meridian is now focused on project execution, detailed engineering, permitting and project financing, with long-lead equipment already ordered and off-site infrastructure contracts signed. The company also holds a substantial exploration portfolio across Brazil, offering opportunities for resource replacement, expansion and additional production hubs. With more than US$90 million in cash, advanced permitting and a strong balance sheet, Meridian&rsquo;s strategy combines near-term construction and production at Caba&ccedil;al with longer-term exploration-led growth and potential cash flow generation.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Meridian Mining PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update outlines the results of its definitive feasibility study (DFS) for the Caba&ccedil;al copper-gold project in Brazil, highlighting strong project economics and a clear pathway towards construction and production. The DFS delivers a post-tax NPV of more than US$2 billion and an IRR above 108%, with a rapid 0.9-year payback and an NPV-to-capex ratio of 6.5x. The project has a 13.9-year mine life, an initial 18-month construction period and planned throughput expansion to 4.5 million tonnes per annum. Mineral reserves have increased to 56 million tonnes, while the resource has grown to 70 million tonnes, providing further potential for reserve growth and mine-life extension. The operation is expected to produce a high-quality copper concentrate with approximately 29% copper, supported by recoveries of 92.8% for copper and 89% for gold, with no reported impurities. Meridian is now focused on project execution, detailed engineering, permitting and project financing, with long-lead equipment already ordered and off-site infrastructure contracts signed. The company also holds a substantial exploration portfolio across Brazil, offering opportunities for resource replacement, expansion and additional production hubs. With more than US$90 million in cash, advanced permitting and a strong balance sheet, Meridian&rsquo;s strategy combines near-term construction and production at Caba&ccedil;al with longer-term exploration-led growth and potential cash flow generation.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790089921_YsKoI5K90Y2onXlCdgIsh5eNFKjyg77giwUsIC6W.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Meridian Mining PLC&rsquo;s latest investor update outlines the results of its definitive feasibility study (DFS) for the Caba&ccedil;al copper-gold project in Brazil, highlighting strong project economics and a clear pathway towards construction and production. The DFS delivers a post-tax NPV of more than US$2 billion and an IRR above 108%, with a rapid 0.9-year payback and an NPV-to-capex ratio of 6.5x. The project has a 13.9-year mine life, an initial 18-month construction period and planned throughput expansion to 4.5 million tonnes per annum. Mineral reserves have increased to 56 million tonnes, while the resource has grown to 70 million tonnes, providing further potential for reserve growth and mine-life extension. The operation is expected to produce a high-quality copper concentrate with approximately 29% copper, supported by recoveries of 92.8% for copper and 89% for gold, with no reported impurities. Meridian is now focused on project execution, detailed engineering, permitting and project financing, with long-lead equipment already ordered and off-site infrastructure contracts signed. The company also holds a substantial exploration portfolio across Brazil, offering opportunities for resource replacement, expansion and additional production hubs. With more than US$90 million in cash, advanced permitting and a strong balance sheet, Meridian&rsquo;s strategy combines near-term construction and production at Caba&ccedil;al with longer-term exploration-led growth and potential cash flow generation.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>OCTOPUS RENEWABLES INFRASTRUCTURE TRUST PLC - Unaudited interim results for the six months to 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>OCTOPUS RENEWABLES INFRASTRUCTURE TRUST PLC - Unaudited interim results for the six months to 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-616</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 13:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/interim-results-616</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Octopus Renewables Infrastructure Trust PLC reported resilient financial and operational performance for the six months to 30 June 2026, with portfolio revenue 3% ahead of budget and EBITDA 6% ahead despite generation being approximately 1% below expectations. Solar output was 3% above budget and offshore wind 5% ahead, offsetting weaker onshore wind performance. Dividend cover improved to 1.38x after scheduled debt amortisation, supporting the Company&rsquo;s FY2026 target dividend of 6.23p per share. Net asset value fell to &pound;454.7m, or 86.18p per share, with a -5% NAV total return primarily reflecting revised long-term onshore wind generation assumptions, lower power price forecasts and higher discount rates. The diversified renewable energy portfolio comprises 39 assets and 740MW of capacity across five countries and five technologies, with 86% of forecast revenue over the next two years fixed or contracted, providing strong cash flow visibility. Looking ahead, management remains focused on its 2030 growth strategy, targeting 9&ndash;11% medium-to-long-term total returns through construction-stage investments, active asset recycling and capital growth. Asset sale proceeds are expected to support debt reduction towards the Company&rsquo;s approximately 40% gearing target, while maintaining a fully covered and progressive dividend.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Octopus Renewables Infrastructure Trust PLC reported resilient financial and operational performance for the six months to 30 June 2026, with portfolio revenue 3% ahead of budget and EBITDA 6% ahead despite generation being approximately 1% below expectations. Solar output was 3% above budget and offshore wind 5% ahead, offsetting weaker onshore wind performance. Dividend cover improved to 1.38x after scheduled debt amortisation, supporting the Company&rsquo;s FY2026 target dividend of 6.23p per share. Net asset value fell to &pound;454.7m, or 86.18p per share, with a -5% NAV total return primarily reflecting revised long-term onshore wind generation assumptions, lower power price forecasts and higher discount rates. The diversified renewable energy portfolio comprises 39 assets and 740MW of capacity across five countries and five technologies, with 86% of forecast revenue over the next two years fixed or contracted, providing strong cash flow visibility. Looking ahead, management remains focused on its 2030 growth strategy, targeting 9&ndash;11% medium-to-long-term total returns through construction-stage investments, active asset recycling and capital growth. Asset sale proceeds are expected to support debt reduction towards the Company&rsquo;s approximately 40% gearing target, while maintaining a fully covered and progressive dividend.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790086321_xO9mL9fb2Hgyw6wtAHNk9LEPf5IVEdnp6gIf1Yrc.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Octopus Renewables Infrastructure Trust PLC reported resilient financial and operational performance for the six months to 30 June 2026, with portfolio revenue 3% ahead of budget and EBITDA 6% ahead despite generation being approximately 1% below expectations. Solar output was 3% above budget and offshore wind 5% ahead, offsetting weaker onshore wind performance. Dividend cover improved to 1.38x after scheduled debt amortisation, supporting the Company&rsquo;s FY2026 target dividend of 6.23p per share. Net asset value fell to &pound;454.7m, or 86.18p per share, with a -5% NAV total return primarily reflecting revised long-term onshore wind generation assumptions, lower power price forecasts and higher discount rates. The diversified renewable energy portfolio comprises 39 assets and 740MW of capacity across five countries and five technologies, with 86% of forecast revenue over the next two years fixed or contracted, providing strong cash flow visibility. Looking ahead, management remains focused on its 2030 growth strategy, targeting 9&ndash;11% medium-to-long-term total returns through construction-stage investments, active asset recycling and capital growth. Asset sale proceeds are expected to support debt reduction towards the Company&rsquo;s approximately 40% gearing target, while maintaining a fully covered and progressive dividend.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
                    <item>
                <title>STAR ENERGY GROUP PLC - Interim Results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</title>
                <itunes:title>STAR ENERGY GROUP PLC - Interim Results for the six months ended 30 June 2026</itunes:title>
                <link>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/h1-2026-results-1</link>
                <author><![CDATA[Investor Meet Company]]></author>
                <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 10:00:00 BST</pubDate>
                <guid>https://www.investormeetcompany.com/meetings/h1-2026-results-1</guid>
                <description><![CDATA[<p>Star Energy Group PLC&rsquo;s interim results investor update highlights a significant strengthening of the Group&rsquo;s financial position, with the business moving from net debt to net cash while continuing to invest in growth. For H1 2026, operating cash flow increased 25% to &pound;6.0 million, with cash of &pound;15.7 million and net cash of &pound;4.6 million at 30 June. Operating costs were reduced to &pound;10.5 million, while an &pound;8.5 million equity raise has provided additional capital to support the Group&rsquo;s growth strategy. Star Energy is now focused on expanding its oil and gas production through organic development and targeted M&amp;A, with management actively assessing producing assets in the North Sea and other jurisdictions. Key organic opportunities include the Singleton gas-to-wire project, expected online in October, and the Glenworth development, with an investment decision targeted for the end of 2026 or early 2027. The Group is also progressing plans to maximise recovery from its existing reserves, including further development opportunities at the Welton field. In geothermal energy, Star Energy is pursuing a capital-light UK development model supported by government grants and third-party infrastructure funding, with two utility-scale heat projects awaiting Green Heat Network Fund decisions. Full-year production guidance is 1,900&ndash;1,950 boepd, alongside approximately &pound;6.6 million of cash capital expenditure and &pound;1.3 million of Abington decommissioning costs. With a streamlined portfolio, improving cash generation and capital available for acquisitions, Star Energy is focused on building a larger, more diversified and cash-generative energy business.</p>]]></description>
                <content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Star Energy Group PLC&rsquo;s interim results investor update highlights a significant strengthening of the Group&rsquo;s financial position, with the business moving from net debt to net cash while continuing to invest in growth. For H1 2026, operating cash flow increased 25% to &pound;6.0 million, with cash of &pound;15.7 million and net cash of &pound;4.6 million at 30 June. Operating costs were reduced to &pound;10.5 million, while an &pound;8.5 million equity raise has provided additional capital to support the Group&rsquo;s growth strategy. Star Energy is now focused on expanding its oil and gas production through organic development and targeted M&amp;A, with management actively assessing producing assets in the North Sea and other jurisdictions. Key organic opportunities include the Singleton gas-to-wire project, expected online in October, and the Glenworth development, with an investment decision targeted for the end of 2026 or early 2027. The Group is also progressing plans to maximise recovery from its existing reserves, including further development opportunities at the Welton field. In geothermal energy, Star Energy is pursuing a capital-light UK development model supported by government grants and third-party infrastructure funding, with two utility-scale heat projects awaiting Green Heat Network Fund decisions. Full-year production guidance is 1,900&ndash;1,950 boepd, alongside approximately &pound;6.6 million of cash capital expenditure and &pound;1.3 million of Abington decommissioning costs. With a streamlined portfolio, improving cash generation and capital available for acquisitions, Star Energy is focused on building a larger, more diversified and cash-generative energy business.</p>]]></content:encoded>
                <enclosure length="" type="audio/mpeg" url="https://imc-production-uploaded.s3.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com/podcasts/appended_aa_podcast_1790071922_p77Rt6eItRguROZHbFFEfYfYIyX2Ue5qqQ3yI5bT.mp3" />
                <itunes:summary><![CDATA[<p>Star Energy Group PLC&rsquo;s interim results investor update highlights a significant strengthening of the Group&rsquo;s financial position, with the business moving from net debt to net cash while continuing to invest in growth. For H1 2026, operating cash flow increased 25% to &pound;6.0 million, with cash of &pound;15.7 million and net cash of &pound;4.6 million at 30 June. Operating costs were reduced to &pound;10.5 million, while an &pound;8.5 million equity raise has provided additional capital to support the Group&rsquo;s growth strategy. Star Energy is now focused on expanding its oil and gas production through organic development and targeted M&amp;A, with management actively assessing producing assets in the North Sea and other jurisdictions. Key organic opportunities include the Singleton gas-to-wire project, expected online in October, and the Glenworth development, with an investment decision targeted for the end of 2026 or early 2027. The Group is also progressing plans to maximise recovery from its existing reserves, including further development opportunities at the Welton field. In geothermal energy, Star Energy is pursuing a capital-light UK development model supported by government grants and third-party infrastructure funding, with two utility-scale heat projects awaiting Green Heat Network Fund decisions. Full-year production guidance is 1,900&ndash;1,950 boepd, alongside approximately &pound;6.6 million of cash capital expenditure and &pound;1.3 million of Abington decommissioning costs. With a streamlined portfolio, improving cash generation and capital available for acquisitions, Star Energy is focused on building a larger, more diversified and cash-generative energy business.</p>]]></itunes:summary>
                <itunes:author>Investor Meet Company</itunes:author>
                <itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit>
                <itunes:block>No</itunes:block>
                <itunes:duration>00:00</itunes:duration>
            </item>
            </channel>
</rss>
